Executive People - Gartner http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/gartner.html Executive-people.nl is een online platform voor it- en businessmanagers. Vind hier het laatste nieuws over Gartner nl Copyright 2014, Executive People redactie@executive-people.nl info@executive-people.nlCritical Success Factors for Hybrid Cloud Computinghttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/227/critical_success_factors_for_hybrid_cloud_computing.htmlIn the past three years, private cloud computing has moved from an aspiration to a tentative reality for nearly half of the world's large organizations. Hybrid cloud computing, however, is where private cloud was three years ago — aspirations are high but deployments low. 

Gartner defines a hybrid cloud computing service as a cloud service that spans both private and public cloud implementations, or both on-premises private and off-premises private or public cloud implementations. A hybrid cloud service can, among other things, synchronize and/or replicate data between public and private clouds, and migrate services on a continuous basis between public and private clouds. 

In today's blog post, Milind Govekar, managing vice president at Gartner, shared the benefits and challenges of hybrid cloud computing and examined its critical success factors. 

Mr. Govekar said: 

Overall, hybrid cloud computing extends the benefits that can be gained from cloud computing: 

  • Internal private cloud computing can help maximize asset utilization. Hybrid cloud computing can maximize this value by balancing the use of internal assets and external services (for example, by enabling services to be deployed internally when internal capacity is available, but to be moved to public cloud services when it is unavailable), while enabling better scalability.
  • Cloud computing can help with cost-efficiency. Hybrid cloud computing can maximize cost-efficiency, particularly capital expenditure, through competition and automated arbitrage (perhaps not as fluidly as in a financial market, but more so than when manually choosing one provider over another).
  • Private cloud computing ensures isolation. Hybrid cloud computing enables an enterprise to balance isolation, cost and scaling requirements.
  • Cloud computing can enable high availability and resiliency. Hybrid cloud computing can improve resiliency and disaster recovery by using multiple providers.
  • Cloud computing can introduce new functionality quickly. Hybrid cloud computing makes it easier to introduce new functionality quickly and more flexibly.
  • Cloud computing ensures a low barrier to entry. Hybrid cloud computing can help an enterprise build an exit strategy.

Organizations cannot, however, adopt hybrid cloud services without first implementing a private cloud. We continue to see organizations struggle to implement private clouds and to demonstrate their value because this requires a shift in how IT is delivered, one that involves changes to people, processes and business management. 

Many lines of business buy external cloud services without the initial involvement of, or oversight from, IT leaders. To implement hybrid cloud services successfully, IT leaders need to introduce an internal cloud services brokerage (CSB) role responsible for the governance, demand management and delivery of cloud services. Those who do not think and act like an external service provider or evolve into a CSB role will gradually lose the trust of business managers, who will circumvent the IT organization in order to access the IT services they need. This will result in more disaggregation of IT services and reduced value from the remaining shared IT services. 

Hybrid clouds also need cloud management platforms (CMPs). IT leaders buy CMPs to manage and govern the delivery of private cloud services alongside public cloud services. CMPs improve the speed at which services are delivered by enabling self-service requests and automated delivery; they also reduce the overall cost of service delivery. 

Mr. Govekar will discuss private and hybrid cloud success stories at the Gartner IT Infrastructure & Operations Management Summits 2014, which will be held on June 2-3 in Berlin, Germany and June 9-11 in Orlando, Florida, U.S. Details of the Berlin event are available at www.gartner.com/technology/summits/emea/it-operations/. Information about the Orlando event can be found at www.gartner.com/us/iom

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgCritical Success Factors for Hybrid Cloud ComputingWed, 21 May 2014 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Identifies Six Key Steps to Build a Successful Digital Businesshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/226/gartner_identifies_six_key_steps_to_build_a_successful_digital_business.html
Digital business is changing the way organizations use and think about technology, moving technology from a supporting player to a leading player in innovation, revenue and market growth, according to Gartner, Inc. However, digital business should not be considered an IT program and should instead become an enterprise mindset and lingua franca, with digital expertise spread across the enterprise and value ecosystem. 

Gartner predicts that a lack of digital business competence will cause 25 percent of businesses to lose competitive ranking by 2017. 

"CIOs or IT professionals who hear 'digital business' and think 'IT' will be blindsided," said Ken McGee, vice president and Gartner Fellow. "Digital business is not synonymous with IT. It is about revenue, value, markets and customers. It is outward-focused. It is a metaphorical combination of front office, top line and downstage compared with back office, bottom line and backstage. True, information and technology help to build the capabilities for digital businesses, but they are only part of a complex picture." 

"Businesses have used information and digital technology for some time as sources of efficiency and productivity," continued Mr. McGee. "However, in a digital business, digital technology, for the first time, moves into the forefront, into the heart of what the business is doing and how it generates revenue, seizes competitive advantage and produces value. Digital business represents a more extreme revolution than previous technology-driven changes, and CIOs, with their insight into technology and information, are positioned to develop and promote a successful digital business." 

Gartner has identified six crucial steps that will enable CIOs and other business leaders to build a successful digital enterprise and change the game. 

Step 1: Create the Right Mindset and Shared Understanding

Digital business is not just about expanding the use of technology. Digital business leaders must think about technology in a fundamentally different way than in the past. It is not an enabler to be applied to what the business wants to do but a source of innovation and opportunity for what the business could do. This more proactive model focuses on creative disruption and new business models to gain competitive advantage. 

As digital business continues to mature, the pipeline of opportunities that will evolve will take on the characteristics of what Gartner calls a "business moment," defined as "transient opportunities exploited dynamically." In the context of digital business, a business moment is a brief everyday moment in time and the catalyst that sets in motion a series of events and actions involving a network of people, businesses and things that span or cross multiple industries and multiple ecosystems. Business moments are important, because they will force enterprises to rethink the role they play in a value stream. Business moments illustrate a wide variety of possibilities and players and help companies envision and design new businesses that integrate people, businesses and things to do things that were not possible five years ago. The hallmark of a digital business will be the ability to spot these opportunities, however fleeting. 

Step 2: Put the Right Leaders in Place

The fast-moving digital world is exposing gaps in digital leadership, especially with regard to front office disciplines (those related to the customer experience) and head-office disciplines (those related to enterprise strategy). Three types of digital business leader have emerged to fill these leadership gaps:

  • The digital strategist
  • The digital marketing leader
  • The digital business unit leader 

"These are roles and not necessarily titles," said Lee Weldon, research director at Gartner. "The title chief digital officer (CDO) is being used for each of these roles — to date, most often for the digital marketing leader — although the CDO title is best used for the digital strategist. Some CIOs play the digital strategist role already, so it is the most natural digital leadership role for CIOs to evolve into." 

These roles are likely to be around for the next five to 10 years, but are really just interim positions. This is because digital will simply become a part of the way we do everything soon, making a single, separate role dedicated to digital initiatives inappropriate, if not impossible. More generally, there will be significant innovation in the way businesses are managed and led in the next decade or two. While three discrete roles are optimal, one person could play multiple roles, and the people fulfilling these roles could also have other responsibilities. 

Step 3: Launch a Digital Business Center of Excellence

Create a digital business center of excellence (COE) to provide input, advice and opportunities for the collaborative formation of a digital strategy and the collaborative advice, innovations and capabilities needed for execution. 

"Start by accessing digital opportunities," said Mr. McGee. "Examine your strengths, weaknesses and potential opportunities and identify new technologies and how they might pose a potential threat. Engage people from throughout the enterprise and, more importantly, from outside the enterprise and industry, such as current and potential users, as well as recognized and unrecognized thinkers, both associated with and orthogonal to the focus of your enterprise's main vision. Assessing opportunities and especially threats start with identifying what you have not yet thought about — a task that requires requisite variety to ask new questions and suggest new ways of thinking about the issues such as via co-creation and crowdsourcing." 

Step 4: Formulate a Digital Strategy to Respond to Opportunities and Threats

Once the necessity of a digital strategy has been established, the following five elements must be addressed:

New Digitally Enabled Business Models — New digitally enabled business models afford new sources of revenue and disruptive competitive advantage for some period of time. Creating new business models will become an almost automatic default position of a digital business strategy.

The Product and Service Portfolio — In an increasingly digital world, products and services can be virtual, with no physical presence.

Information as an Asset — Information, and its effective use, has become a strategic asset and a competitive advantage to the digital businesses best able to exploit it. Although information strategy is a key element of digital business strategy, organizations must balance their desire for competitive advantage against the limitations of regulatory and other legal requirements and the privacy and manifold ethical concerns of their customers.

Technology — In the digital enterprise mobile devices and bring your own device (BYOD) are becoming more commonplace, cloud computing and cloud-based services of all kinds are proliferating, and data of all types is exploding. As a result, evolving and implementing an effective technology strategy are more complex than ever before.

Content, Media and Channels — A successful digital business strategy critically depends on understanding customers' preferences for channels, the segmentation, and the possibilities associated with each instance.

Step 5: Find, Develop and Acquire Digital Business Skills and Roles

Digital business combines the expertise, skills and roles found not just in IT, but across the enterprise. Digital business is not an IT program but an enterprise mindset. While digital business has roots in digital technology, it is ultimately about business. Decision making will be owned, operated and potentially influenced by the relationship between CIOs and business leaders. 

"Digital business leaders agree that the competition for talent will make or break their success in digital business," said Diane Morello, managing vice president at Gartner. "However, according to Gartner's 2014 CIO Agenda survey, 42 percent of 2,339 CIOs from 77 countries surveyed said their IT organization did not have the right skills and capabilities in place to meet upcoming digital business challenges. As digital business picks up speed, CIOs, HR executives and other business leaders must reimagine their quest for talent, emphasizing new approaches that accelerate and widen access to talented people while minimizing the bottlenecks of traditional serial processes." 

Step 6: Create New Digital Business Capabilities

With the expectation that digital business expertise will spread around businesses within two or three years, but the acknowledgment by many that their workforce is unprepared and inadequate, organizations will need to explore the kind of disciplines needed to drive digital business initiatives. Traditional recruitment practices will not suffice. Instead, organizations should consider launching boot camps and other learning programs about digital business across all areas of the business. They should mine informal networks and investigate "work mashups" by applying digital business and digital technologies to the distribution of work and look at piloting new channels for finding, building and acquiring digital business capabilities. 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Six Key Steps to Build a Successful Digital Business." The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/doc/2725917.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Identifies Six Key Steps to Build a Successful Digital BusinessWed, 21 May 2014 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner: Worldwide Semiconductor Capital Equipment Spending to Increasehttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/225/gartner__worldwide_semiconductor_capital_equipment_spending_to_increase.html 

Worldwide semiconductor capital equipment spending is projected to total \$37.5 billion in 2014, an increase of 12.2 per cent from 2013 spending of \$33.5 billion, according to Gartner, Inc. Capital spending will increase 5.5 per cent in 2014 as the industry begins to recover from the recent economic downturn and total spending will follow a generally increasing pattern in all sectors through 2018.

"While capital spending outperformed wafer fab equipment (WFE) spending in 2013, the reverse will hold for 2014," said Bob Johnson, research vice president at Gartner. "Total capital spending will grow by 5.5 per cent, while WFE will increase 13 per cent as manufacturers pull back on new fab construction and concentrate in ramping new capacity instead. Momentum from exceptionally strong fourth-quarter 2013 sales is carried forward into the first quarter, and then is expected to bounce around a flat trend line through the remainder of 2014. In the longer-term profile, growth continues through 2015, dips slightly in 2016 and increases through 2018."

Logic spending remains the key driver of capital spending throughout the forecast period, but due to the anticipated softening of mobile markets it will grow less than memory. Memory will provide most of the growth in capital spending through 2018, with NAND Flash being the primary impetus.

Capital spending is highly concentrated among a handful of companies. The top three companies (Intel, TSMC and Samsung) continue to account for more than half of total spending. Spending by the top five semiconductor manufacturers exceeds 64 per cent of total projected 2014 spending, with the top 10 accounting for 78 per cent of the total.

Gartner predicts that 2014 semiconductor capital spending will increase 5.5 per cent, followed by 10 per cent growth in 2015. The next cyclical decline will be a slight drop of 3.3 per cent in 2016, followed by a return to growth in 2017 and 2018 (see Table 1).

Semiconductor inventories combined with overall market weakness depressed utilisation rates at the end of 2013. Although demand from smartphones and media tablets is producing leading-edge demand for logic production, it is not enough to bring total utilisation up to desired levels. Gartner expects utilisation rates to climb upward again in 2014, as demand for chip production returns, and overall utilisation rates will return to normal levels through 2014, providing continued impetus for capital investment.

Overall wafer fab manufacturing capacity utilisation responded to increasing inventories at the end of 2013 by staying in the low-80 per cent range at the end of 2013. In 2014, a return to more normal inventory levels will propel overall utilisation of almost 90 per cent by year end. Leading-edge utilisation will remain in the mid-90 per cent range through 2014, providing for a positive capital investment environment.

The capital spending forecast estimates total capital spending from all forms of semiconductor manufacturers, including foundries and back-end assembly and test services companies. This is based on the industry's requirements for new and upgraded facilities to meet the forecast demand for semiconductor production. Capital spending represents the total amount spent by the industry for equipment and new facilities.

The WFE forecast estimates market revenue based on future global sales of the equipment needed to produce the wafers on which semiconductor devices are fabricated. WFE demand is a function of the number of fabs in operation, capacity utilisation, their size and their technology profile.

This research is produced by Gartner's Semiconductor Manufacturing programme. This research programme, which is part of the overall semiconductor research group, provides a comprehensive view of the entire semiconductor industry, from manufacturing to device and application market trends. More information on Gartner's semiconductor research can be found in the Gartner Semiconductor Manufacturing Focus Area at



http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner: Worldwide Semiconductor Capital Equipment Spending to IncreaseThu, 24 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says Worldwide PC Shipments in the First Quarter of 2014 Declined 1.7 Per Centhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/224/gartner_says_worldwide_pc_shipments_in_the_first_quarter_of_2014_declined_1.7_per_cent.html 

Worldwide PC shipments totalled 76.6 million units in the first quarter of 2014, a 1.7 per cent decline from the first quarter of 2013, according to preliminary results by Gartner. The severity of the decline eased compared with the past seven quarters.

“The end of XP support by Microsoft on 8th April has played a role in the easing decline of PC shipments,” said Mikako Kitagawa, principal analyst at Gartner. “All regions indicated a positive effect since the end of XP support stimulated the PC refresh of XP systems. Professional desktops, in particular, showed strength in the quarter. Among key countries, Japan was greatly affected by the end of XP support, registering a 35 per cent year-over-year increase in PC shipments. The growth was also boosted by sales tax change. We expect the impact of XP migration worldwide to continue throughout 2014.”

“While the PC market remains weak, it is showing signs of improvement compared to last year. The PC professional market generally improved in regions such as EMEA. The US saw the gradual recovery of PC spending as the impact of tablets faded,” Ms Kitagawa said.

The PC market continued to be tough for many vendors. Economies of scale matter tremendously in this high-volume, low-profit market, which is forcing some vendors, such as Sony, out of the market. In contrast, all of the top five vendors, except Acer, registered year-over-year shipment growth. The top thee vendors — Lenovo, HP and Dell — have all confirmed the importance of the PC business as part of their overall business strategies.

Lenovo experienced the strongest growth among the top five vendors. Its shipments grew 10.9 per cent, and Lenovo extended its position as the worldwide leader. The company’s shipments grew in all regions except Asia/Pacific, where growth in China has been problematic. Overall, the China market slowed again, in part due to the long holiday in the middle of the quarter.

The share difference between Dell and HP once again narrowed compared to last quarter. In the first quarter of 2014, HP achieved its fastest shipment growth of the last two years. HP’s shipment growth in EMEA well exceeded the regional average, which improved HP’s overall growth. Dell maintained a strong position in the market. Since the completion of the leverage buyout last year, Dell has been aggressively expanding its PC business throughout the regions. The first quarter of 2014 was the third consecutive quarter of PC shipment growth for Dell, registering its highest growth since the fourth quarter of 2011.

In the US market, PC shipments totalled 14.1 million units in the first quarter of 2014, a 2.1 per cent increase from the same period last year (see Table 2). HP maintained the No. 1 position, as it accounted for 25 per cent of PC shipments in the US market. Dell and Lenovo experienced the strongest growth among the top five vendors, with growth rates of 13.2 and 16.8 per cent, respectively.

“In terms of the major structural shift of the PC market, the US market is ahead of other regions,” Ms Kitagawa said. “The installed base of PCs started declining in 2013, while the worldwide installed base still grew. The US PC market has been highly saturated with devices: 99 per cent of households own at least one or more desktops or laptops, and more than half of them own both. While tablet penetration is expected to reach 50 per cent in 2014, some consumer spending could return to PCs.”

The EMEA PC market saw positive growth after eight quarters of decline. Shipments in EMEA totalled 22.9 million units in the first quarter of 2014, a 0.3 per cent increase from the same period last year (see Table 3). Improvements were driven by a PC refresh in the professional market from both the XP effect, and a general increase in professional spending.

“The end of support for Windows XP has boosted commercial desktop sales, driven in part by delayed government buying in major Western European countries,” said Isabelle Durand, principal analyst at Gartner. “The professional PC market looks stronger overall, as business and governments adjust to a more favourable economic environment. We also expect to see the impact of XP migration to continue throughout 2014.”

Traditional notebook volumes continued to be squeezed during the quarter. Consumers continued to buy premium ultramobiles as notebook replacements, and are also purchasing tablets as additional devices. While new hybrid models entered the market volumes remained low, but are expected to ramp-up through 2014.

“In Eastern Europe PC shipments continued to decline during the first quarter of 2014, with the Russian market looking particularly weak,” said Ms Durand. “PC demand was dampened, as the weaker Russian Rouble increased the cost of PCs. Moreover, the general political situation shifted buying priorities away from PCs, and current public sector IT budgets were limited due to the Winter Olympics.”

HP retained the top vendor position in the EMEA market, and its shipments grew 15.3 per cent in the first quarter of 2014. Lenovo has now had seven consecutive quarters of strong growth, which helped it cement the No. 2 spot in EMEA with 36 per cent growth in the first quarter of 2014. It also saw its presence in the consumer PC market increase. Asus also performed well and currently leads the hybrid market.

In Asia/Pacific, PC shipments reached 24.9 million units in the first quarter of 2014, a 10.8 per cent decline from the first quarter of 2013. Pressure on traditional notebooks continued as the installed base transitioned to alternative devices and replaced only on an as-needed basis. New hybrid ultramobiles with lower price points were available, but demand remained slow as buyers evaluated usage scenarios and application availability amid a market with many other options.

These results are preliminary. Final statistics will be available soon to clients of Gartner's PC Quarterly Statistics Worldwide by Region programme. This programme offers a comprehensive and timely picture of the worldwide PC market, allowing product planning, distribution, marketing and sales organisations to keep abreast of key issues and their future implications around the globe. Additional research can be found on Gartner's Computing Hardware section on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/it/products/research/asset_129157_2395.jsp




http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/producten/.dell_latitude_12_jpg/165_165_80_1__dell_latitude_12.jpgGartner Says Worldwide PC Shipments in the First Quarter of 2014 Declined 1.7 Per CentThu, 10 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0200
Licencing and Entitlement Management Is One of the Keys to Monetising the Internet of Thingshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/223/licencing_and_entitlement_management_is_one_of_the_keys_to_monetising_the_internet_of_things.html 

The Internet of Things (IoT) which includes intelligent devices ranging from smartphones to medical robotics, is forecast to grow to 26 billion units installed by 2020, representing an almost 30-fold increase from 0.9 billion in 2009. Adoption is predicated upon device manufacturers investing in innovation in this area, and their ability to realise a meaningful return on investment (ROI).

In today’s blog post, Laurie Wurster, research director at Gartner, said the hyper-growth of IoT will require a rethinking of manufacturers’ underlying business models, including the manufacturing supply chain and the critical role that software plays in product development and product revenue models.

Ms Wurster said:

IoT transforms all hardware and appliance OEMs into software providers. Licencing and entitlement management technology provides the locking capabilities that enable manufacturers to protect and monetise the embedded software IP running on connected intelligent devices.

Device manufacturers faced with increasing global competitive pressure to reduce manufacturing costs that produce thinner margins can leverage the value created with internet-connected products to increase revenue. However, to secure additional revenue, manufacturers need to recognise the role embedded software and/or software applications play in the IoT, and monetise this value. Similar to the traditional software industry, device manufacturers need to protect the intellectual property contained in applications and monetise it through the adoption of licensing and entitlement management systems that control access to the Internet-connected device, its functions and features.

Licencing and entitlement management also enables flexible pricing and packaging, enabling the manufacturer to bundle product features, capabilities and capacities, ensure payment, provide upgrade paths, as well as new revenue streams. By controlling product functionality, features and capacities of Internet-connected devices via flexible licensing, device manufacturers will better be able to compete in current and new markets via increased speed to market with new products, new feature combinations, and product enhancements.

However, the adoption of licensing and entitlement management may be inhibited by the inexperience of many device manufacturers with software, the software business itself, and the financial opportunities that software-driven devices create. Many manufacturers still apply a traditional “box” mentality to their products, and fail to take into account additional revenue opportunities that licencing-controlled embedded software and software applications deliver. Additional complications can arise as manufacturers navigate the transition to software-driven, internet-connected solutions.

For success, strong leadership is needed to ensure that all departments are aligned around the new business strategy; and adopt the processes and business rules necessary to accommodate the business opportunities opened by the connected devices.

More information is available in the report entitled “Emerging Technology Analysis: Software Licensing and Entitlement Management is the Key to Monetizing the Internet of Things” which can be found on Gartner’s website at http://www.gartner.com/doc/2696221


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgLicencing and Entitlement Management Is One of the Keys to Monetising the Internet of ThingsMon, 07 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says Worldwide IT Spending on Pace to Grow 3.2 Per Cent in 2014http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/222/gartner_says_worldwide_it_spending_on_pace_to_grow_3.2_per_cent_in_2014.html 

With the global economy showing signs of a gradual recovery, worldwide IT spending is on pace to total \$3.8 trillion in 2014, a 3.2 per cent increase from 2013 spending, according to the latest forecast by Gartner, Inc.

"Globally, businesses are shaking off their malaise and returning to spending on IT to support the growth of their business," said Richard Gordon, managing vice president at Gartner. "Consumers will be purchasing many new devices in 2014; however, there is a greater substitution toward lower cost and more basic devices than we have seen in prior years."

The Gartner Worldwide IT Spending Forecast is the leading indicator of major technology trends across the hardware, software, IT services and telecom markets. For more than a decade, global IT and business executives have been using these highly anticipated quarterly reports to recognise market opportunities and challenges, and base their critical business decisions on proven methodologies rather than guesswork.

The devices market (including PCs, ultramobiles, mobile phones and tablets) is forecast to return to growth in 2014, with worldwide spending of \$689 billion, a 4.4 per cent increase from 2013. However, in top-line spending, a shift in the product mix continues to be seen in the marketplace. Demand for highly priced premium phones is slowing, with buyers in mature countries preferring mid-tier premium phones, while those in emerging countries favor low-end Android basic phones.

The number of traditional PC users is contracting to a set of fewer, albeit more engaged, users. In general, consumers are opting to buy premium ultramobiles as notebook replacements and purchasing tablets as additional devices. As market power shifts to the buyer, and key product innovations become ubiquitous, product pricing is becoming the primary differentiator.

Data centre systems spending is projected to reach \$143 billion in 2014, a 2.3 per cent increase from 2013. In terms of enterprise network equipment trends, cloud and mobility are the biggest demand drivers. Virtualisation and cloud adoption are generating significant market traction for data centre Ethernet switches, and the proliferation of mobile endpoints is continuing to drive significant demand for the wireless LAN equipment market.

In the enterprise software market, spending is on pace to total \$320 billion, a 6.9 per cent increase from 2013. The enterprise software market is the fastest-growing segment in 2014. "The Nexus of Forces (the convergence of social, mobile, cloud and information) continues to drive growth across key major software markets, such as customer relationship management, database management systems (DBMSs), data integration tools and data quality tools," Mr Gordon said. "In fact, organisational adoption of data management technologies to support the Nexus will cause spending on DBMSs to surpass operating systems, making the former the largest enterprise software market in 2014."

IT services is forecast to total \$964 billion in 2014, up 4.6 per cent from 2013. IT services buyers are shifting spending from consulting (planning projects) to implementation (doing projects), and Gartner analysts expect steady growth in the IT services market as the economic outlook, and along with it investment sentiment, improves.

Telecom services spending is projected to grow 1.3 per cent in 2014, with spending reaching \$1.655 trillion. Fixed voice services continue to decline from substitution effects occurring a bit faster than previously anticipated, affecting the balance of wireless-only households in important markets, such as Japan, as well as the migration of enterprise lines due to Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) trunking (the use of voice over IP (VoIP) to facilitate the connection of a private branch exchange (PBX) to the Internet).

More-detailed analysis on the outlook for the IT industry will be presented in the webinar "IT Spending Forecast, 1Q14 Update: Personalities Predict Spending." The complimentary webinar will be hosted by Gartner on 8 April at 1:00pm UK time. During the webinar, Gartner analysts will discuss their latest thinking on IT spending growth, key enterprise personality types, and how this personality mix is impacting IT demand in key vertical industries. To register for the webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/portal/server.pt?open=512&objID=202&mode=2&PageID=5553&resId=2671119&ref=Webinar-Calendar.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Worldwide IT Spending on Pace to Grow 3.2 Per Cent in 2014Wed, 02 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says European CRM Budgets Remain Strong Despite Economic Uncertaintyhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/220/gartner_says_european_crm_budgets_remain_strong_despite_economic_uncertainty.html 

Despite continuing economic uncertainty, customer relationship management (CRM) budgets remain strong, according to a recent survey of European organisations by Gartner, Inc. The survey found that 50 per cent of the 102 respondents planned to increase spending on CRM initiatives in 2014, with an average increase of 2.5 per cent over 2013 budgets .

The survey, conducted in the fourth quarter of 2013, included organisations representing more than 20 industries and 30 countries. B2B and B2C organisations were represented and participants were evenly split between those with a business and those with an IT focus in their roles. More than one-third of the participants identified themselves as being "advanced" and having more than five years of CRM project experience.

"The survey findings highlight the continuing trend for organisations to commit to improving the management of their customer relationships," said Jim Davies, research director at Gartner. "We are observing an increasing number of large, transformational projects being undertaken as organisations look to embrace social and mobile interactions for sales, marketing and customer support."

Gartner has forecast that the CRM software market in Western Europe will grow at over 9 per cent, reaching \$5.5 billion in total revenue by the end of 2014. Cloud adoption is also steadily increasing, with more than 49 per cent of CRM applications in the CRM software market being delivered on SaaS infrastructure in 2014 compared with just 1 per cent in 1999. Total revenue for cloud CRM applications in Western Europe is forecast to grow 24 per cent in 2014, reaching a total of \$2.3 billion.

Survey participants were also asked to highlight their top three primary objectives for 2014 and for the fourth consecutive year, the primary objective for CRM programmes was to increase customer satisfaction.

"Organisational commitment to the customer experience continues to rise, as business leaders appreciate the benefits of providing differentiated and consistent cross-channel experiences," said Mr Davies. "A new objective added to the list of options this year was "increase customer engagement," which jumped into the No. 2 position and further demonstrates the growing desire of European organisations to get closer to their customers and have a more mutually beneficial relationship."

Creating a single view of the customer leapfrogged the main revenue/growth-oriented objective to secure third place. This single view, obtained via investment in master data management technologies and governance, helps to provide a more consistent, appropriate and joined-up customer experience across multiple channels


, products and functional areas. It enables organisations to achieve a more comprehensive and accurate understanding of their customers' wants and needs, as well as providing relevant opportunities for them to pursue closer customer relationships.

Objectives linked to cutting costs associated with sales, marketing and customer service did not appear in the top half of participants' objectives, reinforcing the positive emphasis that will be placed on customer strategy during 2014. Cost cutting might be unavoidable in some circumstances, but any action that has a negative impact on the customer experience can have serious long-term implications on corporate performance and should be carefully considered.

When asked to name the biggest obstacles threatening the success of their customer initiatives, participants overwhelmingly cited the lack of a clearly defined CRM strategy as their number one concern.

This is a dramatic switch from 2013, when gaining a single view was the most significant issue. All organisations in the private and public sectors interact with customers, most often through the work of marketing, sales and customer service departments. However, in most cases, these organisations are not truly engaging with their customers – they have been disengaged for the past decade to reduce their costs. Furthermore, relatively few have taken an enterprise-wide approach to engaging with customers.

"During the past 10 years, customers' trust in big business has declined rapidly. Customers have become more willing to complain, more willing to switch suppliers after a poor experience and more likely to tell others about it," said Mr Davies. "Social media and mobile adoption have caused fundamental shifts in how, when and why customers engage with each other and how they expect to be able to engage with organisations. These two overlapping factors are forcing organisations to rethink their approaches to CRM, and are creating a need for new customer strategies."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Survey Analysis: European Organizations Struggle to Create a Clearly Defined CRM Strategy in 2014." The report is available on Gartner's web site http://www.gartner.com/doc/2671015.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says European CRM Budgets Remain Strong Despite Economic UncertaintySat, 22 Mar 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Identifies Top 10 Mobile Technologies and Capabilities for 2015 and 2016http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/218/gartner_identifies_top_10_mobile_technologies_and_capabilities_for_2015_and_2016.html 

Organisations wishing to unlock the full potential of mobility must master a wide range of technologies and skills, many of which are unfamiliar to IT staff. In today's blog post, Nick Jones, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner, shares Gartner’s top 10 mobile technologies and capabilities that organisations must master in 2015 and 2016. Gartner analyst Mr Jones said:

Multiplatform/Multiarchitecture Application Development Tools

Most organisations will need application development tools to support a "3 x 3" future — three key platforms (Android, iOS and Windows) and three application architectures (native, hybrid and mobile web). Tool selection will be a complex balancing act, trading off many technical and nontechnical issues (such as productivity versus vendor stability), and most large organisations will need a portfolio of several tools to deliver to the architectures and platforms they require.


HTML5 won't be a simple panacea for mobile application portability because it's fragmented and immature and therefore poses many implementation and security risks. However, as HTML5 and its development tools mature, the popularity of the mobile web and hybrid applications will increase. Hence, despite many challenges, HTML5 will be an essential technology for organisations delivering applications across multiple platforms.

Advanced Mobile User Experience Design

Leading mobile apps are delivering exceptional user experiences, which are achieved by a variety of new techniques and methodologies, such as motivational design, "quiet" design and "playful" interfaces. Designers are also creating apps that can accommodate mobile challenges, such as partial user attention and interruption, or that can exploit technologies with novel features or "wow" factors, such as augmented reality. Leading consumer apps are setting high standards for user interface design, and all organisations must master new skills and work with new partners to meet growing user expectations.

High-Precision Location Sensing

Knowing an individual's location to within a few meters is a key enabler of the delivery of highly relevant contextual information and services. Apps exploiting precise indoor location currently use technologies such as Wi-Fi, imaging, ultrasonic beacons and geomagnetics. In 2014, Gartner expects growth in the use of wireless beacons using the new Bluetooth Smart standard. In the longer term, technologies such as smart lighting will also become important. Precise indoor location sensing, combined with mobile apps, will enable a new generation of extremely personalised services and information.

Wearable Devices

The smartphone will become the hub of a personal-area network consisting of wearable gadgets such as on-body healthcare sensors, smart jewellery, smart watches, display devices (like Google Glass) and a variety of sensors embedded in clothes and shoes. These gadgets will communicate with mobile apps to deliver information in new ways and enable a wide range of products and services in areas such as sport, fitness, fashion, hobbies and healthcare.

New Wi-Fi Standards

Emerging Wi-Fi standards such as 802.11ac (Waves 1 and 2), 11ad, 11aq and 11ah will increase Wi-Fi performance, make Wi-Fi more relevant to applications such as telemetry, and enable Wi-Fi to provide new services. Over the next three years, demands on Wi-Fi infrastructure will increase as more Wi-Fi-enabled devices appear in organisations, as cellular offloading becomes more popular, and as applications such as location sensing demand denser access-point placement. The opportunities enabled by new standards and the performance required by new applications will require many organisations to revise or replace their Wi-Fi infrastructure.

Enterprise Mobile Management

"Enterprise mobile management" or "EMM" is a term that describes the future evolution and convergence of several mobile management, security and support technologies. These include mobile device management, mobile application management, application wrapping and containerisation, and some elements of enterprise file synchronisation and sharing. Such tools will mature, grow in scope and eventually address a wide range of mobile management needs across all popular OSs on smartphones, tablets and PCs.

Mobile-Connected Smart Objects

By 2020, the average affluent household in a mature market will contain several hundred smart objects, including LED light bulbs, toys, domestic appliances, sports equipment, medical devices and controllable power sockets, to name but a few. These domestic smart objects will be a part of the Internet of Things, and most will be able to communicate in some way with an app on a smartphone or tablet. Smartphones and tablets will perform many functions, including acting as remote controls, displaying and analysing information, interfacing with social networks to monitor "things" that can tweet or post, paying for subscription services, ordering replacement consumables and updating object firmware.


Long Term Evolution (LTE) and its successor LTE Advanced (LTE-A) are cellular technologies that improve spectral efficiency and will push cellular networks to theoretical peak downlink speeds of up to 1 Gbps, while reducing latency. All mobile users will benefit from improved bandwidth, and superior performance combined with new features such as LTE Broadcast will enable network operators to offer new services.

Metrics and Monitoring Tools

The diversity of mobile devices makes comprehensive app testing impossible, and the nondeterministic nature of mobile networks and the cloud services that support them can result in performance bottlenecks that are hard to locate. Mobile metrics and monitoring tools, often known as application performance monitoring (APM), can help. APM provides visibility into app behaviour, delivers statistics about which devices and OSs are adopted, and monitors user behaviour to determine which app features are being successfully exploited.

Additional analysis can be found in Gartner's research note "Top 10 Mobile Technologies and Capabilities for 2015 and 2016," available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/doc/2665315.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/nieuws/.samsung_s4_tel_png/165_165_80_1__samsung_s4_tel.pngGartner Identifies Top 10 Mobile Technologies and Capabilities for 2015 and 2016Wed, 26 Feb 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says Annual Smartphone Sales Surpassed Sales of Feature Phones for the First Time in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/217/gartner_says_annual_smartphone_sales_surpassed_sales_of_feature_phones_for_the_first_time_in_2013.html 

Worldwide sales of smartphones to end users totaled 968 million units in 2013, an increase of 42.3 per cent from 2012, according to Gartner, sales of smartphones accounted for 53.6 per cent of overall mobile phone sales in 2013, and exceeded annual sales of feature phones for the first time.

Smartphone sales grew 36 per cent in the fourth quarter of 2013 and accounted for 57.6 per cent of overall mobile phone sales in the fourth quarter, up from 44 per cent year over year. This increasing contribution of smartphones was led by growth in Latin America, the Middle East and Africa, Asia/Pacific and Eastern Europe, where smartphone sales grew by more than 50 per cent in the fourth quarter of 2013. With a 166.8 per cent increase in the fourth quarter of 2013, India exhibited the highest smartphone sales growth among the countries tracked by Gartner, and Latin America saw the strongest growth among all regions (96.1 per cent) in the fourth quarter. China also contributed significantly to worldwide smartphone sales as sales grew 86.3 per cent in 2013.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, mobile phone sales in mature regions fell due to weaker demand."Mature markets face limited growth potential as the markets are saturated with smartphone sales, leaving little room for growth with declining feature phone market and a longer replacement cycle," said Anshul Gupta, principal research analyst at Gartner. "Lack of compelling hardware innovation has further exacerbated replacement cycles for high-end smartphones in 2013 because consumers don't find enough reasons to upgrade."

Top Smartphone Vendor Analysis

Samsung: While Samsung's smartphone share was up in 2013 it slightly fell by 1.6 percentage points in the fourth quarter of 2013. This was mainly due to a saturated high-end smartphone market in developed regions. It remains critical for Samsung to continue to build on its technology leadership at the high end. Samsung will also need to build a clearer value proposition around its midrange smartphones, defining simpler user interfaces, pushing the right features as well as seizing the opportunity of bringing innovations to stand out beyond price in this growing segment.

Apple: Strong sales of the iPhone 5s and continued strong demand for the 4s in emerging markets helped Apple see record sales of 50.2 million smartphones in the fourth quarter of 2013.

"However, Apple's share in smartphone declined both in the fourth quarter of 2013 and in 2013, but growth in sales helped to raise share in the overall mobile phone market," said Mr Gupta. "With Apple adding NTT DOCOMO in Japan for the first time in September 2013 and signing a deal with China Mobile during the quarter, we are already seeing an increased growth in the Japanese market and we should see the impact of the last deal in the first quarter of 2014."

Huawei: Huawei smartphone sales grew 85.3 per cent in the fourth quarter of 2013 to maintain the No. 3 spot year over year. Huawei has moved quickly to align its organisation to focus on the global market. Huawei's overseas expansion delivered strong results in the fourth quarter of 2013, with growth in the Middle East and Africa, Asia/Pacific, Latin America and Europe.

Lenovo: Lenovo saw smartphone sales in 2013 increase by 102.3 per cent and by 63.1 per cent in the fourth quarter of 2013. Lenovo's Motorola acquisition from Google will give Lenovo an opportunity to expand within the Americas.

"The acquisition will also provide Lenovo with patent protection and allow it to expand rapidly across the global market," said Mr Gupta. "We believe this deal is not just about entering into the US, but more about stepping out of China."

Gartner expects smartphones to continue to drive overall sales in 2014 and an increasing number of manufacturers will realign their portfolios to focus on the low-cost smartphone sector. Sales of high-end smartphones will slow as increasing sales of low- and mid-price smartphones in high-growth emerging markets will shift the product mix to lower-end devices. This will lead to a decline in average selling price and a slowdown in revenue growth.

In the smartphone OS market, Android's share grew 12 percentage points to reach 78.4 per cent in 2013. The Android platform will continue to benefit from this, with sales of Android phones in 2014 approaching the billion mark.

Worldwide mobile phone sales to end users totaled 1.8 billion units in 2013, an increase of 3.5 per cent from 2012. Users bought 490.3 mobile phones in the fourth quarter of 2013, an increase of 3.9 per cent compared with the same quarter in 2012.

"While the top three mobile manufacturers are dominating the global mobile phone market, their share collectively fell in the fourth quarter of 2013 and yearly as Chinese and regional brands continue to raise their share," said Mr Gupta.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/nieuws/.samsung_s4_tel_png/165_165_80_1__samsung_s4_tel.pngGartner Says Annual Smartphone Sales Surpassed Sales of Feature Phones for the First Time in 2013Fri, 14 Feb 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says 30 Per Cent of Organisations Will Use Biometric Authentication for Mobile Devices by 2016http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/216/gartner_says_30_per_cent_of_organisations_will_use_biometric_authentication_for_mobile_devices_by_2016.html 

The consumerisation of IT and business bring your own device (BYOD) programmes have resulted in potential security problems for IT leaders, according to Gartner Inc.

User expectations of a clean and simple mobile user experience often outweigh security concerns, and the same valuable data guarded by complex passwords and security measures on PCs can be left vulnerable on mobile devices. Gartner predicts that, by 2016, 30 per cent of organisations will use biometric authentication on mobile devices, up from five per cent today."Mobile users staunchly resist authentication methods that were tolerable on PCs and are still needed to bolster secure access on mobile devices," said Ant Allan, research vice president at Gartner. "Security leaders must manage users' expectations and take into account the user experience without comprising security."

Gartner has identified some potential security impacts of the consumerisation of IT, and has made some recommendations for IT security leaders.

User experience trumps security concerns

While most organisations require robust passwords on laptops, smartphones and tablet devices often have access to the same applications and critical data but not the same levels of security. The increased number of devices in play also exacerbates the exposure of critical information. Implementing standard power-on password policies is made much more complex by the acceptance of BYOD practices, with the inevitable clash over user rights and privacy.

While complex passwords can be especially problematic for users to type on mobile devices, if these devices hold corporate data or provide access to corporate systems such as email without further login — even a default four-digit password is inappropriate. However, support for more robust power-on authentication is patchy — with only a few mobile operating systems and devices supporting biometric authentication. Even in cases that do offer this support, the implementation may not be good enough for business use.

"An eight-digit numeric password will require hours to recover, and that will discourage casual hackers with toolkits," said John Girard, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "However, even a six-character lowercase alphanumeric password can provide billions of values. For most practical purposes, hackers are not prepared to pursue this large a set of combinations due to the relatively slow speeds involved in brute force attacks against smartphones and tablets."

Gartner recommends that a password policy requiring use of at least six alphanumeric characters, and prohibiting dictionary words, is enforced on devices with access to corporate information via mobile device management (MDM) tools.

Wipe the slate clean

Some organisations attempt to counter the risks from a lost or stolen device by implementing controls that wipe a device after a limited number of incorrect password entries, or by remote command. "This practice does not wholly mitigate the risk because solid-state memory is nearly impossible to overwrite," said Mr Girard. "The best practice is to use encryption that is not tied to the primary power-on authentication, meaning the key cannot be recovered from the device after a soft wipe operation has been performed."

In addition, Gartner recommends that a further authentication method — at a minimum, another password — should be used for access to sensitive corporate applications and data. In this way, even if a hacker breaches the power-on defences, each additional app or store of data presents an additional challenge that will, collectively, present too much of a hurdle to be worthwhile.

In some cases, higher-assurance authentication is required. In PCs (traditionally), a standalone device may be used to provide a hardware token that might be used to provide additional authentication. "Traditional authentication of this kind is often spurned in mobile use cases, because of the poor user experience with most kinds of hardware tokens," said Mr Allan. "Juggling the token in one hand, the phone in another and a latte in the third is increasingly resisted by mobile device users."

Software tokens, such as X.509 credentials on the endpoint, provide options in this case, but often need MDM tools to be implemented properly and still require additional controls to provide the higher-assurance authentication necessary in some organisations.

Biometric options offer compromise

Gartner recommends that security leaders evaluate biometric authentication methods where higher-assurance authentication is required. Suitable authentication modes include interface interactivity, voice recognition, face topography and iris structure. These modes can be used in conjunction with passwords to provide higher-assurance authentication without requiring any significant change in user behaviour.

Moreover, as a mobile device itself provides a rich node of identity-relevant contextual data, this information can also be used to increase the trust in the claimed identity. It is possible that the combination of passive biometric authentication and contextual authentication will provide sufficient assurance in medium-risk scenarios without the need for "gateway" authentication events using passwords or tokens.

It is also important, when planning a comprehensive authentication policy that includes mobile devices, to consider the burden on organisations and users alike — so that the policy is sustainable. "Adopting significantly different authentication methods for different devices will eventually be unsustainable," said Mr Allan, "Mobile-apt authentication methods must also be PC apt. Combinations of X.509 credentials on the endpoint, low-friction biometric modes and contextual authentication will likely fit the bill."

Additional information is available in the report "Good Choices for Mobile Authentication Must Balance Conflicting Security, Technical and User Experience Needs." The report can be found on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/doc/2595417.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says 30 Per Cent of Organisations Will Use Biometric Authentication for Mobile Devices by 2016Tue, 04 Feb 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says Uses of 3D Printing Will Ignite Major Debate on Ethics and Regulationhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/215/gartner_says_uses_of_3d_printing_will_ignite_major_debate_on_ethics_and_regulation.html 

The technology of 3D "bioprinting" (the medical application of 3D printing to produce living tissue and organs) is advancing so quickly that it will spark a major ethical debate on its use by 2016, according to Gartner Inc.

At the same time, 3D printing of non-living medical devices such as prosthetic limbs, combined with a burgeoning population and insufficient levels of healthcare in emerging markets, is likely to cause an explosion in demand for the technology by 2015."3D bioprinting facilities with the ability to print human organs and tissue will advance far faster than general understanding and acceptance of the ramifications of this technology," said Pete Basiliere, research director at Gartner. Already in August 2013, the Hangzhou Dianzi University in China announced it had invented the biomaterial 3D printer Regenovo, which printed a small working kidney that lasted four months. Earlier in 2013, a two-year-old child in the US received a windpipe built with her own stem cells.

Mr Basiliere added: "These initiatives are well-intentioned, but raise a number of questions that remain unanswered. What happens when complex 'enhanced' organs involving nonhuman cells are made? Who will control the ability to produce them? Who will ensure the quality of the resulting organs?"

Nevertheless, the day when 3D-bioprinted human organs are readily available is drawing closer, and will result in a complex debate involving a great many political, moral and financial interests.

As 3D printing technology continues to mature, its ability to build customised human anatomical parts has pervasive appeal in medical device markets — especially in economically weak and war-torn regions — where it addresses high demand for prosthetic and other medical devices. In addition, increasing familiarity within the material sciences and computer-augmented design services sectors, and integration with healthcare and hospitals, will further increase demand from 2015 onwards.

"The overall success rates of 3D printing use cases in emerging regions will escalate for three main reasons: the increasing ease of access and commoditisation of the technology; ROI; and because it simplifies supply chain issues with getting medical devices to these regions," said Mr Basiliere. "Other primary drivers are a large population base with inadequate access to healthcare, in regions often marred by internal conflicts, wars or terrorism."

Outside the medical market, 3D printing will also bring about major changes and challenges. Gartner predicts that by 2018, at least seven of the world's top 10 multichannel retailers will be using 3D printing technology to generate custom stock orders, at the same time as entirely new business models are built on the technology.

"Some retailers are already selling 3D printers to consumers, and as they become more readily available, consumers could use them to 'manufacture' their own custom-designed products," said Miriam Burt, research vice president at Gartner. "We also expect to see 3D copying services and 3D printing bureaus emerge where customers bring 3D models to a retailer or provider and have increasingly high-end parts and designs printed, not just in plastics but in materials including ceramics, stainless steel, and cobalt and titanium alloys."

The rapid emergence of this technology will also create major challenges in relation to intellectual property (IP) theft. Gartner predicts that by 2018, 3D printing will result in the loss of at least \$100 billion per year in IP globally.

"The very factors that foster innovation — crowdsourcing, R&D pooling and funding of start-ups — coupled with shorter product life cycles, provide a fertile ground for intellectual property theft using 3D printers," said Mr Basiliere. "Already, it's possible to 3D print many items, including toys, machine and automotive parts, and even weapons."

In this environment, businesses will find it increasingly difficult to fully monetise their inventions, and licensees of related IP will be less able to achieve the maximum benefit of their licenses. IP thieves will have reduced product development and supply chain costs, enabling them to sell counterfeit goods at a discount, while unsuspecting customers are at risk of poorly performing and possibly even dangerous products.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Predicts 2014: 3D Printing at the Inflection Point." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2631234.

Gartner's Special Report "Predicts 2014" features 67 documents with insights and recommended actions to help IT leaders start exploring the "Digital Industrial Revolution." It can be viewed at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/predicts/ and includes links to reports and video commentaries that examine the impact of big data on enterprises.

Gartner analysts will provide additional analysis of these predictions during the Gartner webinar, "Gartner Predicts a Disruptive IT Future," on 13 March at 1pm and 4pm GMT. To register for this complimentary webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/webinardetail/resId=2656516?srcId=1-2994690285.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Uses of 3D Printing Will Ignite Major Debate on Ethics and RegulationWed, 29 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
By 2016, the Impact of Cloud and Emergence of Postmodern ERP Will Relegate Highly Customised ERP Systems to "Legacy" Statushttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/214/by_2016__the_impact_of_cloud_and_emergence_of_postmodern_erp_will_relegate_highly_customised_erp_systems_to__legacy__status.html 

By 2016, heavily customised ERP implementations will be routinely referred to as "legacy ERP," according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner said that as alternatives to monolithic, on-premises ERP and enterprise applications continue to mature, CIOs and application leaders must take action to address the fast-approaching reality of "legacy ERP."

"The need for agility and responsiveness has led highly customized ERP implementations to an impasse, creating a subset of legacy ERP installations that must be dealt with constructively," said Andy Kyte, vice president and Gartner Fellow. "Early ERP adopters, particularly large organisations in energy, manufacturing and distribution industries, are paying the penalty of a decade or more of excessive customisation. Businesses looking to improve administration today can take advantage of lower costs, better functional fit and process flexibility offered by blending cloud applications with on-premises applications in what we now refer to as 'postmodern ERP.'"

The ERP suite is being deconstructed into postmodern ERP that will result in a more federated, loosely coupled ERP environment with much of the functionality sourced as cloud services or via business process outsourcers.

"When ERP was in its heyday, CEOs and business executives wanted reliable and integrated solutions, so they seized upon ERP as the way to provide this," said Mr Kyte. "Business stakeholders still want these same qualities, but now they assume that these qualities will be present in any software solution, and their requirements have switched to the twin concerns of lowering IT costs and seeking increased flexibility. A system that is not sufficiently flexible to meet changing business demands is an anchor, not a sail, holding the business back, not driving it forward."

Mr Kyte said that so many business executives have expressed real concern about the lack of flexibility in their business applications portfolio that Gartner now defines legacy as: "any system that is not sufficiently flexible to meet changing business needs." Under this definition, heavily customised ERP implementations are very much at the forefront of the next wave of legacy systems.

While current ERP implementations are not going to vanish overnight, they will need to adapt. The impact of specialist cloud-based point solutions, combined with very strong growth in business process outsourcing, will provide ample alternatives for business users frustrated by inflexible and expensive ERP modules. Over time the current heavily customised ERP implementations will be rearchitected to focus on "systems of record" functionalities — which should require little customisation — while the differentiating processes and innovation activities will use alternative delivery models that are integrated with the ERP system of record capabilities.

Gartner also made the following ERP predictions:

By 2018, at least 30 per cent of service-centric companies will move the majority of their ERP applications to the cloud.

The concept of a single ERP suite that meets all of an organisation's needs is dead, and has been replaced by a hybrid ERP approach that combines cloud point solutions with a smaller "core" of on-premises ERP function, such as financials and manufacturings. Gartner predicts that hybrid ERP environments will be the norm within five years.

"Longer term, over the next 10 years and more, we envision a scenario where more of the market 'flips' to the cloud. Instead of having on-premises core solutions that are complemented by innovation or differentiating processes being supported in the cloud, some organisations will move all their ERP functionality to the cloud," said Nigel Rayner, research vice president at Gartner. "These won't be single vendor megasuites but instead will be loosely coupled suites of cloud functionality, which will create new integration challenges for IT."

While it will be at least 10 years or more before the majority of organisations decide to flip ERP to the cloud, Gartner predicts there are industry segments where this will happen much sooner. Service-centric industries, such as professional services, business services and digital media, have not been well-served by integrated ERP suites, which have tended to focus on product and asset-centric industries. Many have already moved key elements of application functionality to the cloud and there will be a greater likelihood that service-centric companies will flip the majority of their ERP functionality to the cloud within the next five years, earlier than the product-centric companies.

By 2017, 70 per cent of organisations adopting hybrid ERP will fail to improve cost-benefit outcomes unless their cloud applications provide differentiating functionality.

While Gartner expects that most organisations will shift from monolithic ERP to a hybrid approach within five years, the adoption of cloud services for some components of functionality does not guarantee a reduction in the total cost of ownership (TCO). On the contrary, there is the potential of actually increasing the TCO.

"Most organisations still fail to recognise and plan for the total lifetime costs of their ERP solutions, whether on-premises, cloud or hybrid. Moreover, with cloud-based solutions it is much too easy to fall into the trap of taking a short-term, tactical approach — lured by the seemingly attractive low per-user costs," said Carol Hardcastle, research vice president at Gartner. "Such an approach actually leads to increased total costs once the additional costs for connecting the solutions together are taken into account. Even the direct costs alone can lead to increased TCO, but there are other costs to take into consideration, such as the need to reskill or hire new staff to deal with data, integration and vendor management."

Ms Hardcastle said that looking at the business value outcomes, the outlook is also worrying. Too many ERP investments fail to deliver business value and the hybrid approach may further dilute the focus on the value to be driven from such investments.

"You should never assume that adopting cloud applications will magically provide value; it's essential to link business objectives to your ERP strategy to ensure value is realised, whether adopting on-premises or cloud applications," said Ms Hardcastle. "By hybridising solutions there is greater risk of fragmenting the business case and therefore diluting the value where the sum of the parts is less than the whole. However, there is also the risk of taking a less strategic approach — placing more focus on implementation at speed rather than long-term delivery of value."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Predicts 2014: The Rise of the Postmodern ERP and Enterprise Applications World." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/doc/2633315.

Gartner's Special Report "Predicts 2014" features 67 reports arming IT leaders with insights and actions to begin exploring the Digital Industrial Revolution now. The special report can be viewed at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/predicts/ and includes links to reports and video commentary that examine the impact of big data on enterprises.

Gartner analysts will provide additional analysis on these predictions during the Gartner webinar, "Gartner Predicts a Disruptive IT Future" on 29 January at 1:00pm and 4:00pm UK time. To register for this complimentary webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/webinardetail/resId=2656516?srcId=1-2994690285.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBy 2016, the Impact of Cloud and Emergence of Postmodern ERP Will Relegate Highly Customised ERP Systems to "Legacy" StatusWed, 29 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Mobile Users Will Provide Personalis​ed Data Streams to More Than 100 Apps and Services Every Dayhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/213/mobile_users_will_provide_personalis___ed_data_streams_to_more_than_100_apps_and_services_every_day.html 

By 2017, mobile apps will be downloaded more than 268 billion times, generating revenue of more than \$77 billion and making apps one of the most popular computing tools for users across the globe, according to Gartner, Inc. As a result, Gartner predicts that mobile users will provide personalised data streams to more than 100 apps and services every day.

"Mobile apps have become the official channel to drive content and services to consumers. From entertainment content to productivity services, from quantified-self to home automation, there is an app for practically anything a connected consumer may want to achieve," said Brian Blau, research director at Gartner. "This connection to consumer services means users are constantly funnelling data through mobile apps. As users continue to adopt and interact with apps, it is their data — what they say, what they do, where they go — that is transforming the app interaction paradigm."

Currently, apps often provide an opportunity for brands to reach and engage with customers in a direct way, and therefore data coming from the user is often treated as a resource. This is especially true of free apps, which in 2013 account for 92 per cent of app downloads. App users are providing troves of data and often accept advertising or data connectivity in exchange for access to the app.

Gartner said that brands and businesses are already using mobile apps as a primary component of their user engagement strategies, and as the use of mobile devices, including wearable devices, expands into other areas of consumer and business activities, mobile apps will become even more significant.

"In the next three to four years, apps will no longer be simply confined to smartphones and tablets, but will impact a wider set of devices, from home appliances to cars and wearable devices," said Mr Blau. "By 2017, Gartner predicts that wearable devices will drive 50 per cent of total app interactions."

Wearable devices will use mobile apps as their conduit for data exchange and user interface, because many of them will have few or no user interface capabilities. Offloading that responsibility to the mobile device means the wearable devices will depend on apps for all types of user input or output, configuration, content creation and consumption, and in some cases, basic connectivity.

"While wearable devices will not fully rely on, or be a slave to, mobile devices, it is a way for manufacturers to keep these devices small and efficient, therefore significantly reducing device costs in favour of using apps, which are more easily maintained and updated," said Mr Blau. "Considering their underlying service, most wearable devices need some type of user interface. Taking the example of a fitness-tracking device, ultimately its onboard data will need to be uploaded into the cloud, processed, and then analysed in reporting back to the user. Apps are an obvious and convenient platform to enable great products and services to be developed."

Mobile apps are often a vehicle for cognizant computing, in which the data gathered through the use of the apps and the analytics around it are becoming more important in both volume and value. In fact, it can be so sophisticated that through their solution providers, consumer brands know a lot about any individual consumer, such as the consumer's demographic data, location, preferences, habits, and even his or her social circle, in some cases. As a result, Gartner predicts that by 2015, cognizant computing will be a key enabler in smart home solutions.

"Cognizant computing takes intelligent actions on behalf of users based on their historical data, preferences and rules," said Sandy Shen, research director at Gartner. "It can predict user needs and complete tasks without users initiating the action or interfering with the service. It can take the very simplistic format of completing a recurring event such as to turn on the water heater at a preset time, or the more sophisticated format of calling the rescue services and connecting with the doctor when an emergency occurs.

Cognizant computing can play a meaningful role at home because home settings are stable with relatively fixed equipment, and the user behaviour there is routine and predictable. Tasks tend to be linear, in that each stays in its own boundaries with little interactions among different disciplines. For example, the entertainment services are unlikely to need to interact with the healthcare or home management services. Also, the amount of equipment or service data to call upon is relatively small compared with an outdoor environment, where the surrounding conditions and user intentions are more diverse.

Large service providers such as Google, Amazon, Facebook and Apple are likely to have a head start in this market due to the relationship they already have with consumers, which provides them with a large repository of user data that they can analyse and predict — a key asset in cognizant computing. In addition, consumers also trust these brands to manage their personal data — another key aspect in cognizant computing, whereas newcomers will have to build these relationships from scratch. Smart home solutions will likely span across various brands and platforms in order to become "intelligent" and deliver good user experience. Those that are restricted to a single brand are likely to lose the competitive edge.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Predicts 2014: Apps, Personal Cloud and Data

Analytics Will Drive New Consumer Interactions." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2628016.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgMobile Users Will Provide Personalis​ed Data Streams to More Than 100 Apps and Services Every DayWed, 22 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Organisati​ons Using Predictive Business Performanc​e Metrics Will Increase Their Profitabil​ity 20 Per Cent by 2017http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/212/organisati___ons_using_predictive_business_performanc___e_metrics_will_increase_their_profitabil___ity_20_per_cent_by_2017.html 

Organisations that use predictive business performance metrics will increase their profitability by 20 per cent by 2017, according to Gartner, Inc.

Gartner said organisations should use predictive metrics to alert workers that a business moment (a transient opportunity exploited dynamically that requires unprecedented business velocity and agility) is about to occur, and guide them on the best next action to take in the context of a particular customer's expectations.As we are entering the digital world, businesses will need to digitalise business processes, invent new digital business models, and compete at the speed of business moments. Senior IT managers and business process directors will increasingly be called on to manage an unprecedented degree and pace of business change, and to seize transient business moments by discovering what customers value and by personalising processes to deliver that value — all in the same instant.

"Using historical measures to gauge business and process performance is a thing of the past," said Samantha Searle, research analyst at Gartner. "To prevail in challenging market conditions, businesses need predictive metrics — also known as "leading indicators" — rather than just historical metrics (aka "lagging indicators")." Predictive risk metrics are particularly important for mitigating and even preventing the impact of disruptive events on profitability.

Only 31 Per Cent of Business and IT Leaders Have Metrics That Contribute to Strategic KPIs

A recent Gartner survey, conducted among 498 business and IT leaders in the fourth quarter of 2013, showed that 71 per cent of business and IT leaders understood which KPIs are critical to supporting the business strategy. But, only 48 per cent said they can access metrics that help them understand how their work contributes to strategic KPIs, and 31 per cent agreed they had a dashboard to provide visibility of these metrics. "However, visible metrics won't help drive strategic business outcomes, such as increasing profitability, if business and IT leaders don't have the right metrics in place," said Ms Searle.

Conversations that Gartner analysts had with business and IT leaders revealed that they often misinterpret the term "KPI" (which is a measure that should indicate what you need to do to significantly improve performance, and is therefore predictive) and don't actually have predictive measures in place. "They persist in using historical measures and consequently miss the opportunity to either capture a business moment that would increase profit or intervene to prevent an unforeseen event, resulting in a decrease in profit," added Ms Searle.

Businesses that struggle to cope with today’s accelerated business cycles, which require business and IT leaders to track work in progress, are seeing an increasingly vital need to make optimisation adjustments in real time, and increase organisational responsiveness to market dynamics and evolving event patterns.

Today, organisations are adopting intelligent business process management suites (iBPMSs) and operational intelligence platforms to dramatically increase their successful and proactive response to unexpected business disruptions. Such technologies leverage predictive analytics and provide information that makes it easier to identify relevant predictive metrics. Gartner estimates that the BPMS market will reach \$2.8 billion in 2014, an 8.8 per cent growth from 2013.

"Business process directors who don't apply predictive metrics to cross-boundary business processes will leave their organisations vulnerable to the risk of failing to execute their business strategies," said Ms Searle. This is because they are unable to anticipate how well critical processes are driving strategic business outcomes, and therefore are unable to make well-informed decisions and intervene when process performance has plummeted below acceptable levels. "Business process directors should identify the business processes that are critical to driving strategic business outcomes and strategy execution, and determine how best to measure business outcomes in a way that triggers human or automated actions before an undesired outcome occurs. This ability will be crucial in determining the organisations who survive the shift towards a digital world and those who will be left behind,” said Ms Searle.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Predicts 2014: Business Process Reinvention Is Vital to Digital Business Transformation." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2624418.

Ms Searle will also present on how organisations can avoid common metrics mistakes at the Gartner Business Process Management Summit 2014, 19-20 March, in London. More information is available at www.gartner.com/eu/bpm  or by following news on Twitter using #GartnerBPM.

About Gartner Business Process Management Summit 2014

The Gartner Business Process Management Summit will help BPM practitioners exploit the forces of digital disruption to improve organisations' performance, prioritise investments toward projects that will drive growth and innovation, and build the skills to establish them as a leader for digital process transformation.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgOrganisati​ons Using Predictive Business Performanc​e Metrics Will Increase Their Profitabil​ity 20 Per Cent by 2017Fri, 17 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner: Many CIO's Are Unprepared for Digitalisation: the Third Era of Enterprise IThttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/211/gartner__many_cio_s_are_unprepared_for_digitalisation__the_third_era_of_enterprise_it.html 

Digitalisation, the third era of enterprise IT, is beginning, but most CIOs do not feel prepared for this next era, according to a global survey of CIOs by Gartner, Inc.'s Executive Programs. The survey showed that many CIOs feel overwhelmed by the prospect of building digital leadership while renovating the core of IT infrastructure and capability for the digital future. The survey found that 51 per cent of CIOs are concerned that the digital torrent is coming faster than they can cope and 42 per cent don't feel that they have the talent needed to face this future.

"2014 must be a year of significant change if CIOs are to help their businesses and public sector agencies remain relevant in an increasingly digital world," said Dave Aron, vice president and Gartner Fellow.

The worldwide survey was conducted in the fourth quarter of 2013 and included 2,339 CIOs, representing more than \$300 billion in CIO IT budgets in 77 countries. The Gartner Executive Programs report "Taming the Digital Dragon: The 2014 CIO Agenda," represents the most comprehensive examination of business priorities and CIO strategies.

During the first era of enterprise IT, the focus was on how IT could help do new and seemingly magical things — automating operations to create massive improvements in speed and scale, and providing business leaders with management information they never had before. The last decade has represented the second era of enterprise IT, an era of industrialisation of enterprise IT, making it more reliable, predictable, open and transparent. However, while this second era has been necessary and powerful, tight budgets and little appetite for risk left scant room for innovation.

Entering the third era of enterprise IT technological and societal trends, such as the Nexus of Forces and the Internet of Things, are changing everything; not only improving what businesses do with technology to make themselves faster, cheaper and more scalable, but fundamentally changing businesses with information and technology, changing the basis of competition and in some cases, creating new industries.

"2014 will be a year of dual goals: responding to ongoing needs for efficiency and growth, but also shifting to exploit a fundamentally different digital paradigm. Ignoring either of these is not an option," said Mr Aron.

"The behaviours mastered in the second era of enterprise IT, like treating colleagues as customers, are potential hindrances to exploiting digitalisation," said Graham Waller vice president and executive partner for Gartner Executive Programs. "In 2014, CIOs must face the challenge of bridging the second and third eras. They have to build digital leadership and bimodal capability, while renovating the core of IT infrastructure and capability for the digital future."

"CIOs are facing all the challenges they have for many years, plus a flood of digital opportunities and threats. Digitalisation raises questions about strategy, leadership, structure, talent, financing and almost everything else," said Mr Aron. "All industries in all geographies are undergoing digital disruption. This is both a CIO's dream come true and a career-changing leadership challenge."

Most businesses have established IT leadership, strategy and governance but have a vacuum in digital leadership. To exploit new digital opportunities and ensure that the core of IT services is ready, there must be clear digital leadership, strategy and governance, and all business executives must become digitally savvy. Indeed, the 2014 CIO Survey shows that the CEO's digital savvy is one of the best indicators of IT and business performance.

"IT spending, portfolio balance and the choice of technologies, talent, sourcing options, leadership, structure and governance must all be designed to make the business win. However, despite the need to grow, there is pressure on IT budgets," said Mr Aron. "The survey showed CIOs expect their IT budgets to remain essentially flat (increasing 0.2 per cent on average) in 2014. This is especially challenging since there is a need to both renovate the core of IT systems and services, and exploit new technology options."

CIOs report that a quarter of IT spending will happen outside the IT budget in 2014 — and that is the spending they know about; the reality may be significantly higher. This is a direct result of the new digital opportunities that are more entwined with customer and colleague experiences, and that may, in some cases, reflect concerns that the IT organisation is not fast enough or otherwise ready for more digital opportunities.

"There is an inherent tension between doing IT right and doing IT fast, doing IT safely and doing IT innovatively, working the plan and adapting," said Mr Waller. "The second era of enterprise IT has been all about planning IT right, doing IT right, being predictable and creating value while maximising control and minimizing risk. However, to capture digital opportunities created by the third era, CIOs need to deal with speed, innovation and uncertainty. This requires bimodal capability — operating two modes of enterprise IT — conventional, or "safe and steady" IT, and a faster, more agile nonlinear mode."

In order to deliver on this bimodal future, CIOs are planning for significant change in 2014 and beyond:

• A quarter have already made significant investments in public cloud, and the majority expect more than half of their company's business to be running over public cloud by 2020.

• Seventy per cent of CIOs plan to change their technology and sourcing relationships over the next two to three years, and many are seeking to partner with small companies and start-ups.

• Forty-five per cent of companies have implemented agile methodologies for part of their development portfolio; although most need to go further to create separate, multidisciplinary teams, with lightweight governance and new, digital skill sets and alternative sourcing models.

"If this transition succeeds and CIOs and their businesses 'tame the digital dragon,' massive new value for businesses can be created, and with it, a renewed role and greater credibility for the CIO and the IT organisation," said Mr Aron. "However, if the dragon isn't tamed, businesses might fail and the relevance of the IT organisation will almost certainly disappear."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Taming the Digital Dragon: The 2014 CIO Agenda." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/explore/exp-reports/research/2643926.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner: Many CIO's Are Unprepared for Digitalisation: the Third Era of Enterprise ITTue, 14 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says Augmented Reality Will Become an Important Workplace Toolhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/210/gartner_says_augmented_reality_will_become_an_important_workplace_tool.html 

Although the adoption of augmented reality (AR) in the enterprise is still in its infancy, AR technology has matured to a point where organisations can use it as an internal tool to complement and enhance business processes, workflows and employee training, according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner said that AR facilitates business innovation by enabling real-time decision making through virtual prototyping and visualisation of content.

"Augmented reality is the real-time use of information in the form of text, graphics, audio and other virtual enhancements integrated with real-world objects," said Tuong Huy Nguyen, principal research analyst at Gartner. "AR leverages and optimises the use of other technologies such as mobility, location, 3D content management and imaging and recognition. It is especially useful in the mobile environment because it enhances the user's senses via digital instruments to allow faster responses or decision-making."

Mr Nguyen said that AR is particularly powerful for:

Discovering things in the vicinity — for example, enclosed objects generating heat.Presenting real-world objects of potential special interest — for example, detecting and highlighting objects generating higher than normal levels of radiation.Showing a user where to go or what to do — for example, helping a worker make a repair in a hazardous environment where visibility is low.Providing additional information about an object of interest — for example, distance, size or level of danger.

AR services use various device sensors to identify the users' surroundings. Current implementations generally fall into one of two categories — location-based or computer vision. Location-based offerings use a device's motion sensors to provide information based on a user's location. Computer-vision-based services use facial, object and motion tracking algorithms to identify images and objects. For example, being able to identify a shoe among numerous objects on a table, Google Goggles (imaged-based search), or optical character recognition (OCR).

The business potential for AR has increased through improvements in location services and image recognition. The precision of indoor location services has increased significantly, and this greater accuracy allows businesses to use AR location features for vehicle, campus and in-building navigation and identification. Image recognition capabilities in AR solutions allow user organisations to use these AR capabilities in processes that require staff to visually identify objects and parts and for real-time decision making. For example, fire-fighters can use AR to find out ambient temperature or a building layout so they know exits, and potentially dangerous areas. These technologies together provide various benefits to using AR as an internal tool. This includes enhancing current business process, facilitating and optimising the use of current technologies, and providing business innovation.

Nevertheless, while organisations have used AR for internal purposes in the past, these have been for specific and limited tasks and organisations have developed these solutions internally using custom hardware and software. Some companies are experimenting with how they can best use AR as an internal tool. Gartner expects to see moderate adoption of AR for internal purposes over the next five years as the availability of powerful handheld devices, such as smartphones and tablets, and more portable, convenient and affordable head-mounted displays is making internal AR applications more widely available.

"AR is most useful as a tool in industries where workers are either in the field, do not have immediate access to information, or jobs that require one or both hands and the operator's attention," said Mr Nguyen. "As such, the impact on weightless industries is lower because these employees often have constant and direct access to the information they need (such as knowledge workers)."

Mr Nguyen said that AR provides the highest benefit to efficiency. It has the potential to improve productivity, provide hands-on experience, simplify current processes, increase available information, provide real-time access to data, offer new ways to visualise problems and solutions, and enhance collaboration. IT organisations can use AR to bridge the digital and physical world. AR is an opportunity for IT to provide leadership to enhance the enterprise's interaction with its internal user base.

AR adoption risks do apply to the current environment, as with other technologies that are new and unproven. However, Gartner said these risks will decrease over time as implementations and use cases mature. Prior to deploying an AR solution as an internal tool, companies must identify a clear goal or benefit for the deployment, such as improved access to information, or to provide training and assess how the organisation can use AR to reach this goal.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Innovation Insight: Augmented Reality Will Become an Important Workplace Tool." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2640230?ref=QuickSearch&sthkw=%22augmented%20reality%22.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Augmented Reality Will Become an Important Workplace ToolTue, 14 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Less Than One Per Cent of Consumer Mobile Apps Will Be Consideredhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/209/less_than_one_per_cent_of_consumer_mobile_apps_will_be_considered.html 

Consumers are increasingly turning to recommendation engines, friends, social networking or advertising to discover mobile applications rather than sorting through the thousands of mobile apps available. As a consequence, Gartner, Inc. predicts that through 2018, less than 0.01 per cent of consumer mobile apps will be considered a financial success by their developers.

"The vast number of mobile apps may imply that mobile is a new revenue stream that will bring riches to many," said Ken Dulaney, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "However, our analysis shows that most mobile applications are not generating profits and that many mobile apps are not designed to generate revenue, but rather are used to build brand recognition and product awareness or are just for fun. Application designers who do not recognise this may find profits elusive."

Mr Dulaney described the mobile application market as "hyperactive" with more than 200 vendors developing mobile application development platforms and millions of developers using these products and open-source tools to build mobile applications. In addition, the bounty of good, free mobile apps has set high expectations for what should be paid for.

"There are so many applications that are free and that will never directly generate revenue. Gartner is forecasting that, by 2017, 94.5 per cent of downloads will be for free apps," said Mr Dulaney. "Furthermore, of paid applications, about 90 per cent are downloaded less than 500 times per day and make less than \$1,250 a day. This is only going to get worse in the future when there will be even greater competition, especially in successful markets."

Gartner outlined two additional key predictions around mobility:

By 2016, 20 per cent of enterprise bring your own device (BYOD) programmes will fail due to enterprise deployment of mobile device management (MDM) measures that are too restrictive.

"Whether via formal BYOD programmes, or just via devices coming in the back door and being configured to access corporate systems, the use of consumer technologies in the work environment presents a threat to IT control of endpoint computing resources," said Mr Dulaney. "Given the control that IT has exercised over personal computers by developing and deploying images to company-managed PCs, many IT organisations will implement strong controls for mobile devices."

Many IT organisations are already rushing to deploy MDM solutions to address BYOD because of the rapid increase in the use of personal computing devices in the workplace. However, as BYOD programmes proliferate, employees are becoming increasingly aware of the ability for IT organisations to access their personal information. As a result, employees are becoming sensitive to giving IT organisations access to personal devices, so they are demanding solutions that isolate personal content from business content and restrict the ability of the IT organisation to access or change personal content and applications.

By 2017, the browser on mobile endpoint devices will be used as a sophisticated application delivery platform, with 50 per cent of new web apps involving complex client-side JavaScript.

The mobile browser is evolving from a thin rendering engine to a sophisticated application delivery platform running complex JavaScript applications. HTML5 will be the best option for a widely available, platform-neutral application delivery technology that is able to deliver sophisticated applications with a good-quality user experience. However, issues such as performance, fragmentation and immaturity will challenge developers for several years. Developers should be aware of vendors trying to lock them in to platform-specific browser features.

"At least three platforms (Android, iOS and Windows) will gain significant market share in the smartphone, tablet and PC space, requiring many organisations to support multiple platforms for both consumer- and employee-facing applications," said Mr Dulaney. "Although more than 100 'platform independent' development tools exist, most involve technical or commercial compromises, such as lock-in to relatively niche technologies and small vendors. This will drive increasing interest in HTML5 as a somewhat-standardised, widely available, platform-neutral delivery technology."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Predicts 2014: Mobile and Wireless." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2620815


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/nieuws/app.jpgLess Than One Per Cent of Consumer Mobile Apps Will Be ConsideredTue, 14 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide PC Shipments Declined 6.9 Per Cent in Fourth Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/208/worldwide_pc_shipments_declined_6.9_per_cent_in_fourth_quarter_of_2013.htmlWorldwide PC shipments totalled 82.6 million units in the fourth quarter of 2013, a 6.9 per cent decline from the fourth quarter of 2012, according to preliminary results by Gartner, Inc. This is the seventh consecutive quarter of shipment decline.

"Although PC shipments continued to decline in the worldwide market in the fourth quarter, we increasingly believe markets, such as the US, have bottomed out as the adjustment to the installed base slows," said Mikako Kitagawa, principal analyst at Gartner. "Strong growth in tablets continued to negatively impact PC growth in emerging markets. In emerging markets, the first connected device for consumers is most likely a smartphone, and their first computing device is a tablet. As a result, the adoption of PCs in emerging markets will be slower as consumers skip PCs for tablets."

HP and Lenovo have been virtually neck and neck for the top global position in the PC market throughout 2013. Lenovo took the lead in the fourth quarter, as it did last quarter, accounting for 18.1 per cent of global PC shipments. Lenovo's victory over the top position became apparent in 4Q13. Lenovo showed strong growth in all regions, except Asia/Pacific, where China continued to be a problematic country for the company. HP experienced a shipments decline of 7.2 per cent in the fourth quarter. US and Latin America were two regions where HP could not increase its shipments, and it experienced a steeper decline compared with the regional average 

Dell continued to maintain the third position and accounted for 11.8 per cent of the market. With the completion of the leveraged buyout, Dell has redefined its strategic focus onto its PC and device businesses. Dell's focus is now beyond its traditional strength in the professional PC market; its focus is now also on consumer PCs, particularly in emerging markets.

Acer and Asus's ranking remained unchanged compared with a year ago. Both companies have more focus on tablets, and their fourth-quarter results clearly proved their strategic focus. Ms Kitagawa said Acer has established a strong position in the Chromebook market, while Asus has built a solid reputation as a tablet vendor. PCs are still strategic products for both companies, but share gain is not the top priority for them.

In the US, PC shipments totalled 15.8 million units in the fourth quarter of 2013, a 7.5 per cent decline from the fourth quarter of 2012 (see Table 2). Despite a 10.3 per cent decline in shipments, HP continued to be the No. 1 vendor in the US, as it accounted for 26.5 per cent of shipments.

"Holiday sales of technology products were strong in the US market, but consumer spending during the holidays did not come back to PCs as tablets were one of the hottest holiday items," said Ms Kitagawa. "We think that the US PC market has bottomed out. A variety of new form factors, such as hybrid notebooks, drew holiday shoppers' attention, but the market size was very small at the time. Lowering the price point of thin and light products started encouraging the PC replacement and potentially some PC growth in 2014."

PC shipments in EMEA totalled 25.8 million units in the fourth quarter of 2013, a 6.7 per cent decline from the same period last year. However, the decline was less steep than the last seven quarters. All areas of the region — Western Europe, Eastern Europe and the Middle East and Africa — showed a shipment decline. Shipments in Eastern Europe were driven by the professional segment, as companies had to finalise IT spending for the year. Consumers replaced PCs only on a needed basis, as many new form factors had limited availability or were priced about the average vs. traditional notebooks. Tablets, especially Android-based, were a popular holiday present and average selling prices (ASPs) for them continued to decline and attract consumer spending.

PC shipments in Asia/Pacific totalled 26.5 million units in the fourth quarter of 2013, a 9.8 per cent decline from the fourth quarter of 2012. Buyers did not place a priority on PC purchases, preferring to spend on alternative devices such as smartphones. Some continued to delay their purchases of a PC as their requirements, such as entertainment and information access, can be addressed by other devices, such as tablets.

For the year, PC shipments were 315.9 million units, a 10 per cent decline from 2012. This is the worst decline in PC market history, equal to the shipment level in 2009. Lenovo took over the top spot in the global PC market, accounting for 16.9 per cent of the market. HP moved into the second spot after experiencing shipment decline of 9.3 per cent.

PC shipments in EMEA totalled 26 million units in the fourth quarter of 2013, a decline of 6.7 per cent from the same period last year.

"The decline was less steep than the previous seven quarters, and we even saw PC shipments increase 17.7 per cent over the previous quarter in EMEA," said Isabelle Durand, principal research analyst at Gartner. A good performance of consumer sales of laptops and ultrabooks led to quarter-over-quarter growth, as more hybrid ultramobiles were available at lower price points, which put pressure on the premium tablet market. "This confirms the ongoing transition in the market, but it may also signal that we are reaching the end of a period of readjustment in EMEA that started two years ago," added Ms Durand.

Western Europe, Eastern Europe and the Middle East and Africa region all showed shipment declines in the fourth quarter of 2013. "In Eastern Europe, the decline has slowed to single-digit numbers in most countries, where shipments were driven by the professional PC segment," said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner. "The strength of the consumer mobile PC segment was mostly apparent in Western Europe, whereas in Eastern Europe the declining prices of Android tablets made them the preferred choice of Christmas present for consumers over PCs."

In the fourth quarter of 2013, HP retained the top position in the PC market in EMEA. Lenovo had a sixth consecutive quarter of growth (increasing 23.7 per cent), which helped it maintain the No. 2 spot in the fourth quarter of 2013. It is also the only one of the top five vendors in EMEA to show double-digit growth as its new ultramobile products were well received in the marketplace. While high demand for Asus' Transformer Book T100 model drove quarter-over-quarter growth of 28 per cent, Asus achieved a decline of 14.1 per cent in the fourth quarter of 2013.

These results are preliminary. Final statistics will be available soon to clients of Gartner's PC Quarterly Statistics Worldwide by Region program. This program offers a comprehensive and timely picture of the worldwide PC market, allowing product planning, distribution, marketing and sales organisations to keep abreast of key issues and their future implications around the globe. Additional research can be found on Gartner's Computing Hardware section on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/it/products/research/asset_129157_2395.jsp

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide PC Shipments Declined 6.9 Per Cent in Fourth Quarter of 2013Fri, 10 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide Traditiona​l PC, Tablet, Ultramobil​e and Mobile Phone Shipments On Pace to Grow 7.6 Per Cent in 2014http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/207/worldwide_traditiona___l_pc__tablet__ultramobil___e_and_mobile_phone_shipments_on_pace_to_grow_7.6_per_cent_in_2014.htmlWorldwide combined shipments of devices (PCs, tablets, ultramobiles and mobile phones) are projected to reach 2.5 billion units in 2014, a 7.6 per cent increase from 2013, according to Gartner, Inc. Among the operating system (OS) market, Android is on pace to surpass one billion users across all devices in 2014. By 2017, over 75 per cent of Android's volumes will come from emerging markets.

"The device market continues to evolve, with buyers deciding which combination of devices is required to meet their wants and needs. Mobile phones are a must have and will continue to grow but at a slower pace, with opportunities moving away from the top-end premium devices to mid-end basic products," said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner. "Meanwhile users continue to move away from the traditional PC (notebooks and desk-based) as it becomes more of a shared content creation tool, while the greater flexibility of tablets, hybrids and lighter notebooks address users' increasingly different demands.”

Mobile phones are expected to dominate overall device shipments, with 1.9 billion mobile phones shipped in 2014, a five per cent increase from 2013. Ultramobiles, which include tablets, hybrids and clamshells, will take over as the main driver of growth in the devices market from 2014, with a growth rate of 54 per cent.

"Complimentary smaller tablets will take over from the larger tablet form factors, providing the added mobility that consumers desire at a lower cost and will compete with hybrids for consumer attention," said Mr Atwal.

In 2014, the worldwide tablet market is forecast to grow 47 per cent with lower average selling prices attracting new users. Consumers continue to buy tablets as an additional device that they carry everywhere. According to a recent consumer study that Gartner conducted in the third quarter of 2013 across Brazil, China, France, Germany, Italy, the UK, the US and Japan, over two-thirds of tablets were used outside the home for activities such as vacation or concert. This is a similar pattern to that of smartphones as smaller form factors are driving more portability outside the home.

Worldwide shipments of traditional PCs are forecast to total 278 million units in 2014, a seven per cent decline from 2013. Driven by an uptake in Windows ultramobiles, the PC market is estimated to remain flat in 2014 (0.2 per cent), after a decline of 9.9 per cent in 2013. The Gartner consumer survey showed that less than eight per cent of users would replace their laptop with a tablet, while a transfer to an Ultrabook is almost twice this figure.

In the OS market, Android continues to be the OS of choice across all devices (see Table 2). Gartner estimates that Android will reach 1.1 billion users in 2014, a 26 per cent increase from 2013. "There is no doubt that there is a volume versus value equation, with Android users also purchasing lower-cost devices compared to Apple users. Android holds the largest number of installed-base devices, with 1.9 billion in use in 2014, compared with 682 million iOS/Mac OS installed-base devices," said Annette Zimmerman, principal analyst at Gartner.

Gartner's market forecast data is detailed in "Forecast: PCs, Ultramobiles, and Mobile Phones, Worldwide, 2010-2017, 4Q13 Update" and available on the Gartner web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2639615?ref=QuickSearch&sthkw=devices%20AND%20forecast.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/nieuws/android.jpgWorldwide Traditiona​l PC, Tablet, Ultramobil​e and Mobile Phone Shipments On Pace to Grow 7.6 Per Cent in 2014Thu, 09 Jan 2014 00:00:00 +0100
Business Intelligen​ce and Analytics Will Remain Top Focus for CIOs Through 2017http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/206/business_intelligen___ce_and_analytics_will_remain_top_focus_for_cios_through_2017.html 

The CIO focus on business intelligence (BI)and analytics looks set to continue through 2017, according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner said that the benefits of fact-based decision-making are clear to business managers in a broad range of disciplines, including: marketing, sales, supply chain management, manufacturing, engineering, risk management, finance and HR.

"Major changes are imminent to the world of BI and analytics including the dominance of data discovery techniques, wider use of real-time streaming event data and the eventual acceleration in BI and analytics spending when big data finally matures," said Roy Schulte, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "As the cost of acquiring, storing and managing data continues to fall, companies are finding it practical to apply BI and analytics in a far wider range of situations."

Gartner outlined four key predictions for BI and analytics:

By 2015, the majority of BI vendors will make data discovery their prime BI platform offering, shifting BI emphasis from reporting-centric to analysis-centric.

Over the past several years, the BI platform market has grown largely through companies investing in IT-led consolidation projects to standardise IT-centric BI platforms for large-scale systems of record. These have tended to be highly governed and centralised, where IT production reports were pushed out to managers and knowledge workers. Gartner predicts that going forward, companies will shift their future investment away from IT-developed reporting solutions toward business-user-led analysis solutions. IT will focus most of its effort on data modelling and governance. As a result, data discovery will displace IT-authored static reporting as the dominant BI and analytics user interaction paradigm for new implementations by 2015.

While IT authored, system-of-record reporting will not disappear, it will become a smaller proportion of overall analytics use. Only 30 per cent of business people have direct access to BI and analytics today only, but this will grow as a result of the shift to data discovery.

"BI leaders should scrutinise the road maps of both data discovery and IT-centric vendors to determine their suitability to meet growing business user and enterprise requirements," said Mr Schulte. "It's important to acknowledge that one size rarely fits all."

By 2017, more than 50 per cent of analytics implementations will make use of event data streams generated from instrumented machines, applications and/or individuals.

As organisations continue to recognise the economic value of information, and see the opportunity to capture and apply ever greater volumes of detailed data, they will come to expect access to analytics technologies capable of making sense from event streams. This goes beyond traditional and mainstream BI to a breed of technologies capable of producing autonomous insights and inferences quickly.

To produce and harvest this data from physical assets and other event sources, the market will expand for flexible, multipurpose sensors for temperature, humidity, vibration, pressure, sound, light/colour, electrical or other utility flows, motion, facial expressions, voice inflection, health monitoring and other systems. Moreover, such event data from physical assets (operational technology [OT]) is sometimes combined with event data from administrative information systems (information technology [IT]) to develop richer, more powerful holistic systems (creating an IT/OT convergence). In addition, technology and consumer product vendors are hastening to enable their wares to capture and emit more consumption and environmental data. Several SaaS application vendors in particular, have already intensified their ability to collect more usage data and are devising quid-pro-quo arrangements with customers that allow leveraging their de-identified data for alternate commercial purposes.

"Nontech businesses leaders should create an inventory of the range of current data collected by their products and services, then consider what additional high-value information could be captured through further instrumentation," said Mr Schulte. "Application and other technology managers should ensure that the data collected from IT systems, applications, devices and users is maximised with equal consideration for performance implications and probable future business relevance."

By 2017, analytic applications offered by software vendors will be indistinguishable from analytic applications offered by service providers.

Traditional vendors of analytic platforms recognise that in order to expand their reach beyond traditional power users, they must deliver packaged domain expertise and applications to enable self-service by a wider range of users. Service providers are seeking to turn custom project work and domain expertise into repeatable solutions that can be adopted by other organisations more easily.

The result is that end-user organisations selecting analytic applications will have a significantly wider variety of possible providers to evaluate. Organisations evaluating software vendors will almost always find a SaaS version of their packaged applications, and the similarity of product concepts will shift the emphasis of competition to the domain expertise embedded by the vendors into the application. Software vendors will increasingly face a co-opetition situation with their traditional service provider channels, forcing them to augment their own professional service capabilities. Service providers will use packaged applications as an integral part of their customer relationships, implying that there is a greater specialisation in the services that they provide.

Until 2016, big data confusion will constrain spending on BI and analytics software to single-digit growth.

Despite the strong interest in BI and analytics, confusion around big data is inhibiting spending on BI and analytics software. Until 2016, service providers will garner business by closing the gap between available big data technology and business cases. As big data matures and more packaged intellectual property is available, big data analytics will become more relevant, mainstream and, ultimately, hugely disruptive.

Recent Gartner surveys show that only 30 per cent of organisations have invested in big data, of which only a quarter (eight per cent of the total) have made it into production. This leaves room for substantial future growth. Analytics plays squarely into the big data trend, where the growing volume, velocity and variety of data create opportunities outside of the traditional, established BI domains and buying centres. However, that also makes the sourcing of analytics bigger and more technically complex than what has been done before.

Paradoxically, the confusion that surrounds the "big data" term and the uncertainty about the tangible benefits of big data are partially to blame for the soft BI and analytics market. Procurement cycles have slowed while budget holders try to match the right tooling to the right business case. In the interim, BI and analytics continue to remain at the forefront for CIOs, and service providers will attempt to bridge much of the confusion. The gap will completely close when those services will become "productised." This, in addition to a confluence of technology maturity cycles, is expected to occur around 2016. Beyond 2016, when the solution has found the problem, when the discussion has matured from technology to business, and when there will be more off-the-shelf capability available, big data analytics will pervade almost everything that we do, helping push society unequivocally into the digital age.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Predicts 2014: Business Intelligence and Analytics Will Remain CIO's Top Technology Priority." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2629220?ref=QuickSearch&sthkw=schulte%20AND%20BI%20AND%20%22predicts%22.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBusiness Intelligen​ce and Analytics Will Remain Top Focus for CIOs Through 2017Mon, 16 Dec 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Nexus of Forces Will Drive More Than 26 Per Cent of Total Enterprise Software Market Revenue by 2017http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/205/nexus_of_forces_will_drive_more_than_26_per_cent_of_total_enterprise_software_market_revenue_by_2017.html 

Enterprise software buying is increasingly shaped by the Nexus of Forces, according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner said that technology providers must realise that the disruptive forces of cloud, information, mobile and social will reach mainstream status in 2014 and create new technology requirements, drive new purchasing and establish new competitive realities.

"Starting in 2014, the enterprise software markets will undergo their greatest level of disruptions, growth and new opportunities since the year 2000," said Tom Eid, research vice president at Gartner. "By

2017, Gartner estimates that new IT buying based on the Nexus of Forces will drive more than 26 per cent of total enterprise software market revenue, up from 12 per cent in 2012. This represents more than \$104 billion to new worldwide enterprise software revenue from cloud, information, mobile and social initiatives in 2017."

Mr Eid said that the nexus forces must be evaluated, analysed and understood as adjacent and synergistic and not solely as independent or nonconnected.

"While there has been a great deal of excitement from the vendor community regarding cloud, information, mobile, social, and other forces and technologies, adoption in organisations and businesses has yet to catch up with the hype," said Mr Eid. "Adoption trends of new technologies frequently take many years before reaching maturity, stability and broad market usage. The nexus should be seen as a development and design philosophy rather than as a packaged product."

While the use of collaboration technologies, data analytics, mobile devices and software as a service (SaaS) have been in effect for more than a decade, their adoption and popularity have increased significantly over the last few years. Vendors' offerings continue to improve, and usage benefits are becoming more tangible. Gartner expects that new revenue generation and growth rates derived from the Nexus of Forces' impact on enterprise software markets will far outpace overall market growth through 2017.

Cloud-Based Services

Cloud and SaaS popularity and adoption have continued to increase since 2008. Buyers are under pressure to mitigate operational costs, evaluating less-capital-intensive alternatives and more modern software. In addition, annual increases in technical support and maintenance fees and business disruption because of upgrades from suite vendors are prompting IT managers to evaluate other options and vendor choices.

Cloud-based offerings need to be tailored to specific needs and requirements. First-time purchases are commonly characterised by short time frames, limited computing requirements, and line-of-business or departmental buying. More comprehensive and mature usage of cloud-based offerings is more strategic and frequently represented by long-term projects to transform technology access/use with oversight and funding from IT management.

Information, Analytics and Content

While business intelligence (BI) and analytics have been a top CIO priority for years, recent purchasing patterns show that spending with CIOs is in more of a "wait and see" mode. Most net new spending is currently driven from outside the IT department. BI, analytics and data analysis are well-established for most large companies in traditional subject areas, such as finance and sales, but there is still extensive growth potential for diagnostic, predictive and prescriptive projects.

The emerging data-as-a-service trend is anticipated to significantly grow the market for BI and analytic platforms. Today, the business model is largely "build" driven. Organisations licence software capabilities to build analytic applications. However, organisations increasingly will subscribe to industry-specific data services that bundle a narrow set of data with BI and analytic capabilities embedded.

Enterprise content management (ECM) can be viewed as both a business-IT strategy as well as a set of software technologies. As an IT strategy, ECM helps organisations take control of their content and, in so doing, boost effectiveness, encourage collaboration and make information easier to share. As software technologies, ECM consists of applications for content life cycle management that interoperate, but that can also be sold and used separately.

Mobile and social forces are frequently leveraged for new ECM projects with purchasing from line-of-

business managers and marketing/sales groups. New strategic and sophisticated ECM initiatives are being funded at the CxO level to focus on information governance and regulatory compliance requirements.


Emphasis over the next few years will be on providing enterprise-class support for mobile data and applications, rising on top of the existing enterprise mobile architectures. This will be driven by key technologies, such as enterprise mobile management systems (EMMSs), mobile containers, enterprise application stores and mobile collaboration.

Tablet and mobile users are demanding mobile device applications that exploit the capabilities of these devices and that can integrate into existing corporate systems. This trend is pushing the application software market in a new direction, and a mobile application product strategy has become a strategic imperative for all application vendors.

Social and Collaboration

The promise of the converging social, mobile, cloud and information forces is directly relevant to delivering successful collaboration and social software initiatives.

For many organisations, first-time internal usage of social and collaboration software is primarily focused on individual and small-group communication and sharing. For organisations that are looking to move from an initial or trial phase to a richer experience and more sophisticated stage of usage, emphasis shifts to focusing on collaboration in the context of work activities. This includes enterprise-level commitments for collective intelligence, community building, knowledge sharing and virtual teaming as key drivers of expanding and enhancing usage. IT managers need to work with their users so that social and collaboration software blends naturally with the tasks they need to carry out every day.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Market Trends: Monetizing Gartner's Nexus of Forces in the Enterprise Software Markets." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2630428?ref=QuickSearch&sthkw=eid%20AND%20nexus


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgNexus of Forces Will Drive More Than 26 Per Cent of Total Enterprise Software Market Revenue by 2017Thu, 12 Dec 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide Server Shipments Grew 1.9 Per Cent, While Revenue Decreased 2.1 Per Cent in the Third Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/204/worldwide_server_shipments_grew_1_9_per_cent__while_revenue_decreased_2.1_per_cent_in_the_third_quarter_of_2013.html
In the third quarter of 2013, worldwide server shipments grew 1.9 per cent year-on-year, while revenue declined 2.1 per cent from the third quarter of 2012, according to Gartner, Inc.

“The worldwide server market remains in a relatively weak performance mode as we move through the second half of the year,” said Jeffrey Hewitt, research vice president at Gartner. “There were only three regions that exhibited vendor revenue growth. They were Canada at 6.5 per cent, the Middle East and Africa at 12.1 per cent and the United States with 0.9 per cent growth. In shipments, the Middle East and Africa had the greatest increase at 13 per cent compared to the third quarter of 2012.”

“x86 servers maintained low levels of growth at 2.1 per cent in units year-on-year and 4.4 per cent in revenue. RISC/Itanium Unix servers continued to decline at 4.5 per cent and 31 per cent in vendor revenue compared to the same quarter last year. The ‘other’ CPU category, which is primarily mainframes, showed an increase of 7.8 per cent,” Mr Hewitt said.

HP had the lead in the worldwide server market based on revenue (see Table 1). The company posted just over \$3.4 billion in server vendor revenue for a total share of 27.6 per cent worldwide for the third quarter of 2013. This was up 2.2 per cent year-on-year.

In Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA), both server shipments and revenue declined in the third quarter of 2013. Server shipments totalled nearly 548,000 units in the third quarter of 2013, a decrease of 7.2 per cent from the same period last year (see Table 4). Server revenue totalled \$2.8 billion in the quarter, a decline of 4.3 per cent from the same quarter last year (see Table 3).

“The performance of server shipments and revenue in EMEA is in a downward spiral,” said Adrian O’Connell, research director at Gartner. “Revenue has now declined for nine consecutive quarters and shipments have declined for eight. Server revenue across EMEA is at its lowest level for over 15 years which underlines the increasing contraction of the server market.”

From a regional perspective, both Western Europe and Eastern Europe declined in revenue, with a decline of 4.8 per cent and 13 per cent, respectively. The Middle East and Africa was the only region to exhibit revenue growth with an increase of 12.1 per cent.

In the third quarter of 2013, x86 server revenue decreased 0.1 per cent, while RISC/Itanium UNIX revenue declined 29.4 per cent and the Other CPU segment revenue increased 15.2 per cent. The non-x86 platforms continued to suffer from platform migrations, although the RISC/Itanium UNIX platform is the most adversely affected. “The fourth quarter is typically the strongest quarter of the year for these platforms, but even a strong end to the year will not change the long term downward trend,” said Mr O’Connell.

In terms of vendor performances, three vendors in the top five ranking showed a revenue decline in the third quarter of 2013. HP maintained its lead in terms of overall revenue, delivering a revenue increase of 1.1 per cent as it continues to improve its execution. Second-ranked IBM saw its revenue decline 19.2 per cent as the positive effects of its mainframe refresh diminished. Fourth-ranked Fujitsu was amongst the three vendors in the top five to see a revenue decline, at 1.5 per cent. Cisco, ranked in the No. 6 position, closed the gap with fifth-ranked Oracle in the third quarter of 2013, with less than 1 percent market share difference between the two vendors. Cisco was also the only top five vendors to exhibit a shipment growth in the third quarter of 2013, achieving a double-digit shipment growth. Cisco’s focus on the blade server segment is helping it to achieve strong competitive gains at a time when the overall market is getting increasingly constrained.

“Weak demand continues to make EMEA one of the hardest regions for server vendors to do business in,” said Mr O’Connell. “The market is resetting itself to a new level with architectural shifts making life very challenging for vendors that have relied on high-end platforms in the past. The ongoing economic weakness plays its part here, but there is also a broader shift taking place that brings a new set of competitive challenges. The fourth quarter is also expected to be weak, making 2013 a year to forget for most server vendors.”

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Server Shipments Grew 1.9 Per Cent, While Revenue Decreased 2.1 Per Cent in the Third Quarter of 2013Wed, 04 Dec 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Bring Your Own Device Is an Applications Strategy, Not Just a Purchasing Policyhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/203/bring_your_own_device_is_an_applications_strategy__not_just_a_purchasing_policy.html
Bring your own device (BOYD) is not just a purchasing policy and needs to be approached more broadly with the applications and strategies designed for today's world, according to Gartner, Inc. While most organisations today are increasingly feeling the imperative to "do mobile," many don't know where to begin and there are many obstacles to success. Gartner says the key decision about BYOD is one of applications architecture and solutions design.

"Designing your applications to meet the demands of BYOD is not the same as setting usage policies or having strategic sourcing plans that mandate a particular platform," said Darryl Carlton, research director at Gartner. "BYOD should be a design principle that provides you with a vendor neutral applications portfolio and a flexible future-proof architecture. If the applications exhibit technical constraints that limit choice and limit deployment, then the purchasing policy is irrelevant."

Most organisations have diverse workforces, made up of full-time staff, external contracting agencies, independent professionals, and part-time staff. In addition to the changes in the workforce, all organisations (business, government and community) have been pushing their processes beyond their own organisational boundaries and it is increasingly clear that the IT organisation no longer has absolute control over the tools used to access the corporate systems and data.

"The community of users has expanded to include suppliers, customers, employees and a very broad range of stakeholders," said Mr Carlton. "We are no longer developing applications for deployment to an exclusive user base over which we exert standards and control."

This development is leading to the need for IT to look into the techniques and practices of what Gartner calls "global class" computing — an approach to designing systems and architectures that extends computing processes outside the business and into the cultures of the consumer, mobile worker and business partners. The global-class approach exploits the characteristics of Internet-enabled computing, and employs applications and services that are more flexible and inclusive, simpler and less-expensive than those designed for organisations. The only way to address the impact of global class is to mandate it as a principle in the applications strategy.

"BYOD is an indication that internal IT is not providing adequate support for a segment of the user population and they are seeking alternatives elsewhere," said Mr Carlton. "It's important to recognise that BYOD, bring your own application (BYOA) and cloud adoption are leading indicators of long-term structural change occurring in the industry, not the demands of a few errant staff demanding their favourite brand of technology."

Mr Carlton said that irrespective of the BYOD momentum, the simple fact is that the user community is growing to include suppliers and customers, and organisations must make provisions for this. Customers will access online inventory and purchase order systems, expect access to shipping information and to take control of their own interaction with the organisation. These are users over whom the business has no technical control.

Applications within the business now need to support a diverse and demanding community of users both within and outside of the organisation. Different groups of users are becoming increasingly demanding when it comes to the capabilities of their devices and solutions to support them in delivering outcomes for the business. The IT organisation cannot dictate standards or implement solutions that require proprietary controls.

"For CIOs to consider BYOD activities within their organisation to be a temporary problem generated by a few disaffected employees would be a tragic mistake," said Mr Carlton. "This is a leading indicator of change for which an appropriate response is required. Reasserting control is not an appropriate response. This is a permanent and irreversible shift in the way that IT is procured and implemented to support the organisation, suppliers and customers."

Gartner recommends that businesses develop their strategy based on an assumption that BYOD will happen, and that they will need to support users outside of the organisation's boundaries. Starting with this assumption will mean that open standards are quickly enforced for all solutions.

Full details are available in the report "BYOD Is an Applications Strategy, Not Just a Purchasing Policy." The full report can be found on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2625122.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBring Your Own Device Is an Applications Strategy, Not Just a Purchasing PolicyWed, 27 Nov 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Reveals How to Become 'The Machiavellian CIO'http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/202/gartner_reveals_how_to_become__the_machiavellian_cio_.html
CIOs are often under attack due to IT system failures or other circumstances that are beyond their control, and if the CIO cannot prevent and fight off these attacks successfully, they can face serious repercussions, according to Gartner, Inc.

In the e-book "The Wolf in CIO's Clothing: A Machiavellian Strategy for Successful IT Leadership" launched in October, Tina Nunno, vice president and Gartner fellow, reveals how CIOs and IT leaders can adapt their leadership styles in extreme situations to boost their success and that of their teams

Ms Nunno is discussing some of the key findings from the book at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo, which is being held in Barcelona through 14 November. The book is based on Ms Nunno's research with CIOs and their mutual admiration for Niccolo Machiavelli, a fifteenth-century Italian political philosopher.

"Business is a hotbed for conflict, and CIOs often find themselves at the centre. As Machiavelli implied, you're either predator or prey, and the animal you most resemble determines your position on the food chain," said Ms Nunno. When a CIO is in a "dark-side" organisation or in a situation where a colleague is using dark-side tactics, then normal management techniques will not work. In these situations, Nunno suggests CIOs consider using dark-side Machiavellian tactics to defend themselves and then succeed.

"The career of a CIO contains many analogies to the life of Machiavelli. CIOs are often in favour with senior leadership, and at other times they are not. While falling out of favour is sometimes deserved due to failure to deliver IT solutions, at other times CIOs are falsely accused of failure or targeted for other reasons. The Wolf — a social animal with strong predatory instincts — is an ideal example of how a CIO, or any leader, can adapt and thrive."

Ms Nunno took Machiavelli's lessons and boiled them down into three disciplines she believes matter most to CIOs. "CIOs have to master power, manipulation and warfare. They should get comfortable using power and growing it, manipulating and sometimes dealing with issues of honesty and stealth or lack thereof and running disciplined warfare-like campaigns that use every weapon in their arsenal to get large groups of people on board," said Ms Nunno.

Machiavellian CIO novices often focus exclusively on Machiavelli's much-publicised power tactics to gain and maintain their positions. "CIOs must become comfortable with the idea of power, gathering it, and using it wisely as it is an essential leadership tool," said Ms Nunno. Power is often the most expedient way to get things done, but Machiavelli acknowledged its limitations.

"The use of power often results in significant collateral damage or is often of little use in the face of a more powerful opponent, or in the case of an irrational or deceitful opponent," said Ms Nunno. "In such cases, the leader must resort to craft, subterfuge and more subtle tactics to achieve success, ideally without alerting their opponent. CIOs are regularly confronted with more powerful opponents more powerful, or those who they might consider less than completely honest or rational. Therefore, CIOs must also master the discipline of manipulation.

When CIOs follow traditional IT management advice and best practices, it can increase their exposure to the manipulation of others, rather than protect them. At a minimum, Gartner says that effective CIOs must anticipate manipulative behaviour, and take appropriate steps to evade or defend against it. Ideally, leading CIOs should consider manipulation techniques to help advance the IT agenda and increase their contribution to the organisation.

Once CIOs have mastered these two Machiavellian-inspired disciplines, then they can master warfare. Warfare is the ability to take power and manipulation and scale them up to mass proportions. Many CIO initiatives resemble warfare, including centralisation initiatives, business process changes, cost reduction programs, and mergers and acquisitions. The CIO's ability to succeed is directly related to the ability to get large groups of people to go in the same direction at the same time in conflict-ridden situations.

"I think it is always a good time for Machiavelli, but now is a particularly good time considering the tremendous pressure on CIOs, with opportunities and threats coming from so many different parts of the organisation," said Ms Nunno. "Machiavellians know there is no safe middle ground in leadership. By going to extremes, a wolf CIO can help bring a dark organisation to the light side."

The e-book, "The Wolf in CIO's Clothing: A Machiavellian Strategy for Successful IT Leadership" is available on Amazon and Apple's iBooks. For other books by Gartner analysts, please visit www.gartner.com/books.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Reveals How to Become 'The Machiavellian CIO'Thu, 14 Nov 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Smartphone Sales Accounted for 55 Per Cent of Overall Mobile Phone Sales in Third Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/201/smartphone_sales_accounted_for_55_per_cent_of_overall_mobile_phone_sales_in_third_quarter_of_2013.html
Worldwide mobile phone sales to end users totalled 455.6 million units in the third quarter of 2013, an increase of 5.7 per cent from the same period last year, according to Gartner, Inc. Sales of smartphones accounted for 55 per cent of overall mobile phone sales in the third quarter of 2013, and reached their highest share to date.

Worldwide smartphone sales to end users reached 250.2 million units, up 45.8 per cent from the third quarter of 2012. Asia/Pacific led the growth in both markets - the smartphone segment with 77.3 per cent increase and the mobile phone segment with 11.9 per cent growth. The other regions to show an increase in the overall mobile phone market were Western Europe, which returned to growth for the first time this year, and the Americas.

“Sales of feature phones continued to decline and the decrease was more pronounced in markets where the average selling price (ASP) for feature phones was much closer to the ASP of affordable smartphones,” said Anshul Gupta, principal research analyst at Gartner. “In markets such as China and Latin America, demand for feature phones fell significantly as users rushed to replace their old models with smartphones.”

Gartner analysts said global mobile phone sales are on pace to reach 1.81 billion units in 2013, a 3.4 per cent increase from 2012. “We will see several new tablets enter the market for the holiday season, and we expect consumers in mature markets will favour the purchase of smaller-sized tablets over the replacement of their older smartphones” said Mr Gupta.

While Samsung’s share was flat in the third quarter of 2013, Samsung increased its lead over Apple in the global smartphone market (see Table 1). The launch of the Samsung Note 3 helped reaffirm Samsung as the clear leader in the large display smartphone market, which it pioneered.

Lenovo’s sales of smartphones grew to 12.9 million units, up 84.5 per cent year-on-year. It constantly raised share in the Chinese smartphone market.

Apple’s smartphone sales reached 30.3 million units in the third quarter of 2013, up 23.2 per cent from a year ago. “While the arrival of the new iPhones 5s and 5c had a positive impact on overall sales, such impact could have been greater had they not started shipping late in the quarter. While we saw some inventory built up for the iPhone 5c, there was good demand for iPhone 5s with stock out in many markets,” said Mr Gupta.

In the smartphone operating system (OS) market, Android surpassed 80 per cent market share in the third quarter of 2013, which helped extend its leading position. “However, the winner of this quarter is Microsoft which grew 123 per cent. Microsoft announced the intent to acquire Nokia’s devices and services business, which we believe will unify effort and help drive appeal of Windows ecosystem,” said Mr Gupta. Forty-one per cent of all Android sales were in mainland China, compared to 34 per cent a year ago. Samsung is the only non-Chinese vendor in the top 10 Android players ranking in China. Whitebox Yulong is the third largest Android vendor in China with a 9.7 per cent market share in the third quarter of 2013. Xiaomi represented 4.3 per cent of Android sales in the third quarter of 2013, up from 1.4 per cent a year ago.

Mobile Phone Vendor Perspective

Samsung: Samsung extended its lead in the overall mobile phone market, as its market share totalled 25.7 per cent in the third quarter of 2013 (see Table 3). “While Samsung has started to address its user experience, better design is another area where Samsung needs to focus,” said Mr Gupta. “Samsung's recent joint venture with carbon fiber company SGL Group could bring improvements in this area in future products.”

Nokia: Nokia did better than anticipated in the third quarter of 2013, reaching 63 million mobile phones, thanks to sales of both Lumia and Asha series devices. Increased smartphone sales supported by an expanded Lumia portfolio, helped Nokia move up to the No. 8 spot in the global smartphone market. But regional and Chinese Android device manufacturers continued to beat market demand, taking larger share and creating a tough competitive environment for Lumia devices.

Apple: Gartner believes the price difference between the iPhone 5c and 5s is not enough in mature markets, where prices are skewed by operator subsidies, to drive users away from the top of the line model. In emerging markets, the iPhone 4S will continue to be the volume driver at the low end as the lack of subsidy in most markets leaves the iPhone 5c too highly priced to help drive further penetration.

Lenovo: Lenovo moved to the No. 7 spot in the global mobile phone market, with sales reaching approximately 13 million units in the third quarter of 2013. “Lenovo continues to rely heavily on its home market, which represents more than 95 per cent of its overall mobile phone sales. This could limit its growth after 2014, when the Chinese market is expected to decelerate,” said Mr Gupta.

Additional information is in the Gartner report "Market Share Analysis: Mobile Phones, Worldwide, 3Q13." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2622821.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgSmartphone Sales Accounted for 55 Per Cent of Overall Mobile Phone Sales in Third Quarter of 2013Thu, 14 Nov 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says by 2017 Your Smartphone Will Be Smarter Than Youhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/199/gartner_says_by_2017_your_smartphone_will_be_smarter_than_you.html
Smartphones will soon be able to predict a consumer’s next move, their next purchase or interpret actions based on what it knows, according to Gartner, Inc. This insight will be performed based on an individual’s data gathered using cognizant computing — the next step in personal cloud computing.

“Smartphones are becoming smarter, and will be smarter than you by 2017,” said Carolina Milanesi, research vice president at Gartner. “If there is heavy traffic, it will wake you up early for a meeting with your boss, or simply send an apology if it is a meeting with your colleague. The smartphone will gather contextual information from its calendar, its sensors, the user’s location and personal data.”

Gartner analysts are examining the future of smart devices at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013, which is taking place in Barcelona through 14 November.

“Mobile phones have turned into smartphones thanks to two things: technology and apps,” said Ms Milanesi. “Technology has added features such as cameras, locations and sensors, while apps have connected those to an array of functions that, for the most part, add and improve our day to day life from a social, knowledge, entertainment and productivity point of view.”

What smartphones can do through apps has improved and broadened thanks to the personal cloud. “We assume that apps will acquire knowledge over time and get better with improved predictions of what users need and want, with data collection and response happening in real-time,” said Ms Milanesi.

The first services that will be performed "automatically" will generally help with menial tasks — and significantly time consuming or time wasting tasks — such as time-bound events (calendaring) such as booking a car for its yearly service, creating a weekly to-do list, sending birthday greetings, or responding to mundane email messages. Gradually, as confidence in the outsourcing of more menial tasks to the smartphone increases, consumers are expected to become accustomed to allowing a greater array of apps and services to take control of other aspects of their lives - this will be the era of cognizant computing.

By 2017 mobile phones will be smarter than people not because of an intrinsic intelligence, but because the cloud and the data stored in the cloud will provide them with the computational ability to make sense of the information they have so they appear smart. “Phones will become our secret digital agent, but only if we are willing to provide the information they require,” said Ms Milanesi. Regulatory and privacy issues, as well as the level of comfort users will have in sharing this information, will differ considerably across age groups as well as geographies.

To reach a complete personal cloud experience, cognizant computing consists of four stages: Sync Me; See Me; Know Me; Be me. Sync Me and See Me are currently happening, while Know Me and Be Me are still to occur. There are two aspects of how cognizant computing will impact the market. It will have an impact on hardware vendors and on the other services and business models.

Hardware vendors will continue to face the challenge of hardware commoditisation as ecosystem owners will focus on shifting consumers’ focus away from the hardware and onto their services and brands. With the move into a cognizant computing world, the battle to own the consumer will intensify as vendors will try and control the data in the cloud, and through that the relationship with the users. Hardware vendors will unlikely be credited with the good, but surely be blamed about the ugly when the device fails to deliver. The device will be seen as dumb rather than the malfunctioning of the real brain: the cloud.

Over the next two to five years, cognizant computing will become one the strongest market forces affecting the entire ecosystems and value chains across IT. Monetisation will flow from the increased knowledge of the consumer and the fine-tuning of offers that can now be achieved, and are increasingly perceived as personal and highly relevant — which should lead to an increase in spend. The mobile commerce opportunities are vast as the smartphone is empowered to make purchases via the consumer’s mobile wallet or credit card, all via their mobile phone. “It is about having the right rules and permissions in place set by the user so that only actions that are pre-approved will happen — rather than the smartphone making ‘rogue’ purchasing decisions,” said Ms Milanesi.

While Gartner said privacy will be an issue for some consumers, for many it will only be an issue if they do not get enough in return for their personal data. Consumers tend to give up a lot for convenience. The benefit of certain apps might instigate behaviours that were unthinkable yesterday.

“Mobile phones have been our trusted companions for years channelling the natural need we have to communicate with others and express ourselves first with voice, then with the internet, and more recently through applications,” said Ms Milanesi. “Smartphones, their technology and operating systems have been radically changing other devices from PCs to televisions. The era of personal cloud is empowering users as well as devices to get access to and share more and more data. Over the next five years, the data that is available about us, our likes and dislikes, our environment and relationships will be used by our devices to grow their relevance and ultimately improve our life.”

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says by 2017 Your Smartphone Will Be Smarter Than YouTue, 12 Nov 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says Personal Worlds and the Internet of Everything Are Colliding to Create New Marketshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/198/gartner_says_personal_worlds_and_the_internet_of_everything_are_colliding_to_create_new_markets.html
With the digital world upon us, digitalisation will significantly change the technology market through the Internet of Things, according to Gartner, Inc. While IT spending in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) will show an average annual growth rate of 2.2 per cent through 2017, the Internet of Things (things, people, places and systems) will create new markets and a new economy.

“The traditional IT market is not going to grow at a faster rate any time soon, if ever. Increased growth will come from the non-traditional IT market,” said Peter Sondergaard, senior vice president at Gartner and global head of Research. “While in 2015 the combined IT and telecom market will hit nearly \$4 trillion, the incremental revenue generated by the Internet of Things’ suppliers* is estimated to reach \$309 billion per year by 2020. Half of this activity will be new start-ups and 80 per cent will be in services rather than in products. The Internet of Things is a strategically important market. It will accelerate fast and will drive both revenue and cost efficiencies.”

Gartner analysts are examining the future of the digital world in front of an audience of more than 4,800 CIOs and IT leaders at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013, which is taking place in Barcelona through 14 November.

In 2009, there were 2.5 billion connected devices; most of these were mobile phones, PCs and tablets. In 2020, there will be over 30 billion devices connected, of far greater variety.

“The Internet of Things will create greater economic value for all organisations, and for the global economy,” said Mr Sondergaard. Gartner predicts that the total economic value add for the Internet of Things will be \$1.9 trillion dollars in 2020, seen across a number of industries. The verticals that are leading its adoption are manufacturing (15 per cent), healthcare (15 per cent) and insurance (11 per cent).

For example, the manufacturing sector will benefit from producing billions of devices and from more efficient tracking of materials and components leading to cost efficiencies. In healthcare, smart slippers and other wearable devices for elderly people contain sensors that detect falls and various medical conditions. If something is amiss, the device will alert a doctor via e-mail or text message, possibly preventing a fall and a costly trip to the emergency room. Another example includes installing sensors in cars that provide a pay as you drive insurance that links the insurance premium to the individual’s risk profile.

“The Internet of Things enables solutions that are optimised for the customer and enables new innovative business models. This will allow companies to move away from blanket pricing to more tailored solutions which benefit both company and customers,” said Mr Sondergaard.

The Internet of Everything and the Nexus of Forces, which combine the physical world and the virtual, will drive organisations and their CIOs toward an all-embracing digital future. “No matter what business or service organisations deliver today, digitalisation is changing it and becoming pervasive inside organisations,” said Mr Sondergaard.

The Internet of Everything will re-invent industries at three levels: business process, business model, and business moment.

“At the first level, digital technology is improving our products, services and processes, our customer and constituent experiences, and the way we work in our organisations and within our partnerships,” said Hung Le Hong, research vice president and Gartner Fellow. “We do what we normally do, but digitalisation allows us to do it better or develop better products within our industry.”

As companies digitalise products and process, completely new ways of doing business in industries emerge. Gartner analysts expect more transformational changes as digitalisation re-invents industries at the business model level. Mr Le Hong gave the examples of Nike, playing on the edge of the healthcare industry with its connected sporting clothes and gear, and Google having a visible presence in autonomous vehicles. “These organisations had no business in your industry, and are now re-inventing them,” said Mr Le Hong.

The third level of digital re-invention is created by the need to compete with unprecedented business velocity and agility. Gartner calls this the “business moment.”

Mr LeHong used the example of large hotel chains such as Starwood, Hilton, and Hyatt hotels that keep competing against first wave of digital business models from the e-commerce era from sites such as Hotels.com. However, the new digital business model created by companies such as AirBnB is causing these hotel chains to compete against an expanding inventory of rooms, not in other hotels, but in their customer’s own homes.

“The source and inventory of room changes every single night – creating competition at the business moment level,” Mr LeHong said. “A ‘business moment’ can come from nowhere, yet are increasingly everywhere, and are almost never the same in product, time frame or competitor.”

The Internet of Things will create tens of millions of new objects and sensors, all generating real-time data. “Data is money,” said Nick Jones, research vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. “Businesses will need big data and storage technologies to collect, analyse and store the sheer volume of information. Furthermore, to turn data into money business and IT leaders will need decisions. As they won’t have the time or the capacity to make all the decisions themselves they will need processing power. Computers can make sophisticated decisions based on data and knowledge, and they can communicate those decisions in our native language. To succeed at the pace of a digital world, you’ll have to allow them to do so.”

Compared to where organisations were a year or two ago most CIOs have made significant progress on embracing digitalisation, yet nearly half of CIOs said that they are not ready to meet the digital challenge.

“Now that digital is embedded in everything we do, every business needs its own flavour of digital strategy. Vanilla is off the menu,” said Dave Aron, research vice president and Gartner Fellow. “Digital is not an option, not an add-on, and not an afterthought; it is the new reality that requires a comprehensive digital leadership.”

Business needs digital leadership that can recognise the huge opportunities in shifting business models; leadership that can create the freedom and agility to capture business moments, and leadership that extends itself beyond company boundaries to guide and shape the ecosystem. “Just like with the strategy, the flavour of digital leadership is not vanilla,” said Mr Aron. “CIOs must explore, adapt and embrace the new digital realities. They must be fearless digital leaders.”

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Personal Worlds and the Internet of Everything Are Colliding to Create New MarketsMon, 11 Nov 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says Smartglasses Will Bring Innovation to Workplace Efficiencyhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/197/gartner_says_smartglasses_will_bring_innovation_to_workplace_efficiency.htmlSmartglasses, such as Google Glass, are causing CIOs to take a fresh look at the impact wearable electronics will have on the business. Gartner said that the use of smartglasses has the potential to improve worker efficiency in vertical markets such as manufacturing, field service, retail and healthcare.

"Smartglasses with augmented reality (AR) and head-mounted cameras can increase the efficiency of technicians, engineers and other workers in field service, maintenance, healthcare and manufacturing roles," said Angela McIntyre, research director at Gartner. "In the next three to five years, the industry that is likely to experience the greatest benefit from smartglasses is field service, potentially increasing profits by \$1 billion annually. The greatest savings in field service will come from diagnosing and fixing problems more quickly and without needing to bring additional experts to remote sites."

Smartglasses still remain an emerging technology in the organisation and less than 1 per cent of companies in the US have implemented smartglasses, although Gartner predicts that may increase to 10 per cent during the next five years for companies with offsite workers, such as field service personnel and inspectors. The introduction of lower-priced, consumer versions of smartglasses will further help adoption such that in 10 years, perhaps half the companies that would benefit from using smartglasses will give them to at least some of their employees who could make use of them.

Adoption of smartglasses will be slow because the benefits they provide depend heavily on the apps and services targeted at smartglasses. However, during the next five years, the ecosystems will evolve to include more apps that do specific tasks with smartglasses, which may cause IT organisations to provide them for a wider range of employees.

Smartglasses are expected to have the most impact on heavy industry, such as manufacturing, and oil and gas, because the AR glasses enable on-the-job training of workers in how to fix equipment and perform manufacturing tasks. The impact is likely to be medium for mixed industries, such as retail, consumer packaged goods and healthcare, where the benefits may mostly be looking for information via a visual search.

The weightless industries, such as insurance, media and banking will likely experience a low impact from smartglasses. However, there are still potentially beneficial uses for smartglasses. Insurance agents, for example, may use smartglasses to video property that has been damaged and then check on the replacement value of items they have identified using a visual search. Financial institutions and the media will use smartglasses to deliver alerts via subscription services for smartglasses to professionals who need up-to-the-minute information.

Gartner expects some of the basic functions of smartglasses to help bring added efficiency to the enterprise. How-to instructions and illustrations on the smartglass displays enable workers to perform tasks even if they do not remember all the procedures. The virtual assistant on the smartglasses could serve as an interactive, hands-free "how-to" manual. Thus, workers may successfully complete tasks they have little experience doing. In addition, workers with mild memory issues or cognitive impairment may find smartglasses useful tools for remembering how to complete tasks.

Video collaboration with experts in remote locations results in faster repairs and saves the expense of flying an expert to the site to help. Employees at remote sites can communicate and share video of what they see with experienced workers to get advice on how to diagnose and fix problems. In this way, organisations can improve the cost-effectiveness of their field service and remote operations by employing a larger ratio of less-experienced workers to experienced ones or specialists, thus saving labour costs.

The streamed video can be stored as evidence that a job was performed correctly or that everything looks fine during an inspection. Such video records can be valuable if customers make allegations against the field service company. The video record is important for other industries as well, notably insurance adjusters, real estate appraisers, construction inspectors and couriers to prove package delivery.

"Given these advances, the goals of corporate training may evolve away from memorising procedural steps to knowing how to use smartglasses and access key information using voice commands," said Tuong Nguyen, principal research analyst at Gartner. "Classroom training and tests on the content of manuals can be reduced since much of the practical training can be done 'on the job' with the assistance of smartglasses. However, training must always include safety and employees should continue to know how to use equipment for routine tasks."

For the healthcare industry, smartglasses would facilitate telemedicine and expert consultations with doctors in a different locale, and they would serve as a how-to guide for performing medical procedures. Smartglasses could streamline the patient experience at the doctor's office. Patients could opt-in to have their face in their doctor's database. The electronic medical records of the patient would be ready for the doctor as soon as facial recognition identifies the patient.

"IT organisations are already being asked to make recommendations about whether smartglasses should be used in the workplace based on benefits and risks perspective, as well as policy and implementation," said Ms McIntyre. "Now is the time for IT organisations to refresh their bring-your-own-device (BYOD) policies with smartglasses in mind. Though IT organisations will provide smartglasses to employees who regularly wear them for their job task, much of the IT impact may come from employees wearing their personal smartglasses at work."

Additional information is available in the report "Innovation Insight: Smartglasses Bring Innovation to Workplace Efficiency." The full report can be found on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2615520.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Smartglasses Will Bring Innovation to Workplace EfficiencyWed, 06 Nov 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Says Worldwide PC, Tablet and Mobile Phone Shipments to Grow 4.5 Per Cent in 2013 as Lower-Priced Devices Drive Growthhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/196/gartner_says_worldwide_pc__tablet_and_mobile_phone_shipments_to_grow_4.5_per_cent_in_2013_as_lower_priced_devices_drive_growth.html
Worldwide combined shipments of devices (PCs, tablets and mobile phones) are projected to reach 2.32 billion units in 2013, a 4.5 per cent increase from 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. The market is being driven by a shift to lower-priced devices in nearly all device categories.

Worldwide shipments of traditional PCs (desk-based and notebook) are forecast to total 303 million units in 2013, an 11.2 per cent decline from 2012, and the PC market, including ultramobiles, is forecast to decline 8.4 per cent in 2013. Mobile phone shipments are projected to grow 3.7 per cent, with volume of more than 1.8 billion units.

Tablet shipments are expected to grow 53.4 per cent this year, with shipments reaching 184 million units. Premium tablets are faced with continued price decline in the 7-inch form factor as a larger number of consumers prefer smaller form factors when it comes to content consumption. A recent consumer study that Gartner conducted in Brazil, China, France, Germany, Italy, the UK, the US and Japan confirmed Gartner's long-standing assumption that smaller is better when it comes to consumer tablets. The survey showed that the average screen sizes of the tablets in use across the countries ranged from 8.3 inches to 9.5 inches. Forty-seven per cent of the 21,500 consumers surveyed owned a tablet that was 8 inches or less.

As the third-quarter earnings season comes to an end, it is clear that our caution for 2013 was well placed as vendors are transitioning their portfolios to the new Intel processors Bay Trail and Haswell, as well as rolling out products that are based on the Windows 8.1 release.

"While consumers will be bombarded with ads for the new ultramobile devices, we expect their attention to be grabbed but not necessarily their money," said Carolina Milanesi, research vice president at Gartner. "Continuing on the trend we saw last year, we expect this holiday season to be all about smaller tablets as even the long-term holiday favourite — the smartphone — loses its appeal.

"Although the preference is for dedicated devices, we see the opportunity for hybrid ultramobile to marry the functionality of a PC and the form factor of the tablet. Users that have to balance work and play will find that the advantage of buying and carrying one device outweighs the compromise in the full experience that single devices can deliver," said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner. "Users who are not limited by their disposable income will likely have a basic tablet as a companion device to their ultramobile on which most of their consumption activities will take place."

The mobile phone market will continue to experience steady growth, but the opportunity for high average selling price (ASP) smartphones is now ending. Growth is expected to come from mid-tier smartphones in mature markets and low-end Android smartphones in emerging markets.

Microsoft's acquisition of Nokia doesn't have a major impact on the forecast, because Gartner already assumed that Nokia would have accounted for the vast majority of Windows Phone share throughout the forecast, with only minimal volume coming from other OEMs, such as HTC or Samsung.

"Windows Phone challenges in the smartphone market remain the same, with the need to bring on board more developers and enrich the ecosystem, as well as turning the Windows Phone brand into a cool smartphone brand. While there are clear benefits to the acquisition, such as channel strength, carrier relationship and emerging-market knowledge, the brand and ecosystem do not directly benefit from it," said Ms Milanesi.

The end of Windows XP support in 2014 isn't expected to impact device sales, as Gartner says 90 per cent of large enterprises have either migrated or are migrating to Windows 7 or Windows 8.

Android will remain the leading device operating system (OS), as it is on pace to account for 38 per cent of shipments in 2013. The Windows OS is projected to decline 4.3 per cent in 2013 as a result of the decline in traditional PC sales, but will return to growth in 2014 with device OS shipments increasing 9.7 per cent.

Top technology providers see wearable devices as an important market opportunity; however, Gartner expects that wearable devices will primarily remain a companion to mobile phones. Less than 1 per cent of consumers will actually replace their mobile phones with a combination of a wearable device and a tablet by 2017.

"For wearables to be successful, they need to add to the user experience by complementing and enhancing what other devices already offer. They also need to be stylish yet practical, and most of all hit the right price," said Ms Milanesi. "In the short term, we expect consumers to look at wearables as nice to have rather than a "must have," leaving smartphones to play the role of our faithful companion throughout the day."

Gartner's detailed market forecast data is available in the report, "Forecast: Devices by Operating System and User Type, Worldwide, 2010-2017, 3Q13 Update." The report is on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2596420.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Worldwide PC, Tablet and Mobile Phone Shipments to Grow 4.5 Per Cent in 2013 as Lower-Priced Devices Drive GrowthTue, 22 Oct 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Identifies Top Vertical Industry Predictions for IT Organisations for 2014http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/195/gartner_identifies_top_vertical_industry_predictions_for_it_organisations_for_2014.html
Gartner, Inc. has revealed its top industry predictions for IT organisations and users for 2014 and beyond. Most industries are facing accelerating pressure for fundamental transformation, including embracing digitalisation in order to survive and stay competitive.

Gartner's annual Predicts research on industry trends titled "Top Industries Predicts 2014: The Pressure for Fundamental Transformation Continues to Accelerate" features 12 strategic planning assumptions that CIOs, senior business executives and IT leaders should factor into their enterprise planning and strategy-setting initiatives.

"Transformation remains a critically important phenomenon across all industries. Many industries will face intense challenges in 2014 and beyond, and will have no choice but to radically change their established business models," said Kimberly Harris-Ferrante, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "Last year saw many industry decision-makers focusing on adopting new technologies to improve business operations by addressing developments such as the Nexus of Forces, the convergence of social, mobile, cloud and information. Today, by contrast, leaders are significantly shifting their business models and processes."

Ms Harris-Ferrante said that this trend is driven in part by the challenges of consumer empowerment and market commoditisation, which in many ways are greater than in the past, and are particularly difficult for traditional businesses to address. The need to digitalise the business and be customer-centric is also crucial, and requires new approaches to information delivery, communication and transactions. Business leaders and CIOs must carefully assess their industry-specific strategic requirements, including the demands of consumers and business partners, to map out transformation plans based on new technology availability, consumer demographic/behavioural changes and market conditions.

CIOs and other IT and business leaders should use Gartner's predictions and recommendations to better understand the forces that are changing their world and develop strategies to address the requirements of this fast-changing business environment. Top industry predictions include:

By 2016, poor return on equity will drive more than 60 per cent of banks worldwide to process the majority of their transactions in the cloud.By year-end 2017, at least seven of the world's top 10 multichannel retailers will use 3D printing technologies to generate custom stock orders.By 2017, more than 60 per cent of government organizations with a CIO and a chief digital officer will eliminate one of these roles.Through 2017, K-12 online education spending will increase 25 per cent, while budgetary constraints will keep spending on traditional instructional categories stagnant.

  • By 2017, 40 per cent of utilities with smart metering solutions will use cloud-based big data analytics to address asset-, commodity-, customer- or revenue-related needs.
  • By year-end 2015, inadequate ROI will drive insurers to abandon 40 per cent of their current customer-facing mobile apps.
  • Full-genome sequencing will stimulate a new market for medical data banks, with market penetration exceeding three percent by 2016.
  • By 2016, 60 per cent of US health insurers will know the procedure price and provider quality rating of shoppable medical services in advance.
  • By 2018, 20 per cent of the top 100 manufacturers' revenue will come from innovations that are the result of new cross-industry value experiences.
  • By 2018, 3D printing will result in the loss of at least \$100 billion per year in intellectual property globally.
  • By 2017, 15 per cent of consumers will respond to context-aware offers based on their individual demographics and shopper profiles.
  • By 2015, 80 per cent of life science organisations will be crushed by elements of big data, exposing poor ROI on IT investments.

"The pressures of consumerisation continue to disrupt many enterprises, forcing them to change their traditional business processes and operational models," said Ms Harris Ferrante. "The necessity to adopt digital business models transcends all industry verticals, and its diverse impacts are creating business opportunities that were not possible in the past. Organisations must respond immediately in order to build the right business and IT road map for future market demands."

More detailed information on the individual predictions is available in the report "Top Industries Predicts 2014: The Pressure for Fundamental Transformation Continues to Accelerate." This report can be found on the Gartner web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2602416.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Identifies Top Vertical Industry Predictions for IT Organisations for 2014Tue, 15 Oct 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says Worldwide Shipments of 3D Printers to Grow 49 Per Cent in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/194/gartner_says_worldwide_shipments_of_3d_printers_to_grow_49_per_cent_in_2013.html
Worldwide shipments of 3D printers (3DPs) priced less than \$100,000 will grow 49 per cent in 2013 to reach a total of 56,507 units, according to Gartner, Inc.'s first forecast of the less than \$100,000 consumer and enterprise 3D printer market. Rapid quality and performance innovations across all 3DP technologies will drive enterprise and consumer demand. Gartner said that shipments will increase further in 2014, growing 75 per cent to 98,065 units, followed by a near doubling of unit shipments in 2015.

In Western Europe, shipments of 3DPs will reach a total of 14,335 units in 2013, a 42.6 per cent increase in 2013 and will amount to 24,784 units in 2014.

"The 3D printer market has reached its inflection point," said Pete Basiliere, research director at Gartner. "While still a nascent market, with hype outpacing the technical realities, the speed of development and rise in buyer interest are pressing hardware, software and service providers to offer easier-to-use tools and materials that produce consistently high-quality results."

In 2013, combined end-user spending on 3DPs will reach \$412 million, up 43 per cent from spending of \$288 million in 2012. Enterprise spending will total more than \$325 million in 2013, while the consumer segment will reach nearly \$87 million. In 2014, spending will increase 62 per cent, reaching \$669 million, with enterprise spending of \$536 million and consumer spending of \$133 million.

"As the products rapidly mature, organisations will increasingly exploit 3D printing's potential in their laboratory, product development and manufacturing operations," continued Mr Basiliere. "In the next 18 months, we foresee consumers moving from being curious about the technology to finding reasons to justify purchases as price points, applications and functionality become more attractive."

From an enterprise point of view, current uses of 3D technology focus on one-off or small-run models for product design and industrial prototyping, jigs and fixtures used in manufacturing processes and mass customisation of finished goods. As advances in 3D printers, scanners, design tools and materials reduce the cost and complexity of creating 3D printed items, the applications of 3D print technology will continue to expand to include areas such as architecture, defence, medical products and jewellery design.

Gartner predicts that 3D printing will have a high impact on industries, including consumer products, industrial and manufacturing; a medium impact on construction, education, energy, government, medical products, military, retail, telecommunications, transportation and utilities; and a low impact on banking and financial services and insurance.

"The hype around consumer 3D printing has made organisations aware that the price point and functionality of 3DP have changed significantly over the last five years, driving increased shipments beginning in 2014," said Mr Basiliere. "Most businesses are only now beginning to fully comprehend all of the ways in which a 3DP can be cost-effectively used in their organisations, from prototyping and product development to fixtures and moulds that are used to manufacture or assemble an item to drive finished goods. Now that many people in the organisation, not only the engineering and manufacturing department managers but also senior corporate management, marketing management and others, have heard the hype, they want to know when the business will have a 3D printer."

3D printer prices will decrease during the next several years due to competitive pressures and higher shipment volumes, even after allowing for providers who will be offering devices with higher performance, functionality and quality that enable them to hold the line on pricing.

Gartner expects that by 2015, seven of the 50 largest multinational retailers will sell 3D printers through their physical and online stores.

"Major multinational physical and online retailers have the means to market the technology to consumers and enterprise buyers, generating demand for the devices and revenue by selling printers and supplies, as well as from sales of individual 3D-printed pieces," said Mr Basiliere. "Office superstore Staples is already in the market, and other superstores and consumer goods retailers, such as Yamada Denki, are prime candidates to sell printers and finished 3D printed items. Their presence in the market will have an impact on average selling prices, forcing providers into low-margin sales of consumer 3DP by 2017."

"Simply experiencing the technology and conceiving ways to use it will mainly drive makers and hobbyists, not the average consumer, to purchase a 3D printer to begin with," said Mr Basiliere. "However, we expect that a compelling consumer application — something that can only be created at home on a 3D printer — will hit the scene by 2016.” This application, which will be the most compelling use case yet for consumer 3D printing, will arise from work done by makers and other enthusiasts who push the envelope of consumer 3D printing uses and enabled by manufacturers who develop "plug-and-play" tools.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Forecast: 3D Printers, Worldwide, 2013." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2598122 .

Mr Basiliere will provide additional analysis of the 3D printing market at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Worldwide Shipments of 3D Printers to Grow 49 Per Cent in 2013Wed, 02 Oct 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says Nearly Half of Large Organisati​ons Will Have Hybrid Cloud Deployment​shttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/192/gartner_says_nearly_half_of_large_organisati___ons_will_have_hybrid_cloud_deployment___s.html
Nearly half of large organisations will have hybrid cloud deployments by the end of 2017, according to Gartner, Inc. In the past three years, private cloud computing has moved from an aspiration to a tentative reality for nearly half of large organisations. Hybrid cloud computing is at the same place today that private cloud was three years ago; as actual deployments are low, but aspirations are high.

When it comes to drivers of private cloud computing, while cost is always an important consideration, a business case for private cloud cannot rely on lower costs as the primary justification.

"Virtualisation reduces capital expenses, and standards and automation reduce operational expenses," said Thomas Bittman, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "However, taking the next step of adding usage metrics, self-service offerings and automated provisioning requires investment in technologies without a significant reduction in operational cost. With this in mind, the driving factor for going that next step should primarily be agility."

Since agility is the key driver to private cloud computing, Mr Bittman said that IT needs to understand where agility could make a difference in current services, understand what new services would be useful if provided with agility, and work closely with IT's customers to make those determinations.

Organisations that are well on their way with private cloud projects rarely consider technology the major issue. Certainly the technologies to deliver private cloud are relatively immature and evolving, and many companies find that custom work is required to meet their needs, but much more difficult are the transformational adjustments needed to use the technology. Cloud services require operational processes that are designed for speed and customised for the services offered. An ingrained IT culture focused on technical expertise doesn't fit a fully automated, self-service model that requires a service-oriented, team approach.

"Too often, private cloud projects are started by choosing a technology, but technology itself does not solve the transformational people and process issues," said Mr Bittman. "It is much better to focus first on an approach to make transformative changes. In many cases, that means creating a separate organisation outside of traditional IT processes — at least to incubate these projects — and focusing first on a simple project that has buy-in between IT and IT's customers."

Progress made with private cloud varies enormously, according to Gartner. Most deployments are starting small, with a limited scope of functionality. However, as those private cloud portfolios grow the resulting cloud infrastructures will likely be based on the technologies chosen for pilot projects. Gartner said that in a market with a lot of vendors vying for market share, the winners and losers will be determined very quickly and because of the importance of integration throughout the cloud management platform, smaller players will likely be acquired or go out of business within the next few years.

"Vendors are promoting private cloud computing as 'the next thing' for infrastructure and operations — and it is, but only for the right services," said Mr Bittman. "Virtualisation is a horizontal, very broad trend, impacting a high percentage of IT infrastructure. Private cloud is a specific style of computing that will leverage virtualisation, but is not appropriate for all services. While the majority of midsize and large organisations will build and deploy private cloud services over the next few years, private cloud will only be used for specific, appropriate services."

Where organisations do decide to deploy cloud services, the technology they choose matters tremendously. While pilot projects will tend to start small, with limited functionality, it's important to choose a technology foundation that offers room for expansion — both in terms of functionality richness, and in terms of hybrid cloud interoperability for the future. The other alternative is to choose a technology that provides a rapid return on investment — for example, two years — with the possibility of changing technologies in the future.

Additional information is available in the report entitled "Private Cloud Matures, Hybrid Cloud Is Next" at http://www.gartner.com/document/2585915?ref=QuickSearch.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Nearly Half of Large Organisati​ons Will Have Hybrid Cloud Deployment​sWed, 02 Oct 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Digital Business Incompetence Will Cause 25 Per Cent of Businesses to Lose Competitive Ranking by 2017http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/190/digital_business_incompetence_will_cause_25_per_cent_of_businesses_to_lose_competitive_ranking_by_2017.htmlDigital business incompetence will cause a quarter of businesses to lose competitive ranking by 2017, according to Gartner, Inc. During the second quarter of 2013, Gartner conducted a survey of 151 participants who were intimately involved in making digital business strategy decisions or in locating, developing and acquiring talent for those digital business strategy endeavours. Ninety per cent of respondents thought that competition for talent will make or break digital business success. 

"The next decade will move beyond the notion of using technology to automate businesses and toward positioning technology as revenue builder, market maker and customer finder," said Diane Morello, managing vice president at Gartner. "When companies have those targets in mind, digital business becomes real. The impact of digital business will be undeniable: It will introduce new business models, cause industries to be 'digitally remastered' and change the way that businesses put great minds to work. 

"Few things have jumped into the consciousness of business executives as quickly as digital business," continued Ms Morello. "In our recent Talent on the Digital Frontier survey, roughly one in two participants said that their digital business strategy either is their business strategy or is at least an integrated part of that business strategy." 

According to Ms Morello, a digital business strategy creates value and revenue from digital assets. It goes beyond process automation to transform processes, business models and customer experience by exploiting the pervasive digital connections between systems, people, places and things. 

Digital business has rapidly become a lingua franca of modern business, a common and unifying language across people whose native languages — in the modern age, the languages of organisations, companies, cultures and occupations — are different. 
To jump-start digital business activity, Gartner recommends identifying key strategy players and possessors of technology and business expertise both inside and outside the enterprise and engaging them to launch a digital business community of practice to enrich cross-business understanding. CIOs who learn to orchestrate talent across multiple employment models and channels can take advantage of global ecosystems to build digital expertise quickly. 

"Demand is growing for insight into digital business, particularly among CEOs and CIOs who fear that their companies may be falling behind new business models and competitive opportunities," said Ms Morello. "Their concern is justified. Digital business will concentrate almost exclusively on new sources of revenue derived from new products, services, channels and information for new customers and constituencies. On top of the expectation that digital business expertise will spread around businesses within two or three years, other indicators suggest that digital business represents not an extension of the past, but rather, a different trajectory. Revenue ambitions will go unmet if CIOs and senior executives ignore the cultural and organizational challenges that accompany digital business." 

The world of digital business does more than pose challenges for CIOs and other executives. It also opens opportunities to use digital technology to reach beyond organizational boundaries, to assemble problem-solving expertise from around the world, to weave a fabric of knowledge and expertise across communities of practice, and to understand and exploit new models of work. Notably, the quest for digital business expertise provides an undeniable opportunity for CIOs and HR executives to create a robust alliance that helps them meet their respective outcomes. Leading-edge CIOs become leading edge because their HR and talent strategy counterparts support them. 

"Together, CIOs and HR talent executives scour the globe for qualified experts and talented people and bring them into their work streams, no matter their locations or their employment arrangements," said Ms Morello. "Relying solely on tactics of yesterday to find, acquire and develop digital business knowledge, skills and competencies will cause many businesses to fall behind as other businesses advance. The impact on people, talent and long-term workforce strategy will be high, and the willingness to break through stale or aging people practices will build advantage."

Ms Morello advised CIOs to work with high-influence HR executives to investigate talent orchestration and to redesign the learning programmes required to build digital business expertise. The focus should be on hiring, developing and deploying versatile and multi-disciplined teams of people. Once teams are hired, the organisation should promote employee engagement as doing so will make the organisation more attractive to prospective employees and increase talent retention rates throughout the shift toward the digital strategy. 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Talent on the Digital Frontier: The Stakes Rise in Digital Business." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2591917

Ms Morello will provide additional analysis on IT workforce trends at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgDigital Business Incompetence Will Cause 25 Per Cent of Businesses to Lose Competitive Ranking by 2017Mon, 30 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Announces Ranking of Top European Supply Chain Organisations for 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/189/gartner_announces_ranking_of_top_european_supply_chain_organisations_for_2013.htmlGartner, Inc., has revealed its annual ranking of the Top 15 supply chain organisations headquartered in Europe at its annual Supply Chain Executive Conference, which took place in London this week.

Gartner identified the top 15 performers headquartered in Europe, based on a combination of financial metrics (revenue growth, return on assets [ROA] and inventory), and the opinion of peers and Gartner supply chain analysts.

The top five includes four companies from last year — Unilever, Inditex, H&M and Nestlé (that were also listed in Gartner’s Global Supply Chain Top 25) — and one new entrant, BASF, which has improved its position steadily. Four new companies joined the European top 15 ranking this year: Danone, L'Oréal, Diageo and GlaxoSmithKline (GSK).

"Top European supply chains span the automotive, chemical, consumer products, life science and retail sectors and are headquartered in a variety of European countries, including France, Germany, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the UK," said Christian Titze, research director at Gartner. "Supply chain executives can use Gartner's analysis of these leaders to develop and implement more integrated, collaborative and demand-driven supply chain strategies."

Unilever continues to climb higher in the rankings in 2013, to achieve fourth position on the global Supply Chain Top 25, while maintaining the No. 1 ranking in Europe. Unilever has continued to improve its financial performance and voting scores, demonstrating supply chain excellence and leadership year over year.

Spain's leading fashion retail group, Inditex, maintained the No. 2 position in Europe and reached twelfth position in the global Supply Chain Top 25 in 2013. The company demonstrates continuous growth and leadership, in an often fickle fashion environment, through its ability to manipulate the finer details of its end-to-end supply chain. Inditex also understands its consumers and is highly sensitive to trends. In addition, it effectively engages with social media and often shapes the fashion agenda.

Another fashion retailer, Sweden-based H&M, ranks No. 3 in Europe and seventeenth globally. This fast-moving retailer also uses social media effectively to sense what young and fashionable shoppers want. It is highly proficient at managing its product life cycles and can refresh its fashion ranges many times within retail seasons.

Nestlé, the Swiss food giant with diverse lines of business, maintains the No. 4 spot in Europe. Vendor management, the use of network modelling and a focus on sustainability have been crucial to improving its supply chain performance.

At No. 5, BASF, the Germany-based chemical giant, has been on the top 25 list for three consecutive years, and has improved in all categories this year. BASF has a complex value network that operates across several large sites around the world, with the output from one process used as primary material in another. This system requires complex design and operating schemes.

"Top European-headquartered supply chains bring a wide range of best practices to the supply chain community, ranging from advanced collaboration practices with upstream and downstream partners, to innovations in demand sensing and shaping capabilities, to integrated business planning that brings sales and operations planning to the next level," Mr Titze said.

Additional information is available in the report entitled "2013 Gartner Supply Chain Top 25: Europe” at


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Announces Ranking of Top European Supply Chain Organisations for 2013Thu, 26 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says Mobile App Stores Will See Annual Downloads Reach 102 Billion in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/188/gartner_says_mobile_app_stores_will_see_annual_downloads_reach_102_billion_in_2013.htmlMobile app stores will see annual downloads reach 102 billion in 2013, up from 64 billion in 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. Total revenue in 2013 will reach \$26 billion, up from \$18 billion in 2012. Free apps will account for 91 per cent of total downloads in 2013 (see Table 1). Gartner said that in-app purchases (IAPs) will account for 48 per cent of app store revenue by 2017, up from 11 per cent in 2012.

"We expect strong growth in downloads through 2014, but growth is forecast to slow down a bit in later years," said Sandy Shen, research director at Gartner. "The average downloads per device should be high in early years as users get new devices and discover the apps they like. Over time they accumulate a portfolio of apps they like and stick to, so there will be moderate numbers of downloads in the later years."

"Free apps currently account for about 60 per cent and 80 per cent of the total available apps in Apple's App Store and Google Play, respectively," said Brian Blau, research director at Gartner. "iOS and Android app stores combined are forecast to account for 90 per cent of global downloads in 2017. These app stores are still increasingly active due to richer ecosystems and large and very active developer communities. However, we expect average monthly downloads per iOS device to decline from 4.9 in 2013 to 3.9 in 2017, while average monthly downloads per Android device will decline from 6.2 in 2013 to 5.8 in 2017. This relates back to the overall trend of users using the same apps more often rather than downloading new ones."

 Table 1. Mobile App Store Downloads, Worldwide, 2010-2016 (Millions of Downloads)








Free Downloads







Paid-for Downloads







Total Downloads







Free Downloads %







Source: Gartner (September 2013)

IAP purchases will drive 17 per cent of the store revenue in 2013 and increase to 48 per cent in 2017. However, as with downloads, IAP is expected to have strong growth in 2013 and 2014 and slow in later years. This is due to smart devices reaching more mass-market consumers whose willingness and/or affordability to spend on IAPs is lower than early adopters. Nevertheless, IAP will become a major monetisation method for apps stores and developers.

Research shows that IAP contributes to a significant amount of Apple's App Store revenue from iPhones worldwide. Other platforms have not reached such high levels as the iPhone, but analysts expect they will also see IAP contributions increase in the future.

"We see that users are not put off by the fact that they have already paid for an app, and are willing to spend more if they are happy with the experience, said Mr Blau.”As a result, we believe that IAP is a promising and sustainable monetization method because it encourages performance-based purchasing; that is, users only pay when they are happy with the experience, and developers have to work hard to earn the revenue through good design and performance."

Additional information is available in the report "Forecast: Mobile App Stores, Worldwide, 2013

Update." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2584918.

Trends in mobility will be discussed in more detail at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Mobile App Stores Will See Annual Downloads Reach 102 Billion in 2013Sat, 21 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013 Q&A: How Is the Digital World Impacting Mobile and Client Computing?http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/187/gartner_symposium_itxpo_2013_q_a__how_is_the_digital_world_impacting_mobile_and_client_computing_.html
With Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013 coming up, we asked Leif-Olof Wallin, research vice president at Gartner, to share his views on how the digital world is impacting mobile, client computing and communications right now, and what key trends in this space will be discussed at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo this year. 

Q: The news is filled with bring your own device (BYOD) stories that lead many CIOs to believe they are behind the curve in implementing employee-owned device programs. Are IT leaders behind the curve, and is BYOD really an all-or-nothing strategy? 

Leif-Olof: Working with a great diversity of Gartner clients, I notice different attitudes towards BYOD, ranging from aggressively pursuing BYOD and making it mandatory in selected regions, to organizations denying that BYOD exists in their organization - they need to understand that BYOD is here to stay. When probing an organization that denies the existence of BYOD among its staff, it usually admits there are employees taking notes in meetings on personal tablets or employees taking a photo of a whiteboard in a sensitive meeting using a personal smartphone. Outside a couple of very highly security-conscious verticals, BYOD exists and is here to stay. Ignoring "hidden" or "under the radar" BYOD programs puts a company at risk, because there are no processes for safe data disposal when "unknown" personal devices leave the organization. 

In addition, BYOD is definitely not an all-or-nothing proposition. The organization needs to assess what types of devices it needs to include in the program. Is it only smartphones and tablets, or should the program be extended to also include Windows PCs and/or Macs? 

Once the BYOD program is set up and eligibility criteria are established, a manager assesses the eligibility of their direct reports on request. Upon manager’s approval, the employee gets added to the program. It’s not a best practice to support any device in the program; most organizations will need to define what platforms they support, and these minimum requirements may change over time.

Q: What are some of the challenges IT leaders are facing around BYOD?

Leif-Olof: One recurring theme among our clients is that they frequently fail to understand that, as part of the BYOD scenario, the end user owns the device and is responsible for the device and what’s on it. Highly restrictive usage policies may simply not be enforceable, and privacy has to be respected. 

Another frequent challenge is the difficulty of clearly articulating the responsibility of the employee, what support the employee can expect and what they need to handle themselves. Some organizations will limit the support of certain areas, such as configuring email on the device or connecting the device to the corporate network. 

Q: What advice do you have for IT leaders who have not yet implemented a BYOD program? 

Leif-Olof: IT leaders need to start using Gartner’s BYOD policy template toolkit, which lists all the areas that require addressing, to customize their BYOD policy template. If they don’t have access to the Gartner toolkit, IT leaders need to determine what should be included in their policy framework. Above all, they need to remember that if their organization is an international one and present in multiple countries, IT leaders need to create a global policy framework that can then be adapted to local legal, tax and other implications by involving local HR, legal and tax advisors. 

Q: How will Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013 help IT leaders understand the constant change in mobile and client computing? 

Leif-Olof: During Gartner Symposium/ITxpo in Orlando, Gold Coast and Barcelona, we’ll run a workshop on "How to Get a BYOD Policy in Place" exclusively for end-user organizations and BYOD will be a main trend discussed in many sessions throughout our Symposium events worldwide.  This presents an excellent opportunity to work on the material first hand. In addition, several analysts that specialize in the BYOD area are available for one-on-one meetings, and Gartner Symposium/ITxpo is the place to network with peers and share best practices on, and experiences of, BYOD. 

About Gartner Symposium/ITxpo

Gartner Symposium/ITxpo is the world's most important gathering of CIOs and senior IT executives. This event delivers independent and objective content with the authority and weight of the world's leading IT research and advisory organization, and provides access to the latest solutions from key technology providers. Gartner's annual Symposium/ITxpo events are key components of attendees' annual planning efforts. IT executives rely on Gartner Symposium/ITxpo to gain insight into how their organizations can use IT to address business challenges and improve operational efficiency. 

Additional information from the event will be shared on Twitter at http://twitter.com/Gartner_inc and using #GartnerSym. 

Upcoming dates and locations for Gartner Symposium/ITxpo include:

September 16-18, Cape Town, South Africa: www.gartner.co.za

October 6-10, Orlando, Florida: www.gartner.com/us/symposium

October 15-17, Tokyo, Japan: www.gartner.com/jp/symposium

October 21-24, Goa, India: www.gartner.com/in/symposium

October 28-31, Gold Coast, Australia: www.gartner.com/au/symposium

November 4-7, Sao Paulo, Brazil: www.gartner.com/br/symposium

November 10-14, Barcelona, Spain: www.gartner.com/eu/symposium

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013 QenA: How Is the Digital World Impacting Mobile and Client Computing?Fri, 13 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Garter says Sales Organizations Must Upgrade Skills and Processes to Meet B2B Technology Buyer Expectationshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/186/garter_says_sales_organizations_must_upgrade_skills_and_processes_to_meet_b2b_technology_buyer_expectations.html
Despite all the attention around digital marketing and its ability to connect with customers in new and meaningful ways, people selling to people is still the primary way in which business-to-business (B2B) technology purchases are made, according to a recent survey by Gartner, Inc. 

Gartner conducted a primary research study across 503 organizations in North America, Europe and China to understand how the marketing activities of IT providers influence organizations' decisions to select certain technologies and services, as well as the providers that supply them. The survey found that 56 percent of respondents considered direct interaction with the provider of high importance, 42 percent of medium importance, while three percent considered it of low importance. 

"Personal interactions with providers are still the most influential activity in B2B buying decisions," said Tiffany Bova, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "However, buyers do not value their interactions with salespeople as much as they did in the past. As a result, sales teams must adjust processes and skills to learn to guide buyers through their purchase cycle." 

During the past few years, the sales organization has lost its control of the sales cycle. 

"In the past, sales was dictating the flow of information — cold calling, sending out corporate marketing literature, meeting with prospective customers, conducting sales presentations and arranging high-level executive meetings in more of a push selling model," said Hank Barnes, research director at Gartner. "Now customers are deciding when and where the sales engagement will actually begin as well as how and where that interaction will take place in more of a pull model." 

Gartner believes that this change in customer engagement should result in providers looking closely at their go-to-market and sales models to ensure they are providing the necessary value in the buying process. Marketing and sales leaders need to understand the importance of continuing to invest in improving sales enablement, sales training and sales processes as buyers look to the quality of their direct interactions as a primary influence on their decisions during their technology buying cycles. 

"Providers have been fairly consistent in how they train their sales force for decades," said Ms. Bova. "However, these practices are now at odds with the way customers actually explore, evaluate, engage and experience a provider along their buying journey. The sales force of the future will need to intimately understand the customers' environment with a greater sense of the decision levers across IT and the business units. It will also need to translate technology into industry solutions and value propositions, and guide the customers to use cases they may not have considered. The sales force should therefore be viewed not as a source of technology products, but as a strategic partner helping the business evolve to meet their strategic objectives." 

Gartner has identified four key changes the sales organization should make to improve the customer's purchase experience: 

Shadow Your Customers and Prospects Across Multiple Mediums

With widely available access to information and peers, the customer gains a tremendous power of choice. As a result, a variety of activities, used in combination, are required to address all of the buyers' questions and concerns, and lead to a purchase decision. As the Gartner survey revealed, buyers rated a variety of activities from direct interaction with the provider to social media as the most influential marketing activities. Gartner expects the multichannel approach to continue and sales teams need to be aware of all these activities. 

Reorient Sales as a Knowledgeable Guide

Given the importance that buyers place on direct interaction, it is essential to understand who they want to interact with. The survey found that the most valued interactions are with technical and industry experts, not with sales staff. Although this may not be surprising, the gap between them is substantial. When exploring and evaluating options, 81 percent of respondents most valued interaction is with a technical expert whereas only 38 percent said their most valued interaction is with a member of the sales team. Similar results were recorded at other stages in the buying cycle. 

Clearly, customers do not feel that their sales representatives are adding value to their buying process. 

"To deliver what customers want, salespeople need to become more knowledgeable about what is happening in the customer buying process and offer insightful information that customers can't find on their own," said Mr. Barnes. "The best sales reps will coordinate a range of activities and interactions to touch various members of the buying teams and guide the customer along their buying journey versus forcing them to follow the internally preferred process to address their questions and concerns." 

Make Sales Presentations About the Customers and Their Needs, Not About You

Sales presentations rank fifth on the list of most influential marketing activities according to the survey. Gartner research shows that sales presentations have the biggest impact when buyers are focused on evaluating and engaging, or when buyers are looking to deepen engagement and experience. Typically, buyers want to hear more detail from providers after they have done their own initial information gathering. This means that in the future, sales presentations should not be used as the primary tool by sales to educate the buyer, but rather as way to develop a custom interaction above and beyond what they can find on their own. This can become a competitive weapon as sales organizations look to separate themselves from the competition. If they take the extra time to really home in on the uniqueness of each opportunity, there is tremendous value that can be added to the buying cycle — especially in the eyes of the customer. 

Plan for Change

To address the increased expectations of today's buyer, sales needs to lead change efforts in their organizations, in partnership with marketing, and in the way they sell. 

"Sales matters as much now as it always has; however, it appears to have lost some of its customer influence," said Ms. Bova. "Creating a strong sales team that can orchestrate technical and industry resources is critical. These teams need to develop methods, both by questioning and through the use of technology, to understand the work buyers have done on their own and add value to that work to guide them toward a successful purchase. Sales teams that do this will help themselves and the providers they work for stand apart from their competition." 

More detailed analysis is available in the reports "Tech Go-to-Market: Sales Organizations Need to Upgrade Skills and Processes to Meet Buyer Expectations" and "Tech Go-to-Market: The B2B Customer Buying Cycle for Technology Products and Services." The reports are available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2583516 and http://www.gartner.com/resId=2521216

Additional information is available in the Gartner Special Report "The Future of IT Sales." This special report provides tools and best practices for making go-to-market choices a source of differentiation and competitive advantage, instead of an afterthought. The special report can be viewed at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/future-of-it-sales/ and includes links to reports and video commentary that examine the future of IT sales and factors driving this evolution. 

Ms. Bova will also examine the future of IT sales in more detail at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo. 

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGarter says Sales Organizations Must Upgrade Skills and Processes to Meet B2B Technology Buyer ExpectationsFri, 13 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner says Enterprise Architecture Is Key to Driving Digital Strategyhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/185/gartner_says_enterprise_architecture_is_key_to_driving_digital_strategy.htmlCIOs are increasingly looking to enterprise architecture (EA) to help drive their digital strategy, according to Gartner, Inc. Fifty-two per cent of respondents in Gartner's 2013 CEO and Senior Executive Survey said their organisations have a digital strategy. Analysts said that digital technologies (what Gartner terms the Nexus of Forces — mobile, social media, big data and analytics — and the Internet of Things) create new opportunities for innovative business models.

"Senior business executives are challenging CIOs and their IT organisations to be at the front of digital strategy, identifying innovative new business models and technologies, and getting more business value out of each technology investment," said Marcus Blosch, research vice president. "Enterprise architects can provide unique capabilities to help CIOs develop a new agenda for 'hunting and harvesting' in a digital world."

Mr Blosch said that organisations are looking to grow and improve efficiency of their operations, creating new demands on CIOs and EA.

"With the global economy still struggling, enterprise architects around the world will need to use EA to help drive growth and innovation, while at the same time identifying opportunities for performance improvement and cost cutting at a time when IT budgets are flat," said Mr Blosch. "Given these factors, CIOs must extend IT's performance profile beyond tending, to hunting and harvesting for digital value. For enterprise architects, particularly those who sit within the IT organisation, this is a great opportunity to move EA into a more strategic role. Business-outcome-driven EA is integral to achieving each of these areas to provide insight and support decision making. The EA team currently has the opportunity to become more strategic by aligning itself to support the CIO and the organisation."

It is often hard to see where a new technology or idea applies, and what difference it will make. However, EA supports both hunting and harvesting by linking new technologies and innovations to the strategy and future-state business capabilities. EA teams can also do technology tracking and create innovation management processes to support hunting. Harvesting is driven through techniques such as business capability modelling, which provides a basis for identifying and delivering outcomes. Capabilities created in one area of the business can be harvested in others, using EA to identify where potential synergies exist. Hunting and harvesting rely on good relationships with business executives and enterprise architects can use business-outcome-driven EA to build these relationships.

A further challenge for CIOs and enterprise architects is how to build the competencies needed to support these new roles of hunting and harvesting. Within EA in particular, there is an increasing emphasis on business and information architecture skills, which are often hard to find. Key EA competencies include business strategy formulation, business innovation and business strategy execution, as well as behavioural skills — such as the ability to establish and maintain good working relationships with a wide range of stakeholders. This represents a significant opportunity for enterprise architects to make their role more strategic, by focusing on business growth and innovation, and by using business-outcome-driven EA to support these areas.

These competencies must be combined with more-agile approaches to innovation, such as being able to run experiments. The ability to identify an opportunity, quickly set it up and pilot it, assess the results and decide to expand into another cycle or kill off is needed to support both hunting and harvesting. Enterprise architecture can support this by providing the enabling and diagnostics deliverables as part of the hypothesis formation, setting up the pilot and assessing the results.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Gartner's 2013 CIO Survey Provides Keys to EA Success." The report is available on Gartner's web site at .

This research is part of the Gartner special report "The Nexus of Forces: Social, Mobile, Cloud and Information." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/nexus-of-forces/. . It includes links to reports, webinars and video commentary that examine the impact of the Nexus of Forces on organisations.

Gartner analysts will examine the Nexus of Forces in more detail at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2013.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner says Enterprise Architecture Is Key to Driving Digital StrategyMon, 09 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner says Most Collaborat​ion Applicatio​ns Will Be Equally Available Across Multiple Devices by 2016http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/184/gartner_says_most_collaborat___ion_applicatio___ns_will_be_equally_available_across_multiple_devices_by_2016.htmlMost collaboration applications will be equally available on desktops, mobile phones, tablets and browsers by 2016, according to Gartner, Inc. Currently, a variety of apps and services for mobile content access, collaboration and productivity enable employees to collaborate in real time and work more effectively, but the fragmentation of options creates complexity and challenges for the IT organisation.

"In the past, collaboration on mobile devices meant interaction through wireless messaging and voice calls," said Monica Basso, research vice president at Gartner. "Today, smartphones and tablets have larger screens, touch-based user interfaces (UIs), location support, broad network connectivity, enhanced cameras and video support, voice over IP (VoIP), and so on. Such features enable a range of applications — both traditional and new — for employees to better communicate, collaborate, socialise, create and consume content."

Most current mobile collaboration initiatives are tactical and motivated to solve a specific issue, with organisations often using multiple tools — given the relative fragmentation and lack of standardisation. This is set to mature over the next three to five years to the point where every business will be using mobile collaboration to empower workers, make them more productive and engage customers in better interactions.

"Mobile devices enable a new generation of collaboration and three trends are rapidly boosting mobile collaboration strategies and investments in organisations. These are: bring your own device (BYOD), personal cloud file sharing and the increasing availability of mobile applications," said Ms Basso.

The BYOD trend is already affecting organisations and will continue to drive new mobile and client computing strategies in the coming years. Employees who bring their own consumer smartphones and tablets to work, initially ask for and receive support for corporate email, calendar and contacts. Before long, they begin to use other apps that make it easier to get their jobs done.

Personal cloud file synchronisation and sharing services are expanding in scope and capabilities, driven by smart devices and tablets. Gartner predicts that by 2016, the average personal cloud will synchronise and orchestrate at least six different device types. Sharing capabilities are a "must have," especially for tablet users. Given the lack of USB ports to easily move files, synching capabilities are essential for smartphone users — for example, to store pictures and videos taken with the device camera. People need to move files such as documents, audio, pictures and videos across their multiple mobile devices, PCs, network drives and other storage repositories.

Mobile applications have transformed the internet from a web-centric to an app-centric model. Regardless of what technologies or architectures are used to build them, mobile apps have become the primary entry point for individuals to access and consume complex information and functionality. Mobile collaboration can also take place in specialised corporate apps for selected workforces that use mobile devices heavily in their job — involving both internal peers, as well as external people such as partners or end customers.

"Empowering workers with mobile collaboration capabilities through smart devices, personal cloud sharing and mobile apps is a smart move for organisations to innovate in the workplace and stay competitive," said Ms Basso. "Nevertheless, a number of challenges can arise from piecemeal, poorly-architected implementations. Successful deployments of mobile collaboration will need an analysis of business requirements — understanding the potential risks and restrictions while assessing existing investments and obsolescence trends."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Mobile Collaboration Will Drive Innovation in Your Workplace." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2572317.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner says Most Collaborat​ion Applicatio​ns Will Be Equally Available Across Multiple Devices by 2016Thu, 05 Sep 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Mobile Phone Sales Grew 3.6 Per Cent in Second Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/183/worldwide_mobile_phone_sales_grew_3.6_per_cent_in_second_quarter_of_2013.htmlWorldwide mobile phone sales to end users totalled 435 million units in the second quarter of 2013, an increase of 3.6 per cent from the same period last year, according to Gartner, Inc. Worldwide smartphone sales to end users reached 225 million units, up 46.5 per cent from the second quarter of 2012. Sales of feature phones to end users totalled 210 million units and declined 21 per cent year-on-year.

“Smartphones accounted for 51.8 per cent of mobile phone sales in the second quarter of 2013, resulting in smartphone sales surpassing feature phone sales for the first time,” said Anshul Gupta, principal research analyst at Gartner. Asia/Pacific, Latin America and Eastern Europe exhibited the highest smartphone growth rates of 74.1 per cent, 55.7 per cent and 31.6 per cent respectively, as smartphone sales grew in all regions.

Samsung maintained the No. 1 position in the global smartphone market, as its share of smartphone sales reached 31.7 per cent, up from 29.7 per cent in the second quarter of 2012. Apple’s smartphone sales reached 32 million units in the second quarter of 2013, up 10.2 per cent from a year ago.

In the smartphone operating system (OS) market, Microsoft took over BlackBerry for the first time, taking the No. 3 spot with 3.3 per cent market share in the second quarter of 2013. “While Microsoft has managed to increase share and volume in the quarter, Microsoft should continue to focus on growing interest from app developers to help grow its appeal among users,” said Mr Gupta. Android continued to increase its lead, garnering 79 per cent of the market in the second quarter.

Mobile Phone Vendor Perspective

Samsung: Samsung remained in the No. 1 position in the overall mobile phone market, with sales to end users growing 19 per cent in the second quarter of 2013. “We see demand in the premium smartphone market come mainly from the lower end of this segment in the \$400-and-below ASP mark. It will be critical for Samsung to step up its game in the mid-tier and also be more aggressive in emerging markets. Innovation cannot be limited to the high end,” said Mr Gupta.

Nokia: Slowing demand of feature phone sales across many markets worldwide, and fierce competition in the smartphone segment, affected Nokia’s mobile phone sales in the second quarter of 2013. Nokia’s mobile phone sales totalled 61 million units, down from 83 million units a year ago. Nokia’s Lumia sales grew 112.7 per cent in the second quarter of 2013 thanks to its expanded Lumia portfolio, which now include Lumia 520 and Lumia 720. “With the recent announcement of the Lumia 1020, Nokia has built a wide portfolio of devices at multiple price points, which should boost Lumia sales in the second half of 2013,” said Mr Gupta. “However, Nokia is facing tough competition from Android devices, especially from regional and Chinese manufacturers which are more aggressive in terms of price points.”

Apple: While sales continued to grow, the company faced a significant drop in the ASP of its smartphones. Despite the iPhone 5 being the most popular model, its ASP declined to the lowest figure registered by Apple since the iPhone's launch in 2007. The ASP reduction is due to strong sales of the iPhone 4, which is sold at a strongly discounted price. “While Apple’s ASP demonstrates the need for a new flagship model, it is risky for Apple to introduce a new lower-priced model too,” said Mr Gupta. “Although the possible new lower-priced device may be priced similarly to the iPhone 4 at \$300 to \$400, the potential for cannibalisation will be much greater than what is seen today with the iPhone 4. Despite being seen as the less expensive sibling of the flagship product, it would represent a new device with the hype of the marketing associated with it.”

Lenovo: Lenovo’s mobile phone sales grew 60.6 per cent to reach 11 million units in the second quarter of 2013. Lenovo’s quarter performance was bolstered by smartphone sales. Its smartphone sales grew 144 percent year-on-year and helped it rise to the No. 4 spot in the worldwide smartphone market for the first time. Lenovo continues to rely heavily on its home market in China, which represents more than 95 per cent of its sales. It remains challenging for Lenovo to expand outside China as it has to strengthen its direct channel as well as its relationships with communications service providers.

“With second quarter of 2013 sales broadly on track, we see little need to adjust our expectations for worldwide mobile phone sales forecast to total 1.82 billion units this year. Flagship devices brought to market in time for the holidays, and the continued price reduction of smartphones will drive consumer adoption in the second half of the year,” said Mr Gupta.

Additional information is in the Gartner report "Market Share Analysis: Mobile Phones, Worldwide, 2Q13." The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/document/2573119.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Mobile Phone Sales Grew 3.6 Per Cent in Second Quarter of 2013Wed, 14 Aug 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says PC Market in Western Europe Declined 20 Percent in Second Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/182/gartner_says_pc_market_in_western_europe_declined_20_percent_in_second_quarter_of_2013.htmlPC shipments in Western Europe totaled 10.9 million units in the second quarter of 2013, a decline of 19.8 percent compared with the same period in 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. (see Table 1). 

"The market exit of the netbook PC, and vendors reducing their inventory to get the new Intel chips and Windows 8.1 have fuelled the decline in Western Europe," said Meike Escherich, principal research analyst at Gartner. 

Table 1 Western Europe: PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 2Q13 (Thousands of Units)




2Q13 Market Share (%)

2Q12 Shipments

2Q12 Market Share (%)

2Q12-2Q13 Growth (%)











































Note: Data includes desk-based PCs and mobile PCs. Media tablets are excluded. Source: Gartner (August 2013)

All PC segments in Western Europe declined. Mobile and desktop PC shipments declined 23.9 percent and 12.2 percent, respectively. PC shipments in the professional market declined 13.5 percent, while the consumer PC market decreased 25.8 percent in the second quarter of 2013. 

Despite a 17.4 percent decline in shipments, HP remained in the No. 1 position. Acer exhibited the worst performance of the top five vendors with a decline of 44.7 percent in the second quarter of 2013. Most of Acer's decline came from shifting its portfolio away from netbooks to Android tablets. Lenovo had another strong quarter and moved to the No. 3 position, only 47,000 PC units behind Acer. Lenovo was the only top 10 vendor to exhibit double-digit growth (18.9 percent) in the second quarter of 2013. Dell exhibited the slowest decline in the past 12 months. "Dell’s improvement is attributed to its strategic shift from profitability protection to market share gain," said Ms. Escherich. 

"We can expect some attractive new PCs in the stores for the fourth quarter of 2013, running Windows 8.1 with thinner form factors and longer battery life enabled by Intel's Haswell processors," said Ms Escherich. "These PCs will compete with high-end tablets and will be complemented by a new generation of Atom-based devices that will compete with low-end basic tablets."Although this will not fully compensate for the ongoing PC decline, it does create an opportunity for profit in the midrange and more high end PC segments." 

United Kingdom: Mobile PC Market Has Lost 25 Percent of Its Volume Since 2010 

PC shipments in the UK totaled almost 2.2 million units in the first quarter of 2013, a decrease of 13 percent from the corresponding period in 2012 (see Table 2).

Table 2 United Kingdom: PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 2Q13 (Thousands of Units)




2Q13 Market Share (%)

2Q12 Shipments

2Q12 Market Share (%)

2Q12-2Q13 Growth (%)











































Note: Data includes desk-based PCs and mobile PCs. Media tablets are excluded. Source: Gartner (August 2013) 

"The second quarter marked the 11th consecutive quarter of decline in the U.K.," said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner. "During this time the notebook market has shrunk nearly 25 percent in unit volume. The U.K. notebook market totaled over 2 million units in the second quarter of 2010 and has now reached just under 1.5 million units." 

The consumer PC market continued to show a double-digit decline. It dropped by 25 percent in the second quarter of 2013. "The decline was partly due to the transition of product lines as vendors made room for Haswell-based products due out later in the year," said Mr. Atwal. By comparison the professional PC market declined 2 percent as businesses continued to migrate to Windows 7. 

"After several depressing years the PC vendors are now at a make or break point in this industry," said Mr. Atwal. "The product transition involving both hardware and the upgrade of Windows 8.1 needs to reverse the steep declines we have seen in the PC market." 

The top three vendors benefited from the improved performance of the professional PC market, which declined below the market average rate. HP remained the PC leader in the UK with a 19.9 percent share in the second quarter of 2013. Dell held onto the No. 2 position with a modest decline of 1.2 percent in the same period. Lenovo grew in both the professional and consumer PC markets, and doubled its household market share — which grew nearly 29 percent in the U.K. "Apple, ranked in the No. 6 position, managed to exhibit a decline below the market average rate, while Samsung saw the biggest impact of the improved performance of the professional PC market with a decline of over 50 percent," said Mr. Atwal.  

France: PC Shipments Fell 19.1 Percent in the Second Quarter of 2013 

PC shipments in France totaled 2 million units in the second quarter of 2013, a decrease of 19.1 percent compared with the same period in 2012 (see Table 3). 

For the fourth consecutive quarter, the PC market in France showed a strong decline and exhibited the weakest PC growth of the three major countries in Western Europe in the second quarter of 2013.

"The sharp decline in the second quarter of 2013 continued to be partly caused by the shift from notebooks to tablets, and partly because of inventory reductions in the channel that were caused by the transition to new Haswell-based products," said Isabelle Durand, principal research analyst at Gartner. 

Table 3 France: PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 2Q13 (Thousands of Units)


2Q13 Shipments

2Q13 Market Share (%)

2Q12 Shipments

2Q12 Market Share (%)

2Q12-2Q13 Growth (%)











































Note: Data includes desk-based PCs and mobile PCs. Media tablets are excluded       Source: Gartner (August 2013) 

In the second quarter of 2013, the mobile PC market accounted for 64 percent of total PC shipments in France, with volumes decreasing 21 percent. Ultraportable was the only form factor to achieve growth and represented 13 percent of all mobile PCs shipped in the second quarter. Desktop PCs declined 15 percent year-on-year. 

In the second quarter of 2013, the consumer PC market decreased 22 percent while the professional PC market declined 15 percent. "PC vendors with a strong presence in the professional PC market, such as Lenovo and Dell, performed better in this segment," said Ms. Durand. 

While HP remained in the No. 1 position it was a challenging quarter for the vendor in both the professional and consumer PC segments. Thanks to its strong performance in the consumer market Lenovo was the fastest growing vendor among the top five vendors. Dell achieved better results in the professional PC market, which helped it move to the No. 3 position in the second quarter of 2013. 

Both Acer and Asus showed steep shipment declines compared with a year ago. Their declines were partly affected by their exit from the netbook market and their further investments in Android tablets. 

"Overall, we expect the PC market in France will continue to be weak in the third quarter of 2013 despite the introduction of Haswell-based devices and Atom-based tablets," said Ms. Durand. "These new devices ought to attract users' attention and bring new growth opportunities to the PC market in France."

Germany: PC Shipments Declined 18.7 Percent in the Second Quarter of 2013 

PC shipments in Germany totaled 2.1 million units in the second quarter of 2013, a decrease of 18.7 percent compared with the same period in 2012 (see Table 4).

Table 4 Germany: PC Vendor Unit Shipment Estimates for 2Q13 (Thousands of Units)




2Q13 Market Share (%)

2Q12 Shipments

2Q12 Market Share (%)

2Q12-2Q13 Growth (%)











































Note: Data includes desk-based PCs and mobile PCs. Media tablets are excluded.  Source: Gartner (August 2013)

Mobile PC shipments declined 24.5 per cent, while desktop PC volumes decreased 10.3 percent in the second quarter of 2013. Desktops were slightly supported by sales of "all in one" models, which grew 29 percent in volume year-on-year. Consumer and professional PC demand declined 24.3 percent and 13.6 percent, respectively.

"Most PC vendors have shifted their investment from consumer PCs to tablets/hybrid form factors," said Ms. Escherich. "The challenge for them is how to protect their current PC market position while competing in a very competitive and fast-moving alternative mobile device segment. Without a solid position in the professional PC market, it will be challenging for PC vendors to defend their position and allocate investment to non-PC devices and other mobile device businesses." 

Despite flat year-on-year PC volumes, Lenovo remained in the No. 1 position in the German PC market, increasing its lead with 17.2 percent market share. Lenovo showed double-digit growth in the professional PC segment with a 12 percent increase in the second quarter of 2013. HP remained in the No. 2 spot and maintained the same market share year-on-year. HP maintained its lead in the professional and desktop PC segments, but the gap with Lenovo is widening rapidly. Both Acer and Asus lost market share year-on year, and saw respective declines of 45 percent and 18 percent as their portfolios shifted away from netbooks. Dell fared slightly better thanks to its reliance on the professional PC market, where it increased PC volumes by 11 percent in the second quarter of 2013. 

"PC demand from businesses remained weak during the second quarter of 2013, but this fits with the PC seasonality trend," said Ms. Escherich. Gartner expects slight improvement in the second half of 2013 as many businesses will need to replace or upgrade their Windows XP PCs with newer devices and get them supported by Microsoft operating system. However, businesses are not likely to move to Windows 8 yet, catching up with the Windows roadmap by moving to Windows 7 instead."

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says PC Market in Western Europe Declined 20 Percent in Second Quarter of 2013Wed, 07 Aug 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Says Go-to-Mark​et Sales Models May Be a Bigger Competitiv​e Advantage Than the Product Being Soldhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/181/gartner_says_go_to_mark___et_sales_models_may_be_a_bigger_competitiv___e_advantage_than_the_product_being_sold.htmlOne of the biggest barriers to innovation in the traditional technology providers' sales model is lack of flexibility to reinvent themselves without placing quarterly revenues at risk, according to Gartner, Inc.

"As technology has continued its unprecedented advance in recent years, the sales models used by providers to bring technology products to market have failed to keep up," said Tiffani Bova (foto), vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "The greatest innovation challenge for providers today may be in finding the means to reinvent the sales organisation and go-to-market model to meet new market demands, while at the same time continuing to protect and defend existing customers and deliver net new revenue."

One of the most consistent patterns in business is the failure of leading companies to stay on top of their industries when technologies or markets change. However, technology advancements are challenging the status quo in many ways. Because of this, the market will split into three types of provider that approach the market in very different ways — some clinging on to old models of selling to protect their installed bases, some evolving their products to compete better and some taking a revolutionary approach with radical new products and business models.

While there are numerous technology-related forces at work on sales models, the customer is also having a major impact on how providers take their products to market. Newly empowered and informed buyers are taking control of the sales cycle, which should be cause for concern for many sales leaders. Providers have long been accustomed to defining not only what customers will buy (the product), but also how they will buy it (the sales model). Where once their focus was pushing product to a large, loosely defined customer segment, now it needs to be redirected to connecting customers to their desired offering through their desired purchase experience.

"The existing ways of selling, based on specific segments, high-touch, often face-to-face sales, with a select few channels and heavy investments in lead generation marketing, are beginning to be less effective as people's buying behaviour changes, and the expectations of IT shift," said Ms Bova. "The key to moving forward is to take a customer-centred approach and adopt sales models that support customers' new buying processes, rather than fight against them."

 As the market changes, to compete successfully, providers will have to base their growth initiatives around three key areas:

  • The products and services they offer (and what need they fulfill)
  • Their target customers (beyond standard segmentations)
  • The sales models they deploy to sell to customers (a combination of direct and indirect activities)

Focusing too much on any one of these without considering the other two in the equation will reduce the overall impact of their go-to-market approach and sales performance.

It is relatively rare that providers consider all three elements when attempting to differentiate and compete in the market. By connecting them into a deliberate strategy, every crucial decision can be shaped by all three working together, and scenarios can be built to anticipate market changes and their subsequent impact.

"A connected sales model can't be created overnight, nor will it be a one-off task," said Ms Bova. "Making such, sometimes significant changes takes time and will continue to evolve with each new product introduction and new market considered. But, increasingly, providers that fail to make changes now could find themselves in a worse situation in two to three years, when technology and its buyers have advanced even further."

Additional information is available in the Gartner Special Report "The Future of IT Sales" This special report provides tools and best practices for making go-to-market choices a source of differentiation and competitive advantage, instead of an afterthought. The special report can be viewed at http://www.gartner.com/futureofitsales and includes links to reports and video commentary that examine the future of IT sales and factors driving this evolution.

Ms Bova will provide additional analysis during the Gartner webinar "The Future of IT Sales" on 13th August at 4:00pm UK time. To register for this complimentary webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/portal/server.pt?open=512&objID=202&mode=2&PageID=5553&ref=webinar-rss&resId=2546721&srcId=1-2994690285.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Says Go-to-Mark​et Sales Models May Be a Bigger Competitiv​e Advantage Than the Product Being SoldMon, 05 Aug 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Cloud Contracts Need More Transparency to Improve Risk Managementhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/180/cloud_contracts_need_more_transparency_to_improve_risk_management.htmlBuyers of commercial cloud services, especially software as a service (SaaS), are finding security provisions inadequate. Gartner, Inc. said SaaS contracts often have ambiguous terms regarding the maintenance of data confidentiality, data integrity and recovery after a data loss incident. This leads to dissatisfaction among cloud services users. It also makes it harder for service providers to manage risk and defend their risk position to auditors and regulators. 

Gartner said that, through 2015, 80 per cent of IT procurement professionals will remain dissatisfied with SaaS contract language and protections that relate to security. “We continue to see frustration among cloud services users over the form and degree of transparency they are able to obtain from prospective and current service providers,” said Alexa Bona, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. 

At a minimum, cloud services users need toensure that SaaS contracts allow for an annual security audit and certification by a third party, with an option to terminate the agreement in the event of a security breach if the provider failson any material measure. In addition, it is reasonable for cloud service buyers to ask a provider to respond to the findings of assessment tools. The Cloud Security Alliance (CSA), for example, has a Cloud Controls Matrix in the form of a spreadsheet containing control objectives deemed by participants in the CSA to be important for cloud computing. “As more buyers demand it, and as the standards mature, it will become increasingly common practice to perform assessments in a variety of ways, including reviewing responses to a questionnaire, reviewing third-party audit statements, conducting an on-site audits and/or monitoring the cloud services provider,” said Ms Bona.

Furthermore, cloud users should not assume that SaaS contracts include adequate service levels for security and recovery. “Whatever term is used to describe the specifics of the service-level agreement (SLA), IT procurement professionals expecting their data to be protected from attack, or to be restorable in case of an incident, must ensure their providers are contractually obligated to meet those expectations,” said Ms Bona. “We recommend they also include recovery time and recovery point objectives and data integrity measures in the SLAs, with meaningful penalties if these are missed.” 

As no consensus exists about how commitments to security services should be described contractually, most SaaS vendors choose to commit to as little as possible. It is crucial that some form of service, such as protection from unauthorised access by third parties, annual certification to a security standard, and regular vulnerability testing, is committed to in writing. 

The lack of meaningful financial compensation for losses of security, service or data also represents an undesirable form of risk exposure in SaaS contracts. “SaaS is a one-to-many situation in which a single service provider failure could impact thousands of customers simultaneously, so it represents a significant form of portfolio risk for the provider,” said Ms Bona. Therefore, the majority of cloud providers avoid contractual obligation for any form of compensation, other than providing service in kind or penalties in the event that they miss a service level in the contract. SaaS users should negotiate for 24 to 36 months of fee liability limits, rather than 12 months, and additional liability insurances, where possible. 

“Concerns about the risk ramifications of cloud computing are increasingly motivating security, continuity, recovery, privacy and compliance managers to participate in the buying process led by IT procurement professionals. They should continue regularly to review their cloud contract protection to ensure that IT procurement professionals make sustainable deals that contain sufficient risk mitigation,” said Ms Bona.

More detailed analysis is available in "Cloud Contracts Need Security Service Levels to Better Manage Risk", a report available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/document/2372720?ref=QuickSearch&sthkw=g00247574.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgCloud Contracts Need More Transparency to Improve Risk ManagementThu, 01 Aug 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide IT Outsourcing Market to Reach \$288 Billion in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/179/worldwide_it_outsourcing_market_to_reach__288_billion_in_2013.htmlThe worldwide IT outsourcing (ITO) market is forecast to reach \$288 billion in 2013, a 2.8 per cent increase in US dollars (and 5.1 per cent in constant currency*) from 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. Compared with Gartner's previous forecast, nearly all ITO segments are now forecast to grow more slowly during 2013. 

"We continue to see overall market growth being constrained by near-term market factors, such as evolving ITO delivery models, economic, political and labour conditions, and service provider financial performance," said Bryan Britz, research vice president at Gartner. "Mature Asia/Pacific and Western Europe are the regions where the outlook is most tempered, partly due to currency but also reflective of our view that 2013 is likely to be similar to 2012 in these regions." 

Gartner's forecast includes slight upward revisions for both custom application outsourcing and infrastructure utility services (IUS) for 2014 through 2017. Although software as a service (SaaS) impacts the ITO market, it is forecast as part of the software market, rather than as part of the ITO market. 

"Planned new adoption of ITO remains positive in all service line segments. However, constrained IT budgets, an evolving ITO delivery model, economic conditions and cost-focused buyers are limiting the growth potential of the ITO market," said Mr Britz. "Enterprise buyers pursuing hybrid IT strategies and small and midsize business buyers adopting infrastructure as a service (IaaS) are key drivers in cloud and data centre service segment growth rates. The global market size for data centre outsourcing is in gradual decline due to workloads moving to IaaS and to IUS exceeding the net-new adoption of data centre outsourcing." 

According to Gartner, accelerated buyer plans related to bring your own device (BYOD), and reduced enterprise support requirements for end-user devices produce a more tempered outlook for end-user outsourcing than in past quarters.

Outsourced support for mobile end user devices will see strong growth through 2017 due to increased enterprise adoption of mobile devices, including smartphones, tablets and other handheld devices. Desktop outsourcing, however, is in a gradual decline that would be sharper were it not for uptake in Latin America, emerging Asia/ Pacific and Greater China. 

ITO markets in emerging Asia/Pacific, Latin America and Greater China will all grow more than 13 per cent in 2013 and 2014. Expansion by multinationals into these regions, new buyers of ITO that are themselves growing organisations, and fertile economic conditions all drive the positive outlook. 

In North America, Gartner predicts that buyers will seek to transition more IT work to annuity-managed service relationships for cost takeout and more predictability in IT costs. This will keep ITO growing in the region through 2016. Economic austerity initiatives (fuelled by a reluctance to hire or make large capital purchases) and organisations pursuing asset-light IT strategies continue to push clients toward externally provided services. 

"Historically, 'run the business' costs have been less impacted by economic challenges than has discretionary spending on new projects," said Mr Britz. "Nevertheless, increased client adoption of pricing models that create volume variability is causing the ITO market to exhibit more cyclical patterns. This shift will continue as clients seek to reduce the nearly two-thirds of IT budgets devoted to operations, while shifting the expense from capital expenditure to operating expenditure through the consumption of ITO service lines." 

*Exchange rates and constant currency

Exchange rates remain a significant factor in analyzing growth in any single currency. Gartner forecasts in local currencies but typically describes results in US dollars. Movement in the dollar relative to other currencies complicates the interpretation of forecasts and can distort spending comparisons between regions that use different currencies. When the dollar depreciates against currencies of a particular region, dollar-valued spending is raised relative to local-currency-valued spending, and vice versa. The impact of dollar movements on a forecast can be determined by re-expressing it in constant currency — dollars adjusted for historical purposes and projected movements in the dollar. 

The strength of the US dollar gives the appearance of markets in decline when viewed in US dollars, but a more accurate picture of growth is seen when viewed in the local currency of these regions. Gartner forecasts can be expressed and analyzed in numerous local currencies. 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Forecast Analysis: IT Outsourcing, Worldwide, 2Q13 Update." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2543715.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Outsourcing Market to Reach \$288 Billion in 2013Wed, 17 Jul 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide PC Shipments in the Second Quarter of 2013 Declined 10.9 Per Centhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/178/worldwide_pc_shipments_in_the_second_quarter_of_2013_declined_10.9_per_cent.htmlWorldwide PC shipments dropped to 76 million units in the second quarter of 2013, a 10.9 per cent decrease from the same period last year, according to preliminary results by Gartner, Inc. This marks the fifth consecutive quarter of declining shipments, which is the longest duration of decline in the PC market’s history.

All regions showed a decline compared to a year ago. The fall in the Asia/Pacific PC market continued, showing five consecutive quarters of the shipment decline, while the EMEA PC market registered two consecutive quarters of double-digit decline.

“We are seeing the PC market reduction directly tied to the shrinking installed base of PCs, as inexpensive tablets displace the low-end machines used primarily for consumption in mature and developed markets,” said Mikako Kitagawa, principal analyst at Gartner. “In emerging markets, inexpensive tablets have become the first computing device for many people, who at best are deferring the purchase of a PC. This is also accounting for the collapse of the mini notebook market.”

HP and Lenovo's neck-and-neck competition continued. This time, Lenovo was back in the top position by only a small difference in share (download Table below). Lenovo showed mixed regional results, as it experienced strong growth in the Americas and EMEA, while showing a major decline in Asia/Pacific. Weakness in China was most likely the contributor of Lenovo’s shipment decline in the region as the majority of Lenovo’s volume came from China.

While HP was slightly behind Lenovo, HP is a market leader in key regions including the US, EMEA and Latin America. Asia/Pacific has been a weakness the last three years for HP, but preliminary second quarter results suggest an improvement of their performance in the region.

Dell’s shipments declined compared to a year ago, but its 2Q13 results showed a smaller decline than the past several quarters. Dell showed good growth in the US and Japan, but struggled to increase shipments in Asia/Pacific and EMEA. Both Acer and ASUS showed steep declines compared to the second quarter last year. The decline was partly affected by their strategies to exit the mini-notebook market.

“While Windows 8 has been blamed by some as the reason for the PC market’s decline, we believe this is unfounded as it does not explain the sustained decline in PC shipments, nor does it explain Apple’s market performance,” Ms Kitagawa said.

In the US market, PC shipments totalled 15 million units in the second quarter of 2013, a 1.4 per cent decline from the second quarter of 2012 (download Table below). This decline was less than the past seven quarters, and the market grew 8.5 per cent sequentially.

“Our preliminary results indicate that this reduced market decline was attributed to solid growth in the professional market,” Ms Kitagawa said. “Three of the major professional PC suppliers, HP, Dell and Lenovo, all registered better than US average growth rate. The end of Windows XP support potentially drove the remaining PC refresh in the US professional market.”

PC shipments in Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) were weakened in the second quarter of 2013, with a 16.8 per cent decline over the same period last year, marking the fifth consecutive quarter of decreasing shipments.

“The sharp decline in the second quarter of 2013 was partly due to the shift in usage patterns away from notebooks to tablets, and partly because the PC market was exposed to inventory reductions in the channel due to the start of the transition to new Haswell-based products,” said Isabelle Durand, principal research analyst at Gartner. “Touch-based notebooks still account for less than 10 per cent of the total consumer notebook shipments in the last quarter.”

“Shipment levels remained weak in Western Europe in the second quarter of 2013 as PC replacement rates continued to be extremely low, while the challenging economic environment is muting spending in consumer markets,” said Ms Durand. “Shipments in Eastern Europe also remained low as this is typically a quiet quarter for business buyers in the region, and consumers are predominantly looking for Android-based tablets. In the Middle East and Africa, tablet and smartphone adoption also continued to draw demand away from PCs in the second quarter of 2013.”

Despite the steep shipment decline, HP retained the top position in EMEA due to better results in the professional PC market. Lenovo was the only top five vendor to exhibit shipment growth, recording a fourth consecutive quarter of growth and taking second place in the EMEA PC vendor rankings in the second quarter of 2013.

Acer exhibited the worst performance of the second quarter with a shipment decline of 38.5 per cent year-on-year. Most of Acer’s decline resulted from its portfolio shifting away from netbooks to Android tablets. ASUS also experienced a PC shipment decline in the second quarter 2013. The drop of its netbooks continued to impact its overall notebook results.

In Asia/Pacific, PC shipments surpassed 26.8 million units in the second quarter of 2013, an 11.5 per cent decline from the first quarter of 2012. All country markets across the region showed weakness, but India performed slightly better due to a state PC tender fulfilment. China’s PC shipment remained weak as the consumer market was hampered with lack of new demand generation programs, such as subsidised PC program in the rural cities.

These results are preliminary. Final statistics will be available soon to clients of Gartner's PC Quarterly Statistics Worldwide by Region program. This program offers a comprehensive and timely picture of the worldwide PC market, allowing product planning, distribution, marketing and sales organisations to keep abreast of key issues and their future implications around the globe. Additional research can be found on Gartner's Computing Hardware section on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/it/products/research/asset_129157_2395.jsp.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide PC Shipments in the Second Quarter of 2013 Declined 10.9 Per CentThu, 11 Jul 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide IT Spending on Pace to Reach \$3.7 Trillion in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/177/worldwide_it_spending_on_pace_to_reach__3.7_trillion_in_2013.htmlWorldwide IT spending is projected to total \$3.7 trillion in 2013, a 2 per cent increase from 2012 spending of \$3.6 trillion, according to the latest forecast by Gartner, Inc. Last quarter, Gartner's forecast for 2013 IT spending growth in US dollars was 4.1 per cent. The 2.1 percentage point reduction mainly reflects the impact of recent fluctuations in US dollar exchange rates; growth in constant currency is forecast at 3.5 per cent for 2013, down only slightly from last quarter. 

The Gartner Worldwide IT Spending Forecast is the leading indicator of major technology trends across the hardware, software, IT services and telecom markets. For more than a decade, global IT and business executives have been using these highly anticipated quarterly reports to recognize market opportunities and challenges, and base their critical business decisions on proven methodologies rather than guesswork. 

"Exchange rate movements, and a reduction in our 2013 forecast for devices, account for the bulk of the downward revision of the 2013 growth," said Richard Gordon, managing vice president at Gartner. "Regionally, 2013 constant-currency spending growth in most regions has been lowered. However, Western Europe's constant-currency growth has been inched up slightly as strategic IT initiatives in the region will continue despite a poor economic outlook." 

The forecast for spending on devices in 2013 has been revised down from 7.9 per cent growth in Gartner's previous forecast to 2.8 per cent (see Table 1). The decline in PC sales, recorded in the first quarter of 2013, continued into the second quarter with little recovery expected during the second half of 2013. While new devices are set to hit the market in the second half of 2013, they will fail to compensate for the underlying weakness of the traditional PC market. The outlook for tablet revenue for 2013 is for growth of 38.9 per cent, while mobile phone revenue is projected to increase 9.3 per cent this year.

Table 1. Worldwide IT Spending Forecast (Billions of US Dollars)





Growth (%)




Growth (%)




Growth (%)








Data Centre Systems







Enterprise Software







IT Services







Telecom Services







Overall IT







Source: Gartner (July 2013)

Enterprise software spending is on pace to grow 6.4 per cent in 2013. Growth expectations for customer relationship management have been raised to reflect expanded coverage into e-commerce, social and mobile. Expectations for digital content creation and operating systems have been reduced as software as a service and changing device demands impact traditional models and markets. 

Telecom services spending is forecast to grow 0.9 per cent in 2013. Fixed broadband is showing slightly higher than anticipated growth. The impact of voice substitution is mixed as it is moving faster in the consumer sector, but slightly slower in the enterprise market. 

More-detailed analysis on the outlook for the IT industry will be presented in the webinar "IT Spending Forecast, 2Q13 Update: The Impact of Mobility on Spending." The complimentary webinar will be hosted by Gartner on 9 July at 4:00pm UK time. During the webinar, Gartner analysts will discuss their latest thinking on IT spending growth through 2017. To register for the webinar, please visit our website.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Spending on Pace to Reach \$3.7 Trillion in 2013Tue, 02 Jul 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Sixty Per Cent of Information Workers Will Interact With Content Applications via a Mobile Device by 2015http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/176/sixty_per_cent_of_information_workers_will_interact_with_content_applications_via_a_mobile_device_by_2015.htmlThe consumption of video on mobile devices for work-related purposes is on the rise, according to Gartner, Inc., bringing organisations under increasing pressure to support and manage it. Gartner predicts that by 2015, at least 60 per cent of information workers will interact with content applications via a mobile device. 

"Developing and supporting new content management applications and uses is a daunting task for organisations, which justifiably fear dissatisfaction and low adoption," said Whit Andrews, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "But the growing use of mobile devices for work demands that they support video on such equipment for internal and external uses. The challenge is more than just mobility. It also concerns heterogeneity, as Gartner predicts that, by 2014, 90 per cent of organisations will support corporate applications on a variety of personal devices, from conventional laptop PCs, media tablets and mobile phones to hybrid or other kinds of devices that have yet to be made widely available." 

Gartner says that companies and governments must respond with strategies for supporting video on such equipment, whether it is owned by them or by their workers or customers. 

"Engaging mobile workers means encouraging them to use the devices they have chosen," said Mr Andrews. "However, by the end of 2016, we expect 50 per cent of content and collaboration initiatives will fail because of low levels of engagement with the information workers directly affected by them. There will be many aspects to this, including a failure to respect the importance of preferred devices for business consumers. Even though mobile devices represent an inconvenient way to deliver video in many respects, they must be part of any business video strategy." 

Mobility means that business consumers may sometimes find themselves using different devices in different places, sometimes on weak networks. Businesses must therefore plan for adaptive delivery that allows for variable bandwidth as well as allowing for time-shifted consumption, as users that rely on mobile devices will not always have sufficient access to network resources to consume video live. 

Time-shifting video is an important benefit that many executives resist because they dislike the psychological dilution that arises when not all workers share the experience of watching a video together. Nevertheless, consumption of a given video stream increases significantly when its targets can choose their own time to consume the video, and that consumption rises even more when they can consume individual shorter segments with particular messages that are crisp and concise. 

Gartner recommends selecting vendors that support all the video formats the organisation requires. While it's true that the growth in OS centres on iOS and Android, other OSs are important to particular business or viewer segments. Enterprises should analyse viewership to determine what devices consumers are using, which are growing in usage, and which are declining. 

"Enterprises have mainly relied on their enterprise video content management vendors to supply reliable facilities for managing video content in a way that results in interoperability," said Mr Andrews. "Large-scale transcoding is beyond most companies and governments without vendor support, and we expect to see more adoption of cloud transcoding to accommodate scale. Use of a video player alleviates some challenges, but players are not popular in all situations for architectural reasons. Nor are standards to be expected to solve everything for a majority of users in the short term."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "How to Take Video Mobile With Enterprise Video Content Management." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2516615.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgSixty Per Cent of Information Workers Will Interact With Content Applications via a Mobile Device by 2015Wed, 26 Jun 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Government IT Spending Flat in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/175/worldwide_government_it_spending_flat_in_2013.htmlWorldwide IT spending by government organisations is projected to total \$449.5 billion in 2013, a slight decrease of 0.1 per cent from 2012, according to the latest forecast by Gartner, Inc. The forecast includes spending by government sector organisations on hardware, software, IT services and telecommunications. Analysts revised the growth rate downward from the previous forecast of 0.2 per cent growth, as government agencies continue to struggle against weak economic development. 

Despite decreased spending in some areas, a recent worldwide government IT spending priorities survey by Gartner indicated that mobile technologies, IT modernisation and cloud computing are the top three focus areas for 2013. Strong interest continues to grow in professional services and big data. 

“Cloud computing, in particular, continues to increase compared with prior years, driven by economic conditions and a shift from capital expenditure to operational expenditure, as well as potentially more important factors such as faster deployment and reduced risk,” said Christine Arcaris, research director at Gartner. “Other areas, such as data centre consolidation, are lower on the list than in previous years, perhaps demonstrating that they may have met resistance in a more strategic roll-out. Vendors should be ready to reposition offerings according to these changing market dynamics.” 

Survey respondents reported that they are adopting public and private cloud-based services at an increasing rate, with 30-50 per cent of organisations planning for, or having an active IT services contract within the next 12 months. While the focus initially was on software-as-a-service (SaaS) implementation, future rollouts will include infrastructure-as-a-service (IaaS) and platform-as-a-service (PaaS). 

As the top priority, mobility is increasing in importance among government agencies worldwide. Demand is strongest in government agencies with more decentralised staff and those that have a large field workforce or specialised needs (such as border patrol agents, inspectors and social workers) and that benefit from mobile investments. This next wave of technology adoption will develop over time, as agencies replace existing hardware with new mobile infrastructure and devices. 

The survey showed that momentum is building for bring-your-own-device (BYOD) programmes, but questions continue. Of the organisations surveyed, 52 per cent said employees are allowed to bring their own smartphones to work, and 50 per cent can use their own laptop, followed by tablets at 38 per cent. Vendors must also understand how growing interest in BYOD policies and strategies may impact opportunities in the government sector. Security and governance may limit the pace and adoption.

The survey also indicated that while big data is not yet a high priority among survey respondents, it is gaining momentum. The focus on government efficiency and effectiveness means opportunity for big data/analytics, as it represents an emerging focal point for specific government modernisation. 

“Government organisations have increased big data spending for improper payment systems, indicating the desire to tackle fraud, waste and abuse within agencies, as well as target upfront errors in revenue collection,” said Ms Arcaris. “While agencies are assessing how to manage, leverage and store big data, not many have addressed the challenges associated with the utilisation of content and the issues associated with merging large amounts of data onto a single platform.” Vendors must acknowledge the challenges here, and tie big data solutions back to specific agency workflows. 

Gartner conducted an expansive enterprise IT spending study from June through September 2012, encompassing respondents in 13 countries (Australia, Brazil, China, Colombia, Germany, India, Indonesia, Mexico, Russia, Singapore, South Korea, the UK and the US) to help Gartner understand enterprises' general IT spending plans for 2012 and 2013. Respondents were questioned on their general IT budget and spending plans, as well as on an expanded range of specific IT initiatives identified by Gartner. 

More detailed analysis is available in the report “User Survey Analysis: IT Spending Priorities in Government, Worldwide, 2013." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2317416
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Government IT Spending Flat in 2013Tue, 18 Jun 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide External Controller-Based Disk Storage Market Grew 0.6 Percent in First Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/174/worldwide_external_controller_based_disk_storage_market_grew_0.6_percent_in_first_quarter_of_2013.htmlWorldwide external controller-based (ECB) disk storage vendor revenue totaled \$5.5 billion in the first quarter of 2013, a 0.6 percent increase from revenue of \$5.4 billion in the first quarter of 2012, according to Gartner, Inc.                                                                            

"The first quarter 2013 results represent the 14th consecutive quarter of revenue growth," said Roger Cox, research vice president at Gartner. "However, facing the strong headwinds of a morose global macro-economy, the 0.6 percent increase is the slowest year-over-year growth rate since the fourth quarter 2009." 

EMC, Fujitsu, Hitachi/Hitachi Data Systems (HDS) and NetApp beat the year-over-year market growth rate in the first quarter. Despite a negative revenue performance by EMC's midrange portfolio, EMC gained share based on the strength of its high-end VMAX, which grew 11.5 percent annually. Leveraging its year-end fiscal quarter, Fujitsu's focus on its Eternus-branded ECB disk storage products in EMEA beat market growth in all segments of the block-access market. In a reversal of historic patterns, Hitachi/Hitachi Data Systems gained share in the first quarter of 2013 based on the performance of its midrange offerings, in particular the HUS Series and Hitachi Content Active Platform, while its high-end VSP fell short. Noting that clustered Data Ontap is gaining increased traction within its installed base and as a competitive alternative, NetApp displaced IBM as the second-largest ECB disk storage vendor in the first quarter of 2013.

Dell, HP and IBM continue to underperform the market and lose share for fundamentally the same reasons. Their new product year-over-year revenue gains are insufficient to offset the year-over-year decline of the products being replaced. Moreover, Dell may be suffering from organizational and structural issues that are hampering sales. HP continues to struggle with balancing the decline in what it classifies as "traditional storage" with its growing "converged" go-to-market models. IBM's strategy of emphasizing its IP-based disk storage products is gaining traction, but is not yet strong enough to offset declines in technology sourced from NetApp. 

On a regional basis, EMEA remains in the grasp of a recession and grew only 1.7 percent in the first quarter of 2013. North America suffered from a deadlock between its executive and legislative branches of government, which impacted growth in the quarter. Asia/Pacific macros, particularly in China, are losing luster, which slowed growth to 1.7 percent in the first quarter of 2013.

Gartner ECB disk storage reports reflect vendor-branded hardware-only revenue, as well as hardware revenue associated with financial leases and managed services. Optional and separately priced storage software revenue and storage area network infrastructure components are excluded.

Additional information on the ECB disk storage market is available in the Gartner "Quarterly Statistics: Disk Array Storage, All Regions, All Countries, 1Q13 Update." The report includes vendor market share by data access method, price band, sales channel and operating system segmentation. The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2504815.

The release (with Tables) is also available online here: http://www.gartner.com/newsroom/id/2514916

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide External Controller-Based Disk Storage Market Grew 0.6 Percent in First Quarter of 2013Thu, 13 Jun 2013 00:00:00 +0200
By 2019, 90 Per Cent of Organisations Will Have Personal Data on IT Systems They Don't Own or Controlhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/173/by_2019__90_per_cent_of_organisations_will_have_personal_data_on_it_systems_they_don_t_own_or_control.htmlOrganisations should create a privacy programme that keeps personal data at arm's length, but under control, according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner predicts that by 2019, 90 per cent of organisations will have personal data on IT systems that they don't own or control. 
Organisations have traditionally been the target of security threats, and until recently, those hackers focused on attacking vulnerable IT infrastructure. As protection for such infrastructure improves, the attackers' attention shifts to softer targets, such as employees, contract workers, customers, citizens and patients. 

"As the amount of personal information increases multifold, individuals and their personal data will increasingly become a security target. And, yet in most scenarios the organisation is still ultimately accountable for the personal data on its IT systems," said Carsten Casper, research vice president at Gartner. "The time has come to create an exit strategy for the management of personal data. Strategic planning leaders will want to move away from storing and processing personal data in the next five years." 

"The PCI Data Security Standard (DSS) requires the implementation of stringent controls of those who collect and store credit card data. In response, many companies have decided to eliminate credit card data from their own systems and completely entrust it to an external service provider," said Mr Casper. "The same could happen with personal data. If control requirements are too strong and implementation is too costly, it would make sense to hand over personal data to a specialised 'personal-data processor'" 

Gartner has identified the following steps to prepare for such a strategy: 

Create Clear Delineations Between Personal and Nonpersonal Data

The first step should be to create a policy that draws a clear line between data that relates to human beings and data that does not. The former category includes contact information and health and financial information, as well as an internet protocol address, geolocation data and other traces an individual leaves in the online world. The latter category especially includes business plans, corporate financial data and intellectual property. Separating the two is necessary, because different laws apply. 

The true challenge resides in handling data that can fall into both categories. Whether an organisation decides for or against declaring certain types of data as "personal data" depends on the organisation's risk appetite. In most cases, companies tend to prefer to risk a little rebuke from a regulator rather than having to re-engineer complete business processes. 

Put a Fence Around Personal Data

Even the best data protection policy is worthless if you can't live by it. Locating and documenting personal data have to go hand-in-hand with creating the policy. Once personal data has been located, it needs to be protected. Encryption is the most widely used protective control. An additional challenge exists where the organisation does not own the underlying IT infrastructure — be it a mobile device or a cloud environment. 

Favour Purpose-Built Over General-Purpose Applications

Personal data should not be combined with other data, if possible. Any technology that processes personal data in the same way it processes nonpersonal data creates a risk. Content should be analysed before decisions are made about protection. Such decisions are easier if employee performance information is stored in an HR management system, customer information is stored in a customer relationship management system, and financial and business information is stored in an enterprise resource planning system. 

Adhere to Privacy Standards, or Create Your Own

Compliance with dozens of privacy laws and cultural expectations from multiple regions can be costly. Privacy standards simplify control frameworks, audits and information exchange, especially in scenarios where many players and stakeholders are involved. Regardless of the specific privacy standard and cross-border transfer mechanism used, the most difficult challenge for organisations is to make such rules binding on all entities involved, including all employees, and accept liability in cases where employees or customers suffer harm. 

Logical Location Rules Over Physical and Legal Location

Privacy expectations are still influenced by laws, and jurisdictions have physical boundaries. This collides with the IT reality of cloud and mobile computing. The physical location is the location where the electrons and bytes are stored. Given that this information can be accessed from the other end of the world in a fraction of a second, the physical location should be increasingly irrelevant. Yet this physical location is still what many regulators insist on, although the legal location should be most relevant from a regulatory perspective. 

Companies and service providers prefer to move toward a more pragmatic approach — the logical location. As an example, personal data might be stored in a data centre of a US cloud provider, which is operated by a third-party service provider from India. However, data is encrypted, the Indian IT employees manage only routers and servers, and only European employees of the client can actually see the data. These employees are located in Europe, and bound by a European employment contract and European privacy laws. Logically, the data is in Europe, although legally and physically, it may be somewhere else.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Let Go of Personal Data Without Losing Control." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2500616.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBy 2019, 90 Per Cent of Organisations Will Have Personal Data on IT Systems They Don't Own or ControlWed, 12 Jun 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Business Intelligence, CPM and Analytic Applications / Performance Management Software Market Grew Seven Per Cent in 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/172/worldwide_business_intelligence__cpm_and_analytic_applications___performance_management_software_market_grew_seven_per_cent_in_2012.htmlWorldwide business intelligence (BI), corporate performance management (CPM) and analytics applications/performance management software revenue totalled \$13.1 billion in 2012, a 6.8 per cent increase from 2011 revenue of \$12.3 billion, according to Gartner, Inc. Tough macro conditions and confusion related to emerging technology terms led to more muted market growth than in previous years. 

"After a few historic banner years of spend in the BIsoftware market, which culminated in more than 17 per cent growth in 2011, growth was more subdued in 2012, at seven per cent," said Dan Sommer, principal research analyst at Gartner. "While this seems like a dramatic drop, it was in line with our forecasts published during 2012." 

Gartner identified five key market dynamics that affected BI software spend and growth in 2012. The first two of these — challenging macro economics and term confusion around "analytics," "big data" and "BI" — had a negative impact on market growth while the third — BI spending moving outside of IT, causing the semantic layer to go into maintenance mode — had a neutral effect. However, the fourth and fifth dynamics — data discovery becoming a mainstream architecture and software as a service (SaaS), while still emerging, being the preferred option for granular analytics — were drivers of market growth. 

While all five of the top five BI software vendors retained their top five status, IBM and SAS exchanged places to move IBM into third position and SAS into fourth (see Table 1). IBM grew 9.9 per cent in 2012, with revenue of \$1.6 billion. The top five vendors together accounted for 70 per cent of the total BI software market revenue. 

In first place, SAP once again had significantly higher revenue than any other vendor at \$2.9 billion with 22.1 per cent of the market, although this was up by just 0.6 per cent from 2011. Second-place Oracle's revenue grew by 2.0 per cent from 2011 to reach \$1.9 billion. Fifth-place Microsoft enjoyed the highest growth of the top five vendors in 2012, with revenue rising by 12.2 per cent compared with 2011, to reach \$1.2 billion.

Table 1. Top 5 BI, CPM and Analytic Applications/Performance Management Vendors, Worldwide, 2011-2012 (Millions of Dollars)



Share (%)



Growth (%)




































Note: SAP reports in Euros, and faced currency head wind that hampered growth in USD.
Source: Gartner (June 2013)

"The business intelligence space managed to grow by a reasonable seven per cent in 2012, despite difficult macro conditions, being on the tail end of a spending cycle, and confusion related to emerging technology terms causing a hold on purse strings," said Mr Sommer. "On the positive side, data discovery became a mainstream architecture in 2012 and the vendors built on this paradigm gained market share, while most semantically layered BI platforms grew in the single digits, at best. Cloud-based buying is also starting to make an imprint on the radar, showing substantial growth, although cloud still accounts for a smaller portion of the BI market compared with other application markets." 

On a regional level, Europe and Latin America showed subpar growth because of tough macro conditions and currency headwinds, which impacted vendors with a heavy weighting toward those geographies. Eurasia, the Middle East and Africa, and Asia/Pacific, however, continued to display double-digit growth patterns. 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Market Share Analysis: Business Intelligence, Analytics and Performance Management, 2012." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2477022.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Business Intelligence, CPM and Analytic Applications / Performance Management Software Market Grew Seven Per Cent in 2012Thu, 06 Jun 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Server Shipments Declined 0.7 Per Cent; Revenue Declined 5 Per Cent in First Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/171/worldwide_server_shipments_declined_0.7_per_cent__revenue_declined_5_per_cent_in_first_quarter_of_2013.htmlIn the first quarter 2013, worldwide server shipments declined 0.7 per cent year-on-year, while revenue declined 5.0 per cent from the first quarter of 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. 

“The first quarter of 2013 was certainly not a strong period for the server market on a global level,” said Jeffrey Hewitt, research vice president at Gartner. “The only regions to post increases were Asia/Pacific and the United States, with Asia/Pacific showing the strongest growth with shipment and revenue increases of 7 per cent and 1.7 per cent, respectively. While these two regions grew in both shipments and revenue, it was not enough to offset the declines of the other geographies--all of which declined in server shipments and revenue for the quarter.” 

“x86 server shipment growth was flat in the quarter, while revenue increased 1.8 per cent. RISC/Itanium Unix servers declined globally for the period, down 38.8 per cent in shipments and down 35.8 per cent in vendor revenue compared to the same quarter last year. The ‘other’ CPU category, which is primarily mainframes, exhibited an increase of 3.6 per cent in worldwide revenue.” 

IBM had the lead in the worldwide server market based on revenue. The company totalled just over \$3 billion in server vendor revenue worldwide, with a total share of 25.5 per cent in the first quarter of 2013. This share was down 2.5 percentage points from the same period in 2012. In the first quarter of 2013, system x accounted for 29.3 per cent of IBM’s total server revenue. 

All of the top five vendors suffered revenue declines in the first quarter of 2013 except for Dell which grew 14.4 per cent.

Table 1
Worldwide: Server Vendor Revenue Estimates, 1Q13 (U.S. Dollars)




Share (%)



Share (%)

Growth (%)











































Source: Gartner (May 2013)

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Server Shipments Declined 0.7 Per Cent; Revenue Declined 5 Per Cent in First Quarter of 2013Tue, 28 May 2013 00:00:00 +0200
PC Market in Western Europe Declined 20.5 Per Cent in First Quarter of 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/170/pc_market_in_western_europe_declined_20.5_per_cent_in_first_quarter_of_2013.htmlPC shipments in Western Europe totalled 12.3 million units in the first quarter of 2013, a decline of 20.5 per cent from the corresponding period of 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. (see Table 1).

"The first quarter of 2013 brought the worst quarterly decline in Western Europe since Gartner started tracking PC shipments in this region," said Meike Escherich, principal research analyst at Gartner. "Wide availability of Windows 8-based PCs could not boost consumer PC purchases during the quarter. Although the new Metro-style user interface suits new form factors, users wonder about its suitability for traditional PCs — non-touchscreen desktops and notebooks."

All PC segments in Western Europe exhibited year-on-year declines in the first quarter of 2013. Mobile and desktop PC shipments fell by 24.6 per cent and 13.8 per cent, respectively. Shipments to the professional PC market declined by 17.2 per cent, while those to the consumer PC market decreased by 23.7 per cent.

HP and Acer both recorded declines of over 30 per cent. However, despite seeing its consumer notebook volumes halve during this quarter, HP remained the market leader.

Lenovo and Apple were the only top-five vendors to record growth. Lenovo was again the fastest-growing vendor, with growth in both desktop and notebook PC shipments. This enabled it to close the gap with Acer, which held on to second place. Lenovo continued to expand in the consumer PC sector by winning share from both Acer and HP, and by being aggressive in the professional PC market, where it competed closely with HP and Dell.

"The battle for consumer wallet share continues between different devices," said Ms Escherich. "The PC is the first to fall by the wayside as usage patterns shift toward smartphones and tablets. This ongoing trend will have a profound impact on the size of the installed base of PCs," said Ms Escherich.




Share (%)


Share (%)

Growth (%)











































Note: Data includes desk-based PCs and mobile PCs. Media tablets are excluded.
Source: Gartner (May 2013)


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgPC Market in Western Europe Declined 20.5 Per Cent in First Quarter of 2013Wed, 15 May 2013 00:00:00 +0200
CIOs Will Need to Manage Both Technology and Business Innovation to Gain Competitive Advantage with Big Datahttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/169/cios_will_need_to_manage_both_technology_and_business_innovation_to_gain_competitive_advantage_with_big_data.htmlCIOs must realise that innovation needs to go well beyond the technology used to manage big data, according to Gartner, Inc. To get maximum value, organisations will need to seek and embrace innovation in the way business problems are analysed with big data. 

"Big data requires an organisation to embrace innovation on two levels," said Hung LeHong, research vice president at Gartner. "First, the technology itself is innovative. Second, organisations must be willing to innovate in the way they perform decision support and analytics. This second reason is not a technology challenge, but rather a process and change management challenge. 

"Big data technologies bring innovative ways of analysing existing business problems and opportunities. New data sources and new analytics can improve the organisation in ways that have never been used before." 

Big data's ability to analyse unstructured data in large volumes and from disparate sources leads to innovative opportunities. In most cases, there has been very little precedence for the ways big data can add value to an organisation. It was never possible to run these kinds of analyses or access these new types of data. Seeking value from big data technologies requires innovative thinking and a willingness to accept and trust these sources and methods. CIOs should treat big data projects as innovation projects that will require change management efforts. The business will need time to trust new data sources and new analytics and organisations should start small with pilots that allow full transparency on the data, the analytics and the resulting insight. 

However, big data isn't just about the large sources of external data, such as public social network data. Creative CIO thinking can unearth valuable information sources already inside the organisation that are underused. 

"Perhaps CIOs feel more comfortable starting with internal data sources, because the thinking is that much of it is already being managed by IT," said Mr LeHong. "However, in many cases, these internal data sources are not controlled by IT at all. For example, call centre recordings, security camera footage and operational data from manufacturing equipment all represent potential internal sources of data to investigate, but they are usually not under the control of IT." 

Therefore, CIOs and their teams will need to work with the business to fully understand the pockets of data that are available. With some creative thinking, even data that is already captured can be made richer. Organisations that use big data technologies can afford to keep the full, raw data, building up rich sources of data that can provide new insight. However, CIOs will need to ensure that there is always a clear business purpose and outcome for storing this new data. 

Internal data has an additional advantage. It is a good starting point for big data projects because the organisation already owns the data, and it may be easier and/or less costly than accessing external data sources. Also, compared with external sources, the organisation will be more likely to trust the internal data because it comes from its own systems, logs and other assets. 

Some organisations have used big data technologies to make existing analytics faster. Although technology may enable faster speed, getting business value from that speed often requires process changes. 

Gartner research shows early adopter organisations that implemented faster analytical capabilities changed their processes to get the maximum benefit from the speed. For some organisations, the speed in analysis provides the ability to include a full week of sales data when running analytics, such as price/promotion/markdown optimisation. In the past, because these optimisations would take a day to run, Sunday's sales data often did not make it into the calculations. Now, with the ability to run the optimisations in minutes, organisations can include the full week's data — making their optimisations immediately up to date with market activity. 

"CIOs must ensure that big data projects that improve analytical speed always include a process redesign effort that aims at getting maximum benefit from that speed," said Mr LeHong. "Before pursuing big data investments, ensure that the evaluating team has a clear understanding of how faster analytics will lead to an improved business outcome — and build this into the business case." 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "CIO Advisory: Getting Value from Big Data Requires Innovative Business Thinking and Process Change." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2293217

Additional information is available in the Gartner Special Report "Long Range Trends, Scenarios & Planning for Business Executives & CIOs." The special report can be viewed at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/cio-trends/ and includes links to reports and video commentary that examine long-view scenarios, perspectives and advice to help CIOs harness business shifts before their competitors.

Gartner will examine the business trends and implications for IT during the complimentary webinar, "Chief Executive Concerns and the IT Implications" taking place today, 7 May at 2:00pm and 5:00pm BST. To register for the webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/portal/server.pt?open=512&objID=202&mode=2&PageID=5553&resId=2392415&ref=Webinar-Calendar.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgCIOs Will Need to Manage Both Technology and Business Innovation to Gain Competitive Advantage with Big DataTue, 07 May 2013 00:00:00 +0200
CEO and Senior Business Executive Survey Shows 52 Per Cent of CEOs Have a Digital Strategyhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/168/ceo_and_senior_business_executive_survey_shows_52_per_cent_of_ceos_have_a_digital_strategy.html2013 will be a turning point year as CEOs and senior executives, by a ratio of more than four to one, plan to increase IT investment in 2013, rather than cut it, according to a recent survey by Gartner, Inc. The 2013 Gartner CEO and Senior Executive Survey found that, as macro uncertainties abate, 78 per cent of CEOs now feel able to plan their 2013 and 2014 investments and growth. 

The Gartner CEO and Senior Executive Survey of more than 390 senior business leaders in user organisations worldwide was conducted between October and December 2012. Qualified organisations were those with annual revenue of \$250 million or more. The survey results show that while major political and economic uncertainties obstructed business investment last year, the fog is now clearing, and digital will play a prominent role in CEOs' 2013 plans. 

"This is the year when business leadership teams must commit to investing bravely and deeply to redevelop the technology and information capability of their firms," said Mark Raskino, vice president and Gartner fellow. "After more than a decade of modest investment and sorting out the basics, it's time to think ahead. Business leaders tell us they recognise the need to invest in e-commerce, mobile, cloud, social and other major technology categories, and the capabilities they enable. That can't be done from within existing IT budgets alone." 

Gartner's CEO and senior executive survey showed that many business leaders think they have a digital strategy, as 52 per cent of survey respondents said that they have a digital strategy. 

"CEOs and leadership teams must crystallise what they mean by digital strategy and work with a small subgroup from the executive team to define what 'digital' means and how it manifests in the broader business strategy," said Jorge Lopez, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "They must ensure all elements of the digital strategy link clearly to the core business strategy, and that they do not form an independent, possibly distracting, programme of change." 

Business leaders intend to change the mix of leadership talent needed to make that change — with chief data officers, chief digital officers and new heads of innovation on the way. The survey found that 19 per cent of business leaders expect to see a chief digital officer by 2014, and 17 per cent expect to see a chief data officer. 

"CIOs should embrace growing digital, data and innovation needs, and not stand back from them," said Mr Lopez. "CIOs who intend to stay with their firms for longer than two years should be developing digital business, business information governance and innovation leadership capabilities in themselves and in their teams. CIOs who intend to retire or step back into other roles should help their organisations by incubating next-generation talent in the areas of digital media, information exploitation, and digitally enabled product and service innovation. This can be done inside as well as outside the IT department." 

"A number of organisations are already making new, very big bets in information and technology innovation that run to hundreds of millions of dollars of fresh investment," Mr Raskino continued. "The greater risk now is assuming that your lacklustre technology capability can remain a 'back burner' issue for another couple of years." 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "CEO and Senior Executive Survey 2013: As Uncertainty Recedes, the Digital Future Emerges." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2387715.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgCEO and Senior Business Executive Survey Shows 52 Per Cent of CEOs Have a Digital StrategyTue, 09 Apr 2013 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide IT Spending on Pace to Reach \$3.8 Trillion in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/167/worldwide_it_spending_on_pace_to_reach__3.8_trillion_in_2013.htmlWorldwide IT spending is projected to total \$3.8 trillion in 2013, a 4.1 per cent increase from 2012 spending of \$3.6 trillion, according to the latest forecast by Gartner, Inc. Currency effects are less pronounced this quarter with growth in constant dollars forecast at 4 per cent for 2013.

The Gartner Worldwide IT Spending Forecast is the leading indicator of major technology trends across the hardware, software, IT services and telecom markets. For more than a decade, global IT and business executives have been using these highly anticipated quarterly reports to recognise market opportunities and challenges, and base their critical business decisions on proven methodologies rather than guesswork.

"Although the United States did avoid the fiscal cliff, the subsequent sequestration, compounded by the rise of Cyprus' debt burden, seems to have netted out any benefit, and the fragile business and consumer sentiment throughout much of the world continues," said Richard Gordon, managing vice president at Gartner. "However, the new shocks are expected to be short-lived, and while they may cause some pauses in discretionary spending along the way, strategic IT initiatives will continue."

Worldwide devices spending (which includes PCs, tablets, mobile phones and printers) is forecast to reach \$718 billion in 2013, up 7.9 per cent from 2012 (see Table 1). Despite flat spending on PCs and a modest decline in spending on printers, a short-term boost to spending on premium mobile phones has driven an upward revision in the devices sector growth for 2013 from Gartner's previous forecast of 6.3 per cent.

Table 1. Worldwide IT Spending Forecast (Billions of US Dollars)





Growth (%)




Growth (%)




Growth (%)








Data Centre Systems







Enterprise Software







IT Services







Telecom Services







Overall IT







Source: Gartner (March 2013)

"The global steady growth rates are a calm ocean that hides turbulent currents beneath," said John Lovelock, research vice president at Gartner. "The Nexus of Forces — social, mobile, cloud and information — are reshaping spending patterns across all of the IT sectors that Gartner forecasts. Consumers and businesses will continue to purchase a mix of IT products and services; nothing is going away completely. However, the ratio of this mix is changing dramatically and there are clear winners and losers over the next three to five years, as we see more of a transition from PCs to mobile phones, from servers to storage, from licensed software to cloud, or the shift in voice and data connections from fixed to mobile." 

The outlook for 2013 for data center systems spending is forecast to grow 3.7 per cent in 2013, down 0.7 per cent from Gartner's previous forecast. This reduction is largely due to cuts to the near-term forecast for spending on external storage and the enterprise in the economically troubled EMEA region. 

Worldwide enterprise software spending is forecast to total \$297 billion in 2013, a 6.4 per cent increase from 2012. Although the growth for this segment remains unchanged from Gartner's previous forecast, this belies significant changes at a market level, as stronger growth expectations for database management systems (DBMS), data integration tools and supply chain management compensate for lower growth expectations for IT operations management and operating systems software. 

While the outlook for IT services remains relatively unchanged since last quarter, continued hesitation among buyers is fostering hypercompetition and cost pressure in mature IT outsourcing (ITO) segments and reallocation of budget away from new projects in consulting and implementation. 

The global telecom services market continues to be the largest IT spending market and will remain roughly flat over the new several years, with declining spending on voice services counterbalanced by strong growth in spending on mobile data services. 

More-detailed analysis on the outlook for the IT industry will be presented in the webinar "IT Spending Forecast, 1Q13 Update: The Nexus of Forces Effect on Spending." The complimentary webinar will be hosted by Gartner on 2 April 2 at 4:00pm UK time. During the webinar, Gartner analysts will look at where IT spending is headed in 2013. To register for the webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com

Gartner's IT spending forecast methodology relies heavily on rigorous analysis of sales by thousands of vendors across the entire range of IT products and services. Gartner uses primary research techniques, complemented by secondary research sources, to build a comprehensive database of market size data upon which to base its forecast. The Gartner quarterly IT spending forecast delivers a unique perspective on IT spending across hardware, software, IT services and telecommunications segments. These reports help Gartner clients understand market opportunities and challenges. The most recent IT spending forecast research is available at http://www.gartner.com. This Quarterly IT Spending Forecast section includes links to the latest IT spending reports, webinars, blog posts and press releases.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Spending on Pace to Reach \$3.8 Trillion in 2013Thu, 28 Mar 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Service-Led Solutions Will Displace Traditional Sourcing Approaches Through 2015http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/166/service_led_solutions_will_displace_traditional_sourcing_approaches_through_2015.htmlThe drive of organisations toward increased standardisation of infrastructure, applications and business processes, combined with expanding and more comprehensive provider ecosystems, shows that service-led solutions will displace traditional sourcing approaches through 2015, according to Gartner, Inc. To remain relevant, IT service providers must bridge legacy offerings and new services based on new technologies, new delivery models and new architectures. 

"The IT services market plays a key role in bridging legacy offerings and new cloud delivery paradigms. IT services providers able to adapt to change, improve competitiveness and identify growth opportunities will thrive," said Eric Rocco, managing vice president at Gartner. "Growth opportunities certainly exist for service providers with life cycle solutions in relation to the Nexus of Forces (cloud, social, mobile and information). However, this requires IT services providers to adapt to significant changes, including the growing influence of business leaders in technology investment decisions." 

Gartner predicts that the overall IT services market will grow 5.2 per cent in 2013 and continue strong growth through 2016. Growth will largely come from changes and opportunities brought on by the Nexus of Forces and newer delivery models, although not exclusively in the consulting and implementation segments. 

Segments will not grow uniformly. Hardware support and software support are among the lower-growth opportunities in the IT services market while cloud-based Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and business process as a service (BPaaS) are growing strongly at 13.1 per cent and 47.3 per cent, respectively, in 2013. Agility, not cost, will be the primary reason that many organisations adopt cloud computing. Hybrid IT environments will dominate client IT architectures through 2016, underscoring the importance of skills in the old-world legacy environments as well as the new world "as a service" operating models. 

"The big squeeze is on for early IT services providers to achieve sustainable value-based differentiation," said Mr Rocco. "This challenge is prominent in a time when economic uncertainty persists to the point of being essentially a certainty in its own right. Providers must be recognised by clients for delivering tangible business improvement to alleviate the cost reduction pressure, or they simply won't prosper or ultimately survive." 

With this in mind, Gartner has identified three recommendations for IT service providers in 2013: 
  • Stop undifferentiated bland marketing messages. Cost reduction focus ignores opportunities to improve the business. Emphasise business value and modernisation/extension to transform clients' existing operations. Differentiate using value. Reinforce with references, and in doing so establish credibility and build trust to grow relationships with business buyers. Pricing models must also reflect the value being impacted. Providers must evolve unit-based pricing to outcome-based and value-based pricing.
  • Reinvent the service portfolio. Restructure the portfolio of services delivered to heighten focus and impact. Asset-based and Internet Protocol-based service offerings are critical elements of future competitiveness. Assess, prioritise and invest in productising of existing IP assets. Modernise service delivery factories as fast as possible. Promote the value of process enhancement technologies and services (PETS) to your business process outsourcing (BPO) clients.
  • Determine if your business model is based on scale or specialisation. Services themselves will continue to commoditise. Not all providers need to be business transformation enablers, but only providers focused on operational efficiencies driven by scale and cost discipline should bother committing longer term to services that are clearly more mature and rapidly commoditising, such as segments of the infrastructure outsourcing marketplace. Gartner research suggests it will be increasingly difficult for scale-based business models and highly specialised, higher-margin business models to successfully coexist within the same provider.
 "Thriving, let alone surviving, in these conditions is equally challenging for established market share leaders, as it is disruptive for new entrants," said Mr Rocco. "Specialised skills, global delivery, verticalised service portfolios and satisfied customer references have formed the foundation of success for IT services providers in a competitive market. Nevertheless, these critical success factors are growing more complex and demanding. The strategic decision to build future value through scale or through specialisation is now the paramount determination that faces all IT service providers."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "The Gartner Scenario for IT Services Providers: The Future of IT Services." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2355415.
More information on IT services and outsourcing trends and strategies will be provided at the Gartner Outsourcing & Strategic Partnerships Summit 2013, 9-10 September in London, UK, and 23-25 September in Orlando, Florida. Details on the London Summit can be found at www.gartner.com/eu/outsourcing.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgService-Led Solutions Will Displace Traditional Sourcing Approaches Through 2015Wed, 20 Mar 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Second-Screen Users Will Drive Social TV Activitieshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/165/second_screen_users_will_drive_social_tv_activities.htmlSecond-screen devices combined with customised content, interactive apps and loyalty programmes will fuel the behaviour of social TV consumers over the next 24 months, according to Gartner, Inc. 

Social TV describes consumer engagement, communication and interaction while watching television. Gartner said social TV activities can enhance the value of the TV experience for consumers and offer opportunities to add new users, drive engagement and open up new advertising opportunities through existing social networks. 

"Second-screen devices such as tablets, smartphones and ultrabooks are likely to be the principal force behind social TV experiences as companion apps are increasingly written for that experience," said Michael Gartenberg, research director at Gartner. "A combination of content integration, social interaction and loyalty programmes are the key activities that will make up the social TV experience." 

Long-term efforts to connect traditional TV broadcasts to the Internet have largely been limited to either content companion websites or connected devices such as TVs and set-top boxes (STBs) and that none of these approaches has led to the creation of a true social TV experience for consumers. However, three parts of this experience are now in the process of being combined into a holistic social TV experience delivered primarily through companion devices: 
  1. The use of social networks such as Facebook and Twitter to allow users to create and check status updates as they engage in real-time conversations related to TV programming
  2. Apps that deliver bonus programming, tighter community engagement and larger social interaction through second-screen devices
  3. Incentive programs that allow for more direct engagement with content to generate loyalty through rewards, check-ins and other gamification methods
These efforts have begun to bear fruit in terms of consumer adoption. Rather than delivering traditional Internet services such as web browsing or social media sites to a connected TV, there has been a shift to companion screens, such as media tablets, that show the benefits of the connected experience and the new activities that are now possible. Most social TV experiences are solely delivered through companion apps for portable devices rather than the TV or STB. 

The growth of smartphones, media tablets and ultrabooks and their fast consumer adoption, combined with the rise and ubiquity of consumer social networks, has led to the first integration of consumer social actions to the TV experience and is now transforming expanded activities that can be leveraged by hardware vendors, content providers and advertisers to capture consumer attention. 

"TV and video content providers such as cable companies have a great opportunity to target heavy users with social TV in order to reduce potential churn," said Mr Gartenberg. "The time to take advantage of this opportunity is right now as social TV services have not yet been dominated by a single solution and the market is far from saturated." 

Some services have begun to embrace the social connection and are driving interaction between TV viewers, while others are using social TV to create loyalty programs that reward viewers for both watching and engaging with content. The net result of these activities will help turn users away from time-shifted catch-up TV experiences, and the commercial-skipping activity associated with them, and back toward live broadcasts. Loyalty programmes that add value for consumers will, in particular, help drive engagement with TV content. 

The use of companion apps for social TV experience, combined with hardware additions for command and control, will present another incremental use for second-screen devices as well as creating additional perceived value as people spend more time using them. Gartner expects to see device vendors working with social TV apps to not only deliver content and services but also command and control functions for other hardware devices such as TVs, games consoles and audio systems. 

Although social TV will be driven by second-screen devices, the television is expected to remain the primary device for sharing video content in the home. Connected TVs will give access to a much wider range of content via the Internet, offering the possibility of worldwide video sharing, which will also extend the social TV experience beyond local friends and into a truly global arena. In this case it will be the addition of a second screen that will drive the social experience. 

"Watching TV was historically a social activity, either as a shared viewing experience or as the topic of post-viewing discussion and analysis," said Mr Gartenberg. "The power of extending shared TV viewing, commenting and critiquing, combined with new ways of offering recommendations to friends, have already proved successful in existing social networks. Embracing and extending these activities to second-screen social TV experiences will drive stronger consumer loyalty, extend the value of brands and content properties and accelerate the curve of both content success and failure in terms of consumer adoption." 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Market Trends: Second Screen Users Will Drive Social TV Activities." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2357015.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgSecond-Screen Users Will Drive Social TV ActivitiesWed, 20 Mar 2013 00:00:00 +0100
European CRM Budgets Remain Strong in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/164/european_crm_budgets_remain_strong_in_2013.htmlA recent survey of 119 end-user organisations in Europe conducted by Gartner, Inc. found that 48 per cent will increase their budget for customer relationship management (CRM) initiatives in 2013. Only 5 per cent will decrease their CRM budget this year, down from 9 per cent in 2012. 

The survey, conducted in the fourth quarter of 2012, investigated the 2013 CRM plans of organisations that together represented over 20 industries and 33 countries in Europe. 

"The upward trend we are witnessing confirms organisations' commitment to improving the management of their customer relationships, despite the volatile economic environment across Europe," said Jim Davies, research director at Gartner. 

Gartner predicts that CRM software revenue in Europe will total \$3 billion in 2013, up 7 per cent from last year. "In 2013, investments in CRM will continue to focus on technologies that help drive loyalty, satisfaction and revenue growth. As a result, investment in technologies that drive sales and marketing performance, such as lead management software and digital marketing, will be complemented by technologies that can help deliver, and understand, a consistent cross-channel customer experience," said Mr Davies. 

survey respondents reported on the primary objectives of their CRM initiatives in 2013. For the third consecutive year, increasing customer satisfaction was the No. 1 objective. The survey also uncovered some changes in the top half of the rankings, with objectives linked to cutting costs associated with sales, marketing and customer service disappearing from this half. This reinforces the emphasis that will be placed on customer strategy during 2013. 

While the desire to create a "single view of the customer" was ranked the No. 3 objective in 2013, customer data and information, which is paramount to a comprehensive and accurate understanding of the customer, has increased in importance and become the biggest challenge in 2013. 

Having a single view of the customer is fundamental to an organisation's ability to understand customers' needs, perspectives and aspirations. It is also essential for optimising sales, marketing and support functions. "Obtaining this single view is, however, complex and requires a master data management strategy that encompasses an increasingly diverse set of data formats and sources, including feedback from customers themselves," said Mr Davies. 

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Survey Analysis: European Organizations Crave a Single View of the Customer in 2013," available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2272217.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgEuropean CRM Budgets Remain Strong in 2013Thu, 28 Feb 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide Public Cloud Services Market to Total \$131 Billion in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/163/worldwide_public_cloud_services_market_to_total__131_billion_in_2013.htmlThe public cloud services market is forecast to grow 18.5 per cent in 2013 to total \$131 billion worldwide, up from \$111 billion in 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. Infrastructure as a service (IaaS), including cloud compute, storage and print services, continued as the fastest-growing segment of the market, growing 42.4 per cent in 2012 to \$6.1 billion and expected to grow 47.3 per cent in 2013 to \$9 billion. 

Cloud advertising continues to be the largest segment of the cloud services market, comprising 48 per cent of the total market in 2012. Gartner predicts that from 2013 through 2016, \$677 billion will be spent on cloud services worldwide, \$310 billion of which will be spent on cloud advertising. 

"The continued growth of the cloud services market will result from the adoption of cloud services for production systems and workloads, in addition to the development and testing scenarios that have led as the most prominent use case for public cloud services to date," said Ed Anderson, research director at Gartner. "Evidence of this growth is found in the increasing demand for cloud services from end-user organisations, met by an increased supply of cloud services from suppliers." 

Although there is wide variation between cloud services market subsegments, strong demand is anticipated for all types of cloud services offerings. The cloud business process services segment (BPaaS) is the second-largest market segment after cloud advertising, comprising 28 per cent of the total market in 2012, followed by cloud application services (software as a service [SaaS]) at 14.7 per cent, cloud system infrastructure services (IaaS) at 5.5 per cent, cloud management and security services at 2.8 per cent, and cloud application infrastructure services (platform as a service [PaaS]) at one per cent. 

Market dynamics vary substantially when considering the cloud services market size and market growth across the different regions of the world. In general, the emerging markets in Asia/Pacific, Latin America, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and North Africa show the highest growth rates, while representing the smallest overall markets. China is the exception, being both a large and growing market. Likewise, the mature markets of North America, Western Europe, Japan and the mature Asia/Pacific countries constitute the larger, but slower-growth, markets. 

"Although forecast growth is generally high across all regions, the adoption of cloud services varies significantly by country. Providers should not assume that a generic strategy applied to specific countries or regions of the world will produce the same outcome when applied to other countries, even countries with similar market characteristics," said Mr Anderson. "Local economic factors, regulatory issues, the local political climate, the diverse landscape of global and local providers, including noncloud providers, and other country-specific factors ensure a unique marketplace in each country and region." 

North America is the largest region in the cloud services market, accounting for 59 per cent of all new spending on cloud services from 2013 through 2016. Western Europe, despite the growth challenges in the region, remains the second-largest region and will account for 24 per cent of all new spending during the same time period. However, the highest growth rates for cloud services continue to come from the emerging regions of Emerging Asia/Pacific (led by Indonesia and India), Greater China and Latin America (led by Argentina, Mexico and Brazil). 

"IT services providers, particularly those focused on delivering cloud services offerings or related services, must consider these disproportionately large mature markets if they want to play a leading role in cloud services growth worldwide," Mr Anderson said. "Similarly, markets in Emerging Asia/Pacific, Greater China and Latin America should also be important considerations for IT services providers that want to capitalise on the high growth of these regions, particularly Latin America and Greater China."
Additional information is available in the report "Forecast Overview: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2011-2016, 4Q12 Update." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2332215.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Public Cloud Services Market to Total \$131 Billion in 2013Thu, 28 Feb 2013 00:00:00 +0100
By 2016, 70 Per Cent of the Most Profitable Companies Will Manage Their Business Processes Using Real-Time Predictive Analytics or Extreme Collaborationhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/162/by_2016__70_per_cent_of_the_most_profitable_companies_will_manage_their_business_processes_using_real_time_predictive_analytics_or_extreme_collaboration.htmlSeventy per cent of high-performing companies will manage their business processes using real-time predictive analytics or extreme collaboration by 2016, according to Gartner, Inc.

One of the more effective techniques for business process improvement is intelligent business operations (IBO), in which processes are "aware" of and can learn from a wide range of work interactions, their context and the situations around them. Once a situation is sensed, analytics can be applied actively or on-demand to predict the outcomes of potential changes.

"The impact of integrating real-time analytics with business operations is immediately apparent to business people because it changes the way they do their jobs," said Jim Sinur, research vice president at Gartner. "The most dramatic change is the increased visibility in how the company is running and what is happening in its external environment. Individual contributors and managers have more situational awareness, so they are able to make better decisions faster."

As a result, organisations with real-time analytic and decision management capabilities perform better. Improved situational awareness leads to better and faster decision making and superior customer service, revenue growth, cost reduction and risk avoidance. Gartner said that virtually every business operation has one or more areas where real-time analytic services or active analytics should be applied.

"It has been technically possible to implement real-time analytics in transactional and record-keeping operational applications for decades. However, few business processes or operational applications have actually used them until recently," said Mr Sinur. As the sources of business event data proliferate and business application management, complex event processing, rule management, visualisation, business process management (BPM), optimisation and other software tools improve, IBO is rapidly becoming a more practical and popular solution.

"Human or automated actions can be initiated for proper decision making to achieve the desired business outcomes. If the situation dictates, knowledge workers can collaborate in and around the process, case or instance to decide on and effect change," said Mr Sinur. "We fully expect more organisations to leverage IBO in the future, resulting in innovative differentiation and higher performance. An example is work routing based on incoming arrival rates, where the knowledge required and skills needed are dynamically matched against resources available in-house, with dynamic expansion to non-employee resources as needed."

Many organisations are finding at least one critical process that has appropriate leverage for higher performance, examples include intelligent fleet management and intelligent prescription management processes. Gartner said IBO will be a significant differentiator for high-performing companies and it promises to deliver new differentiating processes that will impact on both new and established industries.

The demand for IBO will drive an increase in intelligent technologies and the methods that surround active intelligence. This includes various combinations of event, business rules, analytics, social collaboration, dynamic processes and visualisation software, packaged to support various types of problems.

Gartner advises business process directors and solution architects in all types of organisations (if they haven't already done so), to assess their organisations' likelihood of adopting IBO for a critical or differentiating process. This will then allow them to investigate IBO-related technologies, look for opportunities to carry out an IBO proof of concept and pilot IBO on at least one process in the next two years. At the same time, it is advisable to undertake a scan of competitors to establish if they are leveraging IBO against their organisations.

For a more detailed analysis see "Predicts 2013: Business Process Improvement Leaders Need to Stop Tackling the Tactical and Get Strategic” This analysis is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2258215.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBy 2016, 70 Per Cent of the Most Profitable Companies Will Manage Their Business Processes Using Real-Time Predictive Analytics or Extreme CollaborationTue, 26 Feb 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide Business Intelligence Software Revenue to Grow 7 Per Cent in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/161/worldwide_business_intelligence_software_revenue_to_grow_7_per_cent_in_2013.htmlWorldwide business intelligence (BI) software revenue will reach \$13.8 billion in 2013, a 7 per cent increase from 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. The market is forecast to reach \$17.1 billion by 2016.

"BI and analytics have grown to become the fourth-largest application software segment as end users continue to prioritise BI and information-centric projects, and spending to improve decision making and analysis," said Dan Sommer, principal research analyst at Gartner. "As more and more information is generated, business models need reinvention, and it's increasingly clear that mastering analytics on big data will be a key driver for the next economic cycle."

CIO appetite for BI is complemented by more-tactical buying in business units for departmental and workgroup analysis, as well as for personal BI, enabled by the Nexus of Forces (cloud, mobile, social and information). These are fundamental drivers. However, in the near term, growth will be hampered by sluggish macro indicators, as well as by slowing sales cycles of multimillion-dollar end-to-end BI deals. Compared with 2011 growth of 16 per cent, 2013 and the coming years are expected to be slower, with growth in the high single digits.

"Although this is a mature market and has been a top CIO priority for years, there is still a lot of unmet demand. Every company has numerous subject areas — such as HR, marketing, social and so on — that have yet to even start with BI and analytics," said Kurt Schlegel, research vice president at Gartner. "The descriptive analytics have largely been completed for most large companies in traditional subject areas, like finance and sales, but there is still a lot of growth expected for diagnostic, predictive and prescriptive deployments. Since many midsize organisations have yet to even start their BI and analytic initiatives, we expect the market for BI and analytics platforms will remain one of the fastest-growing software markets."

The emerging data-as-a-service trend could significantly grow the market for BI and analytics platforms. Today, the business model is largely "build" driven in that organisations licence software capabilities to build analytic applications. However, organisations increasingly will subscribe to industry-specific data services that bundle a narrow set of data with BI and analytic capabilities embedded. In time, most companies, regardless of their business model, will need to provide a data-as-a-service offering. Therefore, this trend has the potential to grow the market significantly as a range of vendors look to embed a BI and analytic platform provider's software capabilities into their data-as-a-service offerings.

More detailed analysis is available in the reports "Forecast Analysis: Enterprise Application Software, Worldwide, 2011-2016, 4Q12 Update" and “Magic Quadrant for Business Intelligence and
Analytics Platforms”. The reports are available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2323315 and http://www.gartner.com/resId=2326815, respectively.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Business Intelligence Software Revenue to Grow 7 Per Cent in 2013Tue, 19 Feb 2013 00:00:00 +0100
25 Per Cent of Organisations Will Have an Enterprise App Storehttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/160/25_per_cent_of_organisations_will_have_an_enterprise_app_store.htmlBy 2017, 25 per cent of organisations will have an enterprise app store for managing corporate-sanctioned apps on PCs and mobile devices, according to Gartner, Inc. Enterprise app stores promise greater control over the apps used by employees, greater control over software expenditures and greater negotiating leverage with app vendors, but this greater control is only possible if the enterprise app store is widely adopted.

"Apps downloaded from public app stores for mobile devices disrupt IT security, application and procurement strategies," said Ian Finley, research vice president at Gartner. "Bring your own application (BYOA) has become as important as bring your own device (BYOD) in the development of a comprehensive mobile strategy, and the trend toward BYOA has begun to affect desktop and web applications as well. Enterprise app stores promise at least a partial solution but only if IT security, application, procurement and sourcing professionals can work together to successfully apply the app store concept to their organisations. When successful, they can increase the value delivered by the application portfolio and reduce the associated risks, license fees and administration expenses."

Gartner has identified three key enterprise app store trends and recommendations of how organisations can benefit from them:

The increasing number of enterprise mobile devices and the adoption of mobile device management (MDM) by organisations will drive demand and adoption of enterprise app stores.
Businesses already have numerous choices for downloading software onto PCs, but most of them don't include support for smartphones and tablets. Organisations are beginning to formalise more standard support for these devices, and are looking for ways to manage mobile application provision, especially as they develop their own in-house apps to extend more complex data to these devices.

"Many businesses have looked to MDM vendors to provide these capabilities as part of the suite of services that MDM providers are selling," said Phillip Redman, research vice president at Gartner. "Today, most MDM providers have a simple way of extending apps to mobile devices, usually through a basic agent on the device, but many are launching more-sophisticated app stores that can host enterprise and third-party apps to be accessed by smartphones, tablets and PCs. The development of mobile apps and the support of MDM will drive most enterprise app store implementations during the next 12 to 18 months."

Organisations begin by assessing the realistic need for immediate adoption of enterprise app stores and looking for providers that offer cross-platform support for web, PC and mobile apps, as well as for different devices. App stores should be part of an MDM bundle of features and should be purchased along with a full mobile management solution.

Enterprise app stores can support a more diverse and competitive automated software process requiring less procurement intervention.

The enterprise app store offers a way to automate the procurement of enterprise software licenses from app stores under corporate control as part of the normal requisitioning process. By delegating choice to end users, organisations can delegate many important price and performance decisions down to the end-user level, enabling them to make the best choice to meet their needs with the knowledge that the cost will require management approval and/or chargeback to their business unit.

"Enterprise app stores enable procurement to broaden user choice by encouraging providers to submit competing apps, and to monitor demand for popular apps that may benefit from better negotiation of license terms and prices," said Stewart Buchanan, research vice president at Gartner.

The long-term success of an enterprise app store hinges on a dramatic increase in the supply of software solutions.

Few companies are still in the position to control their entire mobile value chain. Enterprise IT organisations should be transitioning from the traditional approach of selecting devices and software for users and instead, establishing transparent and enforced app curation policies — as is currently found in public app stores.

This shift in control will be challenging for many IT organisations. But even more profound will be the enablement of choice. Without a dynamic selection of apps to choose from, users will eventually have little reason to continue to visit an enterprise app store. An app store can be a natural way to share new applications within the organisation, recognise great applications, provide feedback to development teams and even create a bit of competition between them — all to drive the development of better solutions. A dramatic increase in the app options available to internal stakeholders is a precondition of any successful enterprise app store.

"The implementation of an enterprise app store should be seen as a component of an organisation's application strategy, rather than infrastructure strategy," said Brian Prentice, research vice president at Gartner. "The primary determinant of success is app supply. As a result, application leaders should be given overall responsibility for any app store initiative, but they should work in a collaborative fashion with other teams. The types of apps downloaded and used provide important information as to what types of solutions are of value to each type of user."

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Enterprise App Stores Can Increase the ROI of the App Portfolio" The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2325115.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpg25 Per Cent of Organisations Will Have an Enterprise App StoreTue, 12 Feb 2013 00:00:00 +0100
the Convergence of Social, Information, Mobile and Cloud Will Impact Sourcing Strategies in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/159/the_convergence_of_social__information__mobile_and_cloud_will_impact_sourcing_strategies_in_2013.htmlSourcing managers must consider the opportunities and risks presented by the convergence of social, information, mobile and cloud when re-evaluating sourcing options, delivery models and vendors, according to Gartner, Inc. 

"Social, information, mobile and cloud shouldn't be considered in isolation as market forces," said Linda Cohen, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "The convergence of these forces, which Gartner calls the Nexus of Forces, is what drives real business value. The Nexus of Forces converge in several ways: cloud, mobile and social solutions enable the distribution of information, social media usage and behaviour drive mobile and information solutions, and cloud can be a foundation for information, social and mobile solutions." 

"To establish the most appropriate sourcing approach for 2013, sourcing managers must take a more holistic approach and understand wider IT service market trends," said Frank Ridder, research vice president at Gartner. "To benefit, sourcing managers must consider the influence of the convergence of the Nexus of Forces on the services sourcing life cycle of activities, rather than considering each factor as a separate trend." 

Gartner has identified the following key impacts for sourcing managers to consider: 

Growing cloud adoption will force sourcing managers to reconsider sourcing governance techniques and contracting practices

More than half of the respondents in a public cloud survey conducted by Gartner in 2012 said they would likely or definitely consider a model based on public cloud for applications and that they intend to upgrade, replace or modernise over the next two years. However, IT organisations adopting public cloud models will need to strengthen the skills that will help them manage a hybrid IT services model successfully. These include strong service integration capabilities because cloud services are often added to a traditionally managed and highly customised environment, which creates a hybrid IT environment composed of various solution types. 

Revised mobile strategies, such as bring your own device (BYOD) and mobile applications availability, will expand IT service sourcing requirements as users demand new services

The rising impact of consumerisation means that user demand will increase for new and updated IT services. This is especially apparent in mobility services, which providers often include as part of their desktop outsourcing service portfolios. These services typically include mobile device ordering and provisioning, asset management and disposal and, in some cases, mobility service management. In addition, technically savvy and younger users are demanding more productivity applications on their mobile devices to expand desktop front-end capabilities and performance. This demand requires a dramatic change in bundled mobility services. IT organisations now need to offer mobility management services that go beyond a single device to include an ever-increasing variety of devices and application deployment and management. In turn they need security, controlled data access and, in many cases, user support. End-user efficiency will be directly affected by sourcing and service delivery strategies supporting mobility. 

New information channels, coupled with data management and reliability issues, will make sourcing options analysis and vendor evaluations more complicated and more critical

Information has always been an important asset for businesses and government organisations, but new challenges arise as information, management, architecture and sourcing strategies become more interdependent. Organisations are now faced with issues concerning information reliability, information channels and information volume. IT services and sourcing managers should consider both sides of this trend by taking advantage of related opportunities, such as having increased access to information when selecting a service provider and the ability to use new collaboration channels to share information with service providers. They should also investigate the potential of procuring information in a service model (rather than using providers only in the traditional manner), to develop information repositories and manage data. 

Social technologies will change the way that sourcing organisations interact with suppliers and customers, from requirements definition, through contract negotiation and vendor performance evaluation

Employees are using more social software and social networking sites for business purposes. Using social technology for collaboration in complex outsourcing relationships can increase efficiency, but sourcing organisations should also consider its nontechnical aspects. Through social networks, end users unlock many information channels. Buyers can now gather information and opinions about IT products and service vendors from multiple sources, for example, online user groups, social networks or from peer group forums. 

Social media also presents a new means of accessing talent for application development projects, as well as the potential for areas of product support. Some IT organisations are adopting crowdsourcing as an alternative to global sourcing and other labour arbitrage strategies. If IT organisations can determine what work is appropriate in which environment, and allow for the freedom inherent in this delivery option, the speed and cost of crowdsourcing will start to become a driving force for increased adoption in many IT services sourcing portfolios.

More detailed analysis is available in the report "Outsourcing Trends 2013: The Impact of Social, Information, Mobile and Cloud on Your Sourcing Strategies." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2301916.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgthe Convergence of Social, Information, Mobile and Cloud Will Impact Sourcing Strategies in 2013Mon, 28 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Executive Program Survey of More Than 2,000 CIOs Shows Digital Technologies Are Top Priorities in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/158/gartner_executive_program_survey_of_more_than_2_000_cios_shows_digital_technologies_are_top_priorities_in_2013.htmlOrganisations realise on average only 43 per cent of technology's business potential, according to a global survey of CIOs by Gartner, Inc.'s Executive Programs. That number has to grow for IT to remain relevant in an increasingly digital world. 

The worldwide survey was conducted in the fourth quarter in 2012 and included 2,053 CIOs, representing more than \$230 billion in CIO IT budgets and covering 36 industries in 41 countries. The Gartner Executive Programs report, "Hunting and Harvesting in a Digital World: The 2013 CIO Agenda," represents the world's most comprehensive examination of business priorities and CIO strategies. 

Over the last 18 months, digital technologies — including mobile, analytics, big data, social and cloud — have reached a tipping point with business executives. Analysts said there is no choice but to increase technology's potential in the organisation, and this means evolving IT's strategies, priorities and plans beyond tending to the usual concerns as CIOs expect their 2013 IT budgets to be essentially flat for fifth straight year. 

"Digital technologies provide a platform to achieve results, but only if CIOs adopt new roles and behaviours to find digital value," said Mark McDonald, group vice president and Gartner Fellow. "CIOs require a new agenda that incorporates hunting for new digital innovations and opportunities, and harvesting value from products, services and operations. 

"In a world of change, it is concerning that around half of CIOs surveyed do not see IT's enterprise role changing over the next three years," Mr McDonald said. "IT needs new tools if it hopes to hunt for technology-intensive innovation and harvest raised business performance from transformed IT infrastructure, operations and applications. Without change, CIOs and IT consign themselves to tending a garden of legacy assets and responsibilities." 

The survey showed that CIO IT budgets have been flat to negative ever since the dot-com bust of 2002. For 2013, CIO IT budgets are projected to be slightly down, with a weighted global average decline of 0.5 per cent. EMEA is the only region to show slight growth of 0.4 per cent in 2013. “While most CIO IT budgets in Western Countries are expected to be flat or negative, German CIOs are the most pessimistic with an estimate of 2 per cent decline in their IT budgets in 2013,” said Dave Aron, vice president and Gartner Fellow. 

Digital technologies dominate CIO technology priorities for 2013. The top 10 global technology priorities revealed by the survey reflect a greater emphasis on externally oriented digital technologies, as opposed to traditional IT/operationally oriented systems (see Table 1).

Table 1

Top 10 CIO Business and Technology Priorities in 2013

Top 10 Business Priorities


Top 10 Technology Priorities


Increasing enterprise growth


Analytics and business intelligence


Delivering operational results


Mobile technologies


Reducing enterprise costs


Cloud computing (SaaS, IaaS, PaaS)


Attracting and retaining new customers


Collaboration technologies (workflow)


Improving IT applications and infrastructure


Legacy modernisation


Creating new products and services (innovation)


IT management


Improving efficiency




Attracting and retaining the workforce




Implementing analytics and big data




Expanding into new markets and geographies


ERP Applications


SaaS = software as a service; IaaS = infrastructure as a service; PaaS = platform as a service

Source: Gartner Executive Programs (January 2013)

CIOs see these technologies as disrupting business fundamentally over the next 10 years. When asked which digital technologies would be most disruptive, 70 per cent of CIOs cited mobile technologies, followed by big data/analytics at 55 per cent, social media at 54 per cent and public cloud at 51 per cent. The disruptiveness of each of these technologies is real, but CIOs see their greatest disruptive power coming in combination, rather than in isolation. 

"As CIOs continue to amplify the organisation with digital technologies while improving IT organisational structure, management and governance, 2013 promises to be a year of dual priorities," said Mr Aron. "Key CIO strategies identified in the survey reflect the realities of these dual business priorities and confirm the need to expand IT's ability to hunt for new opportunities and harvest current business value. While CIOs recognise that IT's value contribution comes from delivering business solutions, they also recognise that the prioritisation and delivery of specific results must change." 

As needs and opportunities evolve, more CIOs will find themselves leading in areas outside of traditional IT. In addition to their tending role, they are starting to assume responsibility for hunting for digital opportunities and harvesting value. Sixty-seven per cent of CIOs surveyed have significant leadership responsibilities outside of IT, with only 33 per cent having no other such responsibilities. This situation contrasts sharply with 2008, when almost half of CIOs had no responsibilities outside of IT. Almost a fifth of CIOs now act as their enterprise's chief digital officer (CDO), leading digital commerce and channels. Although this nascent role varies in scope and style, it normally includes championing the digital vision for the business — that is, ensuring that the business is evolving optimally in the new digital context. 

"IT cannot expect to secure additional funding without assuming new responsibilities or producing new results," said Mr Aron. "Reacting to limited budgets by restructuring costs, outsourcing and doing more with less made sense from 2002 to 2011, when the supply of innovative technologies was scarce. Adapting to, and leading, in the digital world requires doing things differently, yet in ways consistent with the demands of digital technologies. CIOs need to make the case that mainstream emerging mobile, big data, social and cloud technologies justify revisiting IT budget and investment levels." 

"CIOs knew that doing the right thing required tending to IT by delivering cost-effective quality services. CIOs and IT leaders managed cost, complexity and risk to enable business operations in a world of managed stability," Mr McDonald said. "However, the world outside IT changed creating a quiet crisis for IT. Demands have increased in a world grown dynamic and digital. The harder CIOs work tended to current concerns, the less relevant IT became. CIOs know that the future rests in not repeating the past but in extending IT by hunting and harvesting in a digital world." 

More-detailed analysis on the CIO agenda for 2013 will be presented in two webinars. During these webinars, Mr McDonald and Mr Aron will outline the results from the 2013 CIO agenda survey and the top business and technology priorities for CIOs. The "Agenda 2013 — Implications for High-Tech Providers" webinar will be hosted on 5 February at 4:00pm UK time. To register for this complimentary webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/webinardetail/resId=2299616. The webinar "New Priorities, Technologies and Leaders Shaping the Future of IT" will be hosted by Gartner on 21 February at 3:00pm UK time. To register for this webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/webinardetail/resId=2299617.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Executive Program Survey of More Than 2,000 CIOs Shows Digital Technologies Are Top Priorities in 2013Wed, 16 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Global PC Shipments Declined 4.9 Percent in Fourth Quarter While EMEA PC Shipments Declined 9.6 Percenthttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/157/global_pc_shipments_declined_4_9_percent_in_fourth_quarter_while_emea_pc_shipments_declined_9.6_percent.htmlWorldwide PC shipments totaled 90.3 million units in the fourth quarter of 2012, a 4.9 percent decline from the fourth quarter of 2011, according to preliminary results by Gartner, Inc. Analysts said the PC industry’s problems point to something beyond a weak economy. 

“Tablets have dramatically changed the device landscape for PCs, not so much by ‘cannibalizing’ PC sales, but by causing PC users to shift consumption to tablets rather than replacing older PCs,” said Mikako Kitagawa, principal analyst at Gartner. “Whereas as once we imagined a world in which individual users would have both a PC and a tablet as personal devices, we increasingly suspect that most individuals will shift consumption activity to a personal tablet, and perform creative and administrative tasks on a shared PC. There will be some individuals who retain both, but we believe they will be exception and not the norm. Therefore, we hypothesize that buyers will not replace secondary PCs in the household, instead allowing them to age out and shifting consumption to a tablet.” 

“This transformation was triggered by the availability of compelling low-cost tablets in 2012, and will continue until the installed base of PCs declines to accommodate tablets as the primary consumption device,” Ms. Kitagawa said. “On the positive side for vendors, the disenfranchised PCs are those with lighter configurations, which mean that we should see an increase in PC average selling prices (ASPs) as users replace machines used for richer applications, rather than for consumption.” 

During the holiday season, consumers no longer viewed PCs as the number one gift item. Given a burgeoning variety of increasingly more attractive devices and services, consumers directed their attention elsewhere. Analysts said there was uptake of very low priced notebooks as a part of mega holiday deals, but this uptake did little to boost holiday PC sales. 

The launch of Microsoft’s Windows 8 did not have a significant impact on PC shipments in the fourth quarter. Analysts said some PC vendors offered somewhat lackluster form factors in their Windows 8 offerings and missed the excitement of touch. New products are coming to market, and this could drive churn within the installed base. 

HP regained the top position in worldwide PC shipments in the fourth quarter of 2012 (download tables below), however the company’s shipments did not grow compared to a year ago. Analysts said HP most likely gave up a certain margin level to gain market shares. HP was successful in managing large retail deals targeting Microsoft’s Windows 8 launch and holiday sales in selected regions.

Lenovo dropped to the No. 2 position in the fourth quarter of 2012, but it experienced the best growth rate (8.2 percent) among the top five PC vendors worldwide. Lenovo’s growth exceeded regional growth rates in North America, EMEA and Asia/Pacific, but lower than the industry average in Latin America and Japan. In North America, Lenovo performed well by expanding in the retail market and protecting professional market. 

In the U.S., PC shipments totaled 17.5million units in the fourth quarter of 2012, a 2.1 percent decline from the fourth quarter of 2011 (download tables below). Due to the tight inventory control and preparation for the Windows 8 launch, most PC vendors were able to ship Windows 8 PCs to the retail space. However, PC sell-through was rather weak which leaves some level of inventory concerns for vendors in the consumer market. 

“Consumer’s holiday spending went into other products and services, and U.S. holiday sales became less important for PC sales. For professionals, the fourth quarter is typically a good sales season because of last minutes PC purchases before the tax year-end. Our early research indicates that there was good growth in professional PC sales,” Ms. Kitagawa said.

PC shipments in EMEA totaled 28.1 million units in the fourth quarter of 2012, a 9.6 percent decrease from the fourth quarter of 2011 (download tables below). Western Europe remained the weak point across EMEA, as Central and Eastern Europe and the Middle East and Africa saw growth quarter-on-quarter. 

“The PC market continues to face many headwinds. The launch of Windows 8 had no impact on PC demand, especially as Ultramobile products were both limited in supply, as well as being priced too high,” said Ranjit Atwal, research director at Gartner. “The holiday season mostly saw retailers clearing Windows 7 notebook inventory or driving volume of low-end notebooks. Furthermore, the increasing choice of tablets at decreasing price points no doubt became a favorite Christmas present ahead of PCs.” 

“In the fourth quarter of 2012, mobile PC shipments decreased 11 percent while desktop PC shipments declined 6 percent year-on-year,” said Isabelle Durand, principal research analyst at Gartner. “However, all-in-one form factor models from Asus, Lenovo and HP look like a promising platform for the future.” 

HP retained the No. 1 position in the fourth quarter of 2012, thanks to good results across all products in the professional PC segment. Dell performed weakly, losing nearly 2 percent share in the fourth quarter of 2012. Among the top five vendors, only Lenovo showed year-on-year growth and its strong performance in the quarter helped it displace Acer from the No. 2 position. 

In the second half of 2012, the EMEA PC market experienced two consecutive quarters of decline, resulting in overall shipments for 2012 declining 2.8 percent from 2011. Western Europe lost another 10 percent of volume, indicating likely structural changes to the market rather than weak demand.

PC shipments in Asia/Pacific totaled 29.9 million units in the fourth quarter of 2012, a 1.8 percent decline from the fourth quarter of 2011. Vendors struggled to offer compelling products to convince buyers to upgrade and attract new buyers as consumers' interest continues to be on smartphones and tablets. The introduction of Windows 8 met with lukewarm response and availability was primarily on the higher-end models, which were priced beyond the mainstream price point for volume sales. 

For the year, PC shipments were 352.7 million units, a 3.5 percent decline from 2011 (download tables below). HP retained the top spot in the global PC market, accounting for 16 percent of the market. Lenovo was the No. 2 vendor with 14.8 percent market share. Asus showed the strongest growth among the top five vendors, with shipments increasing 17.1 percent.

These results are preliminary. Final statistics will be available soon to clients of Gartner's PC Quarterly Statistics Worldwide by Region program. This program offers a comprehensive and timely picture of the worldwide PC market, allowing product planning, distribution, marketing and sales organizations to keep abreast of key issues and their future implications around the globe.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGlobal PC Shipments Declined 4.9 Percent in Fourth Quarter While EMEA PC Shipments Declined 9.6 PercentMon, 14 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0100
30 Per Cent of Businesses Will Be Monetising Their Information Assets Directly by 2016http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/156/30_per_cent_of_businesses_will_be_monetising_their_information_assets_directly_by_2016.htmlThe financial demands of storing and managing big data will lead 30 per cent of businesses to directly or indirectly monetise their information assets by trading, bartering or outright selling them by 2016, according to Gartner, Inc. Many enterprises are starting to appreciate the real market value that their harvested information assets have within their own industries or beyond. However, the lack of expertise in handling big data and developing information products will create an opportunity for the growth of specialist intermediaries, acting as information brokers or resellers. 

"The need to justify the expense of accumulating and managing huge volumes of data has led many organisations to consider monetising or productising their information assets," said Doug Laney, research vice president at Gartner. "For example, several retailers are already generating millions of dollars per year in incremental revenue by placing online their point-of-sale and other data for business partners to subscribe to. Other individuals have launched ventures packaging and reselling publicly available data, or using it to launch new information-based products such as in the insurance and financial markets." 

Since many businesses are ill-equipped to develop and introduce information-based products, "information resellers" will arise to help organisations develop and execute information asset monetisation strategies. Gartner anticipates the appearance of "information product managers" to lead these efforts internally. 

The new opportunities for significant information-borne income will lead makers of web-connected products to ensure their offerings collect as much usage, location and system data as possible. To assist in these efforts, Gartner, as part of its "infonomics" research, has developed valuation models that help organizations gauge the potential and realized economic value of their information assets. 

"Consumers and businesses must recognise that their personal usage, location, profile and activity data has a tangible market value. They should guard it and ensure that when they do share it they receive ample services, products or cash for it," said Mr Laney. "Businesses monetising information assets need to be sensitive to the reputational risk of public backlash against such practices, that may in turn lead to a tighter regulatory environment." Recently, for example, the Federal Trade Commission issued subpoenas to major information brokers to disclose how they collect, use and protect personal information. 

One issue arising from the trend toward monetising information assets is that traditional database management system and business intelligence products and implementations are not well-suited to sharing data in a subscription-based manner. The implication is that new forms of the technology are emerging — focusing on cloud-based implementations that enable subscriber-based access and restricted access to segments of data. "A nascent crop of shared information hosting services already complements established syndicated data providers, and most vendors have taken steps to cloud-enable their technologies," concluded Mr Laney.

About Gartner Business Intelligence & Analytics Summit 2013
The Gartner Business Intelligence (BI) & Analytics Summit is specifically designed to drive organisations toward analytics excellence, by exploring the latest trends in BI and analytics and examining how the two disciplines relate to one another. Gartner analysts will discuss how the Nexus of Forces will impact BI and analytics, and share best practices for developing and managing successful mobile BI, analytics and master data management initiatives. More information is available at http://www.gartner.com. 

About Gartner Master Data Management Summit 2013

The Gartner Master Data Management (MDM) Summit is specifically designed to drive organisations of all MDM maturity levels toward realising these benefits: from those just getting started with MDM, to those looking to move up the maturity curve, to those seeking advanced insight on the future of master data. At the Summit, Gartner analysts will help organisations establish a solid justification for MDM and identify where and how MDM can increase service levels, drive growth and fuel transformation in the organisation. Additional details are available at http://www.gartner.com.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpg30 Per Cent of Businesses Will Be Monetising Their Information Assets Directly by 2016Thu, 10 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide IT Spending Forecast to Reach \$3.7 Trillion in 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/155/worldwide_it_spending_forecast_to_reach__3.7_trillion_in_2013.htmlWorldwide IT spending is projected to total \$3.7 trillion in 2013, a 4.2 per cent increase from 2012 spending of \$3.6 trillion, according to the latest forecast by Gartner, Inc. The 2013 outlook for IT spending growth in US dollars has been revised upward from 3.8 per cent in the 3Q12 forecast. 

Gartner analysts said much of this spending increase is the result from projected gains in the value of foreign currencies versus the dollar. When measured in constant dollars, 2013 spending growth is forecast to be 3.9 per cent. 

The Gartner Worldwide IT Spending Forecast is the leading indicator of major technology trends across the hardware, software, IT services and telecom markets. For more than a decade, global IT and business executives have been using these highly anticipated quarterly reports to recognise market opportunities and challenges, and base their critical business decisions on proven methodologies rather than guesswork. 

"Uncertainties surrounding prospects for an upturn in global economic growth are the major retardants to IT growth," said Richard Gordon, managing vice president at Gartner. "This uncertainty has caused the pessimistic business and consumer sentiment throughout the world. However, much of this uncertainty is nearing resolution, and as it does, we look for accelerated spending growth in 2013 compared to 2012." 

Worldwide devices spending which includes PCs, tablets, mobile phones and printers, is forecast to reach \$666 billion in 2013, up 6.3 per cent from 2012 (see Table 1). However, this is a significant reduction in the outlook for 2013 compared with Gartner's previous forecast of \$706 billion in worldwide devices and 7.9 per cent growth. The long-term forecast for worldwide spending on devices has been reduced as well, with growth from 2012 through 2016 now expected to average 4.5 per cent annually in current US dollars (down from 6.4 per cent) and 5.1 per cent annually in constant dollars (down from 7.4 per cent). These reductions reflect a sharp reduction in the forecast growth in spending on PCs and tablets that is only partially offset by marginal increases in forecast growth in spending on mobile phones and printers. 

"The tablet market has seen greater price competition from android devices as well as smaller, low-priced devices in emerging markets," Mr Gordon said. "It is ultimately this shift toward relatively lower-priced tablets that lowers our average selling prices forecast for 2012 through 2016, which in turn is responsible for slowing device spending growth in general, and PC and tablet spending growth in particular."

Table 1. Worldwide IT Spending Forecast (Billions of US Dollars)















Data Centre Systems





Enterprise Software





IT Services





Telecom Services





Overall IT





Worldwide enterprise software spending is forecast to total \$296 billion in 2013, a 6.4 per cent increase from 2012. This segment will be driven by key markets such as security, storage management and customer relationship management; however, beginning in 2014, markets aligned to big data and other information management initiatives, such as enterprise content management, data integration tools, and data quality tools will begin to see increased levels of investment. 

The global telecom services market continues to be the largest IT spending market. Gartner analysts predict that growth will be predominately flat over the next several years as revenue from mobile data services compensates for the declines in total spending for both the fixed and mobile voice services markets. By 2016, Gartner forecasts that mobile data will represent 33 per cent of the total telecom services market, up from 22 per cent in 2012. 

More-detailed analysis on the outlook for the IT industry will be presented in the webinar "Gartner Worldwide IT Spending Forecast, 4Q12 Update — 2013 The Year Ahead." The complimentary webinar will be hosted by Gartner on 8 January 8 at 6:00pm UK time. During the webinar, Gartner analysts will outline IT spending expectations for 2013. To register for the webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/

Gartner's IT spending forecast methodology relies heavily on rigorous analysis of the sales by thousands of vendors across the entire range of IT product and services. Gartner uses primary research techniques, complemented by secondary research sources, to build a comprehensive database of market size data upon which to base its forecast. The Gartner quarterly IT spending forecast delivers a unique perspective on IT spending across hardware, software, IT services and telecommunications segments. These reports help Gartner clients understand market opportunities and challenges. The most recent IT spending forecast research is available at http://www.gartner.com/. This Quarterly IT Spending Forecast section includes links to the latest IT spending reports, webinars, blog posts and press releases.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Spending Forecast to Reach \$3.7 Trillion in 2013Thu, 03 Jan 2013 00:00:00 +0100
Gartner Identifies Top Vertical Industry Predictions for IT Organisations for 2013 and Beyondhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/154/gartner_identifies_top_vertical_industry_predictions_for_it_organisations_for_2013_and_beyond.htmlGartner, Inc. has revealed its top industry predictions for IT organisations and users for 2013 and beyond. Analysts said that social networking, mobile communications, the cloud and information are pressuring enterprises worldwide to make fundamental changes in business processes and that industry decision-makers should use Gartner's predictions to understand and respond to this Nexus of Forces. 

Gartner's annual Predicts research on industry trends titled "Top Industry Predicts 2013: The Nexus of Forces Will Drive Massive Transformation in Many Industries," features 14 strategic planning assumptions that CIOs, senior business executives and IT leaders should factor into their enterprise planning and strategy-setting initiatives. The report is available on the Gartner Predicts 2013 website, www.gartner.com/predicts

"Most industries will face massive changes during the period from 2013 through 2015. These changes will force fundamental shifts in business processes that will, in turn, further reshape those industries," said Kimberly Harris-Ferrante, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "The social commons, mobile communications, cloud computing and information will be especially important factors in driving even greater industry transformation, challenging existing business models and processes and opening up greater competitive and other threats." 

CIOs and other IT and business leaders can use Gartner's predictions and recommendations to better understand the forces that are changing their world and develop strategies to address the requirements of a fast-changing business environment. The top industry predictions include: 
  • By 2016, three automakers will have announced concrete plans for upcoming automobile launches that will offer autonomous vehicle technology.
  • By 2015, nontraditional money creation and exchange will enable 125 million more people to participate in the mainstream global economy.
  • By 2016, patients will be harmed or placed at risk by a medical device security breach.
  • By 2016, national governments will require institutions to surrender student records for a redesigned, cost-cutting curriculum based on big data analysis.
  • By 2015, natural-language processing (NLP) use among large healthcare delivery organisations (HDOs) in English-speaking countries will quintuple, fuelled by documentation, coding, quality reporting and research.
  • By 2015, to avoid becoming simply transaction factories, successful payer organisations will turn to information integration as their competitive differentiator.
  • By 2016, half of U.S. utility customers will have access to standardised energy usage data, but only 20 per cent will use it.
  • By year end 2014, pay-as-you-drive insurance will rise significantly to account for 10 per cent of overall annual auto insurance premiums.
  • By 2017, more than 50 per cent of the media sold to advertisers by agencies will be priced based on performance.
  • By 2014, less than 2 per cent of consumers globally will adopt Near Field Communication (NFC)-based mobile payments.
  • More than 50 per cent of government shared-service organisations that provide cloud services by 2015 will discontinue or downscale them by 2017. 
  • By 2015, 50 per cent of Tier 1 consumer goods manufacturers will invest in technology start-ups to maintain access to emerging business-to-consumer (B2C) technology.
  • Through 2014 enterprise software spend will increase by 25 per cent from current figures as a consequence of the proliferation of smart operational technology (OT).
  • By 2016, at least 25 per cent of discrete manufacturers will adopt 3D printing to produce parts for products they sell or service.
"Many of the Nexus of Forces direct and indirect impacts, such as the need to respond to the pervasiveness of social networking and the mobile-device-driven consumerisation of IT, are being felt across virtually all industries," said Ms. Harris-Ferrante. "Others, including intensifying regulatory requirements, resulting in part from increasing reliance on cloud computing and other 'open' IT delivery models, are industry-specific. But all these forces, and the changes in business processes they demand, present enterprise IT and business decision-makers with an extraordinarily difficult set of choices in the years to come." 

Additional information is in the Gartner Predicts Special Report that is available on Gartner's website at www.gartner.com/predicts.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Identifies Top Vertical Industry Predictions for IT Organisations for 2013 and BeyondWed, 19 Dec 2012 00:00:00 +0100
Three Security Hurdles to Overcome When Shifting From Enterprise-Owned Devices to BYODhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/153/three_security_hurdles_to_overcome_when_shifting_from_enterprise_owned_devices_to_byod.htmlSeventy per cent of respondents in a recent survey by Gartner, Inc. said that they have or are planning to have "bring your own device" (BYOD) policies within the next 12 months to allow employees to use personal mobile devices to connect to enterprise applications. Thirty-three per cent of all organisations surveyed currently have BYOD policies in place for mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets. 

“Shifting from an enterprise-owned mobile device fleet to having employees bringing their own devices has a major impact on the way of thinking and acting about mobile security,” said Dionisio Zumerle, principal research analyst at Gartner. “Policies and tools initially put in place to deal with mobile devices offering consumer-grade security must be revised to deal with these devices being under the ultimate control of a private user, rather than the organisation.” 

Gartner said that organisations must consider and take action on three major impacts when moving to a BYOD policy: 

Impact 1 - The right of users to leverage the capabilities of their personal devices conflicts with enterprise mobile security policies and increases the risk of data leakage and the exploiting of vulnerabilities.

Outside the organisation's premises, employees may define their own usage policy for personal devices. Users can, therefore, install apps and visit URLs of their choice, whereas enterprises can limit applications and web access on enterprise-owned devices. Users can also decide the level of protection for their personally owned devices. When enterprise data is allowed on these devices, the risk of leakage increases for the organisation, not just because of the rise of mobile malware, but also because legitimate but unsupported apps may inadvertently create security risks for the organization and, most importantly, because of device loss. 

Using mobile device management (MDM) software is one way to enforce policy on mobile devices. Users should obtain access to enterprise information only after having accepted an MDM agent on their personal devices, and possibly a URL filtering tool, such as a cloud-based secure web gateway (SWG) service, to safeguard and enforce enterprise policy on Internet traffic. Businesses should consider using application white listing, blacklisting and containerisation, as well as setting up an enterprise app store, or app catalogue, for apps that are supported.    

Impact 2 - User freedom of choice of device and the proliferation of devices with inadequate security make it difficult to properly secure certain devices, as well as keep track of vulnerabilities and updates.

Allowing users, rather than the IT department, to select operating systems (OS) and versions of mobile devices opens the door to devices that are inadequate from a security standpoint. An essential security baseline should require enhanced password controls, lock timeout period enforcement, lock device after password retry limit, data encryption, remote lock and/or wipe. The enterprise mobility baseline must also express minimum requirements on hardware — OS versions will not be sufficient. 

In alignment with the mobile security policy, network access control policies should be used — for example, to deny access to enterprise resources such as email and apps from devices that cannot support the security baseline. Preventive action should be taken to ban noncompliant devices or create an alert for them by using tools such as MDM software. 

Nevertheless, excessively limiting the types of allowed devices eliminates the benefits of BYOD for users. There should be no compromise of security for the sake of device variety, but where it is possible to manage and secure a new device model, it should be done. The policies that are enforced will depend on the risk appetite of the organisation and the sensitivity of data allowed to reside on the device. 

Impact 3 - The user's ownership of device and data raises privacy concerns and stands in the way of taking corrective action for compromised devices.

Most people consider data on their personal devices as their property, and would strongly object to having it manipulated by the organisation without their explicit consent. When shifting from enterprise to user-owned devices, "remote wipe," which is a fundamental security feature in a mobile security policy, becomes complicated from a legal and cultural point of view. Thus, sufficient attention should be paid to this issue to avoid repercussions. In practice, "selective wipe" is proving to be difficult in ensuring that all business data, and only business data, has been deleted from the device. 

In this situation, it is recommended to liaise with the legal department to obtain advice, because there may be legal implications related to device wiping. Problems may arise if the user refuses a remote wipe. Time is of the essence when performing this task, and asking the user for permission after the compromise, when a remote wipe is considered necessary, will be impacted by message exchange delays that can be critical.  It is therefore advisable to obtain the explicit, written consent of users to delete their data in case of compromises, or the loss or theft of devices, at the time of the user's initiation to the BYOD programme. 

Additional information is available in the report "Three Crucial Security Hurdles to Overcome When Shifting From Enterprise-Owned Devices to BYOD". The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2237715.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgThree Security Hurdles to Overcome When Shifting From Enterprise-Owned Devices to BYODTue, 04 Dec 2012 00:00:00 +0100
71 Per Cent of Respondents Using SaaS for Less Than Three Yearshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/152/71_per_cent_of_respondents_using_saas_for_less_than_three_years.htmlAdoption of software as a service (SaaS) has grown dramatically among users of enterprise software solutions, but it varies widely within markets, according to Gartner, Inc. A recent Gartner survey showed 71 per cent of organisations have been using SaaS for less than three years. 

In June and July of 2012, Gartner conducted a survey of 556 organisations across 10 countries and within four regions (North and South America, Europe and Asia/Pacific) to understand the trend in the movement to SaaS from traditional software license models and to gain insight into how and where software budgets were being spent. 

The results indicate that interest in the SaaS deployment model remains strong and continues to expand with late adopters. Brazil had the largest number of new users, with 27 per cent of respondents using SaaS for less than one year. 

Implementing net new solutions or replacing existing solutions is now the primary driver for using SaaS, according to the survey. Worldwide, there is a shift in SaaS adoption from primarily extensions to existing applications to net new deployments or replacements of existing on-premises applications. 

"Although approximately half of respondents in Asia/Pacific indicated the primary adoption driver of SaaS was net new deployments, the US and European respondents indicated their strongest driver was to replace existing on-premises applications," said Charles Eschinger, research vice president at Gartner. "It's not surprising that SaaS is being deployed as net new deployments in Asia/Pacific since many of the users are relatively new businesses with few legacy systems. Markets, such as the US and EMEA are mature with existing enterprise systems and are beginning to use SaaS as a replacement for legacy applications." 

According to the survey, investments in SaaS are expected to increase across all regions. Seventy-seven per cent of respondents expected to increase spending on SaaS, while 17 per cent plan to keep spending the same. More than 80 per cent of respondents in Brazil and Asia/Pacific indicated more spending on SaaS applications over the next two years. The US and European countries were not far behind with 73 per cent of US respondents and 71 per cent of European respondents intending to increase spending on SaaS. 

"Seeing such high intent to increase spending isn't a huge surprise as the adoption of the on-demand deployment model has grown for more than a decade, but its popularity has increased significantly within the past five years," said Mr Eschinger. "Initial concerns about security, response time and service availability have diminished for many organisations as SaaS business and computing models have matured and adoption has become more widespread." 

Respondents picked customer relationship management (CRM) and enterprise content management (ECM) as the applications most often being newly deployed. Supply chain management (SCM), web conferencing, teaming platforms and social were the applications picked most as replacements for on-premises solutions. 

"The decision to deploy SaaS-based applications within an organisation is dependent on the business-criticality of the solution, as well as geography, business agility, usage scenario and IT architecture. Few organisations will completely migrate to SaaS. These organisations will live with a mix of SaaS and traditional on-premises application deployment models with a focus on integration and migration between different deployment models," said Mr Eschinger.

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Survey Analysis: Buyers Tell Us About SaaS and Cloud Adoption Through 2014." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2198515.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpg71 Per Cent of Respondents Using SaaS for Less Than Three YearsWed, 28 Nov 2012 00:00:00 +0100
80 Per Cent of Current Gamified Applications Will Fail to Meet Business Objectives Primarily Due to Poor Designhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/151/80_per_cent_of_current_gamified_applications_will_fail_to_meet_business_objectives_primarily_due_to_poor_design.htmlAs gamification moves from the leading edge to more widespread use by early adopters, now is the time to understand and evaluate this important trend, according to Gartner, Inc. 

Gamification is currently being driven by novelty and hype. Gartner predicts that by 2014, 80 per cent of current gamified applications will fail to meet business objectives primarily because of poor design. 

“The challenge facing project managers and sponsors responsible for gamification initiatives is the lack of game design talent to apply to gamification projects,” said Brian Burke, research vice president at Gartner. “Poor game design is one of the key failings of many gamified applications today.” 

“The focus is on the obvious game mechanics, such as points, badges and leader boards, rather than the more subtle and more important game design elements, such as balancing competition and collaboration, or defining a meaningful game economy,” Mr Burke said. “As a result, in many cases, organisations are simply counting points, slapping meaningless badges on activities and creating gamified applications that are simply not engaging for the target audience. Some organisations are already beginning to cast off poorly designed gamified applications.” 

Gamification is the use of game design and game mechanics to engage a target audience to change behaviours, learn new skills or engage in innovation. The target audience may be customers, employees or the general public, but first and foremost, they are people with needs and desires who will respond to stimuli. It is important to think of the people in these target audiences as "players" in gamified applications.

While game mechanics such as points and badges are the hallmarks of gamification, the real challenge is to design player-centric applications that focus on the motivations and rewards that truly engage players more fully. Game mechanics like points, badges and leader boards are simply the tools that implement the underlying engagement models.

Gamification describes the use of the same design techniques and game mechanics found in all games, but it applies them in non-game contexts including: customer engagement, employee performance, training and education, innovation management, personal development, sustainability and health. Virtually all areas of business could benefit from gamification as it can help to achieve three broad business objectives 1) to change behavior; 2) to develop skills; or 3) to enable innovation. While these objectives are very broad, more opportunities may emerge as the trend matures. 

Changing Behaviors -
The most common use of gamification is to engage a specific audience and encourage them to change a target set of behaviours. By turning the desired behaviour change into a game, people become engaged and encouraged to adopt new habits. For example:
  • Brands can leverage gamification to engage consumers to better understand their products, and become advocates for the brand to provide product endorsements, and drive customer loyalty.
  • Companies can use gamification to improve employee performance and to motivate adoption of new business processes. 

Developing Skills -
Gamification is increasingly being used in both formal education and in corporate training programmes to engage students in a more immersive learning experience. While many approaches are being used, they can generally be divided into two categories:
  • Building a game layer on top of lesson material, where competition and/or collaboration between students is encouraged with game mechanics such as points for actions, badges for rewards and leader boards for competition.
  • Turning the lesson into a game, where in addition to the game layer of points and badges, simulation and animation is used to immerse the students in the environment and allow them to practice new skills in a safe, virtual environment that provides immediate feedback. 

Enabling Innovation -
Innovation games are typically structured quite differently than games designed to change behaviour or develop skills. Innovation games use emergent game structures that provide the goals, rules, tools and play space for the players to explore, experiment, collaborate and solve problems. Innovation games generally use game mechanics to create a more engaging experience, but the key is to engage lots of players, solving problems through crowdsourcing. 

“As gamification moves from being leveraged by a limited number of leading-edge innovators to becoming more broadly adopted by early adopters, it is important that CIOs and IT leaders understand the underlying principle of gamification and how to apply it within the IT organisation,” said Mr Burke. 

Additional information is available in the Gartner Special Report "Gamification: Engagement Strategies for Business and IT”. The Special Report can be viewed at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/gamification/, and includes links to reports and video commentary that examine the impact of gamification on organisations.  

Mr Burke will provide additional analysis during the Gartner webinar, "Gamification Trends and Strategies to Help Prepare for the Future” on 28 November at 1:00pm and 4:00pm UK time. To register for this complimentary webinar, please visit http://my.gartner.com/portal/server.pt?open=512&objID=202&mode=2&PageID=5553&resId=2191918&ref=Webinar-Calendar.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpg80 Per Cent of Current Gamified Applications Will Fail to Meet Business Objectives Primarily Due to Poor DesignTue, 27 Nov 2012 00:00:00 +0100
Worldwide Platform as a Service Revenue Is on Pace to Reach \$1.2 Billion in 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/150/worldwide_platform_as_a_service_revenue_is_on_pace_to_reach__1.2_billion_in_2012.htmlWorldwide platform as a service (PaaS) revenue is on pace to reach \$1.2 billion in 2012, up from \$900 million in 2011, according to Gartner, Inc. The market will experience consistent growth with worldwide PaaS revenue totalling 1.5 billion in 2013, and growing to \$2.9 billion in 2016. 

The category of PaaS includes suites of application infrastructure services, such as application platforms as a service (aPaaS) and integration platforms as a service (iPaaS); as well as specialist application infrastructure services, such as database platform as a service, business process management platform as a service, messaging as a service and other functional types of middleware offered as a cloud service. Users may subscribe to a cloud provider's PaaS or may buy a cloud-enabled application infrastructure product and build their own PaaS for private cloud (private PaaS) or public cloud consumption. 

"Of all the cloud technological aspects, infrastructure as a service (IaaS) and software as a service (SaaS) are the most mature and established from a competitive landscape perspective, while PaaS is the least evolved," said Fabrizio Biscotti, research director at Gartner. "For this reason, PaaS is where the battle between vendors and products is set to intensify the most. It comes as no surprise that the PaaS competitive landscape is still in flux, with traditional application infrastructure vendors facing competition from new large players moving into the market, and myriad specialised PaaS pure players cutting into their slice of profits." 

The largest segments within the PaaS market are cloud application platform services (aPaaS), accounting for 34.4 per cent of total PaaS spending in 2012; cloud application life cycle management (ALM) services (almPaaS) at 12 per cent; cloud BPM platform services (bpmPaaS) at 11.6 per cent; and cloud integration services (iPaaS) at 11.4 per cent. Gartner predicts that the potential spending in PaaS technologies is an average of \$360 million per year from 2011 through 2016. 

More than 70 per cent of PaaS functionality today can be referenced to an application infrastructure and middleware (AIM) capability, calling for AIM vendors to consider PaaS in their offerings or to have a strategy to address the needs of those clients looking at cloud for future deployments. Today, the largest AIM vendors have only marginal share of the PaaS market (lead by Microsoft and some IBM acquisitions), and this leaves the door open for more competitive landscape disruption over the next three years since many of the largest enterprise software vendors are on the cusp of entering the PaaS market with their own offerings.  

"The fundamental appeal of PaaS is the opportunity for ISVs (independent software vendors) and IT organizations to create new software solutions with minimal capital expense and without the hassle of provisioning and configuring the underlying infrastructure," said Yefim Natis, distinguished analyst at Gartner. "Too many SMBs (small or midsize businesses), in addition, PaaS offers the chance to take advantage of some state of the art enabling technologies, they otherwise could not afford. Finally, the popularity of SaaS also drives adoption of PaaS for customisation, extension and integration of the cloud-based applications." 

Despite ongoing economic uncertainties, mature economies, which are also the most mature IT markets, such as the US, Western Europe and Japan, are on the forefront of PaaS adoption. PaaS spending globally is relatively small, and it is almost entirely generated by the US, with 42 per cent of the market, followed by Western Europe and Mature Asia/Pacific. All mature economies combined, account for almost 90 per cent of worldwide PaaS spending. 

Emerging markets are currently only marginally investing in PaaS, but this trend is expected to change as PaaS matures as a technology and the vendor landscape consolidates around fewer mainstream players that have the capability to service wider geographies. 

"All software mega-vendors are strategically investing in the PaaS market despite the relatively modest projected market revenue," said Mr Natis. "Application infrastructure, and in this case application infrastructure as a service (PaaS), has always played a central role in establishing the standards, architectures and best practices in enterprise software markets. The vendors expect their leadership in the PaaS market to translate to large and effective ecosystems of partners, developers and solutions. PaaS technologies are embedded in many other types of cloud services — all major opportunity channels. The direct revenue in the PaaS market grossly underestimates the importance of this part of the cloud architecture."

Additional information is available in the report "Market Trends: Platform as a Service, Worldwide, 2012-2016, 2H12 Update." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2188816.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Platform as a Service Revenue Is on Pace to Reach \$1.2 Billion in 2012Mon, 19 Nov 2012 00:00:00 +0100
PC Market in Western Europe Declined 15 Per Cent in the Third Quarter of 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/149/pc_market_in_western_europe_declined_15_per_cent_in_the_third_quarter_of_2012.htmlPC shipments in Western Europe totalled 13.6 million units in the third quarter of 2012, a 15.4 per cent decline compared with the same period in 2011, according to Gartner, Inc. 

"We've witnessed a decline across all PC segments this quarter in Western Europe," said Meike Escherich, principal analyst at Gartner. In the third quarter of 2012, mobile PC shipments declined 15.2 per cent while desktop PC shipments decreased 15.7 per cent. The professional and consumer PC markets declined 15.8 per cent and 15 per cent, respectively. 

PC shipments in June and July were very low as many vendors were trying to clear inventory from the second quarter of 2012. Channel and retail partners also remained cautious about stocking too much inventory ahead of the Windows 8 launch. 

HP continued to lose market share but retained the No. 1 position in the overall and professional PC segments. "HP's new leadership team has undertaken several initiatives to reignite its business, but transition periods are always difficult," said Ms Escherich. 

Acer maintained second place and is getting closer to HP — Acer was 5.2 percentage points behind HP in market share in the third quarter of 2012. Despite a double-digit volume decline, Acer retained the lead in the consumer PC market in Western Europe. Asus remained in third place as its "netbook" volume declined further and ultrabook uptake remained slow. 

Lenovo had a second consecutive strong quarter and increased its share 2 percentage points in the Western European PC market. Lenovo was also the only top five vendor to exhibit growth this quarter. In addition to vendor acquisitions, Lenovo has taken an aggressive position on pricing, especially in the professional PC market. This strategy had an impact on Dell's performance this quarter — Dell dropped to fifth position.

"The PC market will eventually return to growth, but the growth rate will not be at the level it was a few years ago. The real long-term challenges for the PC industry and PC vendors are to show growth and bring out products that can compete with the compelling new mobile devices coming on to the market," said Ms Escherich.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgPC Market in Western Europe Declined 15 Per Cent in the Third Quarter of 2012Sun, 11 Nov 2012 00:00:00 +0100
Following Fabric-Based Infrastructure Best Practices Could Deliver Six-Figure Savingshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/148/following_fabric_based_infrastructure_best_practices_could_deliver_six_figure_savings.htmlOrganisations are settling for 10 to 20 per cent lower discounts on data centre convergence than could ultimately be achieved, according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner said that if organisations develop a negotiating strategy supported by IT and procurement they could achieve significant savings with fabric-based infrastructure (FBI). 

Gartner defines FBI as an emerging area of vertical integration of hardware and software infrastructure with automation on top, which promises to help IT organisations realise their vision of a dynamically optimised data centre. FBI differs from fabric-based computing (FBC) by enabling existing technology elements to be grouped and packaged in a fabric-enabled environment to achieve infrastructure convergence. 

“IT procurement is often relegated to a subsidiary role after IT and business management have done most of the negotiations with the vendors. In some cases vendors will press users and IT to bypass competitive RFPs so as to expedite integration, shipment and setup of the solution,” said George Weiss, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. “With FBI and converged infrastructures, the entire procurement process must be monitored and executed with careful guidelines, so that all parties involved in executing the deal understand what the deliverables, commitments and long-term implications of the FBI contract are.” 

Gartner recommends 11 steps to evaluate, select and negotiate procurement of FBI or converged infrastructure solutions. “If these best practice steps are followed, there is scope for additional benefits and for discounts as high as 20 per cent off list prices, depending on the nature and stage of the contract,” said Mr Weiss. “We frequently see contract sizes in the \$2 million to \$3 million range when converged solutions are requested. Even 10 per cent could offer the potential for \$200,000 to \$300,000 savings.” 

Step 1.
Ensure the procurement department, which is negotiating terms and conditions to ensure maximum discounts and benefits, is involved in the effort from the outset. If procurement managers are brought in after initial contacts and discussions with vendors, they will be constrained from generating changes or modifications to verbal agreements, or the procurement process will be extended well beyond the desired installation date. 

Step 2.
Prepare a first-time evaluation process six months ahead of the desired date of contract acceptance to allow for visits to vendor sites, demos, evaluations, test runs and design validations. If the contract is rushed, vendors will gain advantages by imposing their own benefits and minimising concessions to the buyer, and, if they are aware of the rush, they can pressure the user to bypass additional competitive proposals. Do not allude to required or urgent deployment dates, top-down pressures from CxOs, or bottom-up pressures from business units. 

Step 3.
Require a cross-functional team to be part of the evaluation process, since many of the roles in traditional deployments may be modified and system configurations may be tightly integrated, with little room for mixing and matching other vendor gear. If the traditional network, storage, security, database management system (DBMS) or computing experts are not made fully aware of the changes in their roles and process coordination, the solution could create resentment and conflict among domain experts. 

Step 4.
Generate an RFI or RFP that reflects the IT department's understanding of business goals in the short, medium and long term, with expected service levels, planned growth and technology life cycle improvements. Vendors of FBI may modify configurations, change the nature of partnerships and require strict adherence to associated management software, while licensing, pricing and other terms and conditions change. Perform "what if?" analyses and risk mitigation strategies to determine what escape valves can be invoked. 

Step 5.
Design the FBI RFP so that at least two suppliers (vendors, resellers or partners) can be engaged in a competitive evaluation. Decide how some parts of the FBI may be supplied by parties other than the lead vendor, and create a plan whereby FBI vertical silos from more than one vendor can be integrated through common infrastructure such as hypervisors, middleware, network and storage components. 

Step 6.
Ensure that the team involved in making the selection works closely with procurement to structure the most favourable contract terms and conditions for the organisation. Procurement should instruct IT participants how to engage with the vendors on technical aspects, including SLA definitions and recourse, without controlling the business and contractual negotiations. 

Step 7.
Specify that quotes be submitted for all line items, split into the following categories: hardware (HW)-compute; HW-networking; HW-storage; software (SW)-fabric resource pool management; SW-cloud management; SW-other licensed; SW maintenance; HW maintenance; and support installation services. Ensure that each category shows list and discounts. Since discounts can vary by category, acquire the knowledge on how category discounts in the FBI compare to stand-alone purchases by category. Pay particular attention to the support category and calculate the ratio of support to total contract value. If the amount exceeds 20 per cent, query the vendor on how the value was determined. 

Step 8.
FBI increases the probability of vendor lock-in, so devise an exit or bridge plan in case the vendor or coalition radically changes or abandons its original or mainstream road map. Devise a plan B such that strategic parts of the FBI have known and accessible alternative suppliers. Consider the lack of alternative options as a single point of failure with the potential to cause serious availability and continuity problems through periods of change, high workload pressures, significant software upgrades, and so on. 

Step 9.
Make the testing and integration that vendors supply as part of the service a collaborative effort, with mutual agreement before shipment. Truly converged and integrated solutions should live up to vendors' promises; it's up to IT staff to monitor the process and ensure vendor resource commitments. At this stage a compromise aimed at protecting the vendor's margins could affect the integrity and service level agreements (SLAs) of the solution. As a crosscheck, compare the vendor's contractual cost with your own hypothetical cost if you were to assume the responsibilities internally. 

Step 10.
Don't commit to timelines for additional purchases and data centre expansion before milestones and support meet agreed commitments. Predicate your continued loyal support of the vendor on quality of service, support and continued beneficial discounts. Keep the door open to competition, with invited presentations or trips to vendors part of your ongoing educational research. This will also help to ensure discount commitments are kept in place as additional projects emerge. 

Step 11.
When the vendor is chosen, don't end the search — technologies are dynamic so you should continually compare the pace of vendors' technological innovation. Gather market data and competitive positioning analysis. Peruse recent public financial disclosures and talk with other adopters. Use this information together with the analysis in follow-up negotiations. 

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Fabric-Based Infrastructure Best Practices Could Result in Up to Six-Figure Savings." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2200515

Additional analysis on data centre cost optimisation will be discussed at the Gartner Data Center Summit 2012 taking place from 27 to 28 November in London and at the Gartner Data Center Conference 2012 running from 3 to 6 December in Las Vegas. These events will deliver a wealth of strategic guidance and tactical recommendations on the hottest issues, including servers, next-stage virtualisation, and the impact of cloud computing, mobility, storage, facilities, business continuity and disaster recovery. 

For further information on the London Summit, visit http://www.gartner.com/eu/datacenter.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgFollowing Fabric-Based Infrastructure Best Practices Could Deliver Six-Figure SavingsWed, 31 Oct 2012 00:00:00 +0100
Two-Thirds of Enterprises Will Adopt a Mobile Device Management Solution for Corporate Liable Users Through 2017http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/145/two_thirds_of_enterprises_will_adopt_a_mobile_device_management_solution_for_corporate_liable_users_through_2017.htmlOver the next five years, 65 per cent of organisations will adopt a mobile device management (MDM) solution for their corporate liable users, according to Gartner, Inc. With the increased functionality of smartphones, and the increasing popularity of tablets, much of the network traffic and corporate data that was once the primary domain of enterprise PCs is now being shifted to mobile devices. 

Gartner analysts discussed the growing importance of mobile device management at Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2012, being held in Orlando through today. 

"The era of the PC has ended. Employees are becoming more mobile and looking for ways to still be connected wherever work needs to be done," said Phil Redman, research vice president at Gartner. "The convenience and productivity gains that mobile devices bring are too tempting for most companies and their employees. Securing corporate data on mobile devices is a big challenge, but one that companies must embrace. Businesses are struggling with how to support and secure this dynamic workforce." 

Gartner predicts that through 2017, 90 per cent of organisations will have two or more mobile operating systems to support. In the past year, many companies have moved to Apple's iOS as their main mobile device platform, with others to follow over the next 12 to 18 months. As organisations continue to offer multiplatform support, and new platforms — such as Windows 8 — continue to emerge, MDM needs will continue to grow. 

As one of the fastest-growing enterprise devices in the past 18 months, tablets are a further driving force for organisations adopting MDM. Most companies and users are supporting the tablet for limited usage, typically for email and personal information management (PIM) functions. However, users are pushing for more enterprise applications to be supported on the tablet, usually through either enterprise or application provider development. As more of these native apps become available, and as remote access technology improves, more enterprise content will be stored on these devices. Users are already synchronising corporate content into public clouds for later retrieval on the devices. 

"The rapid influx of users bringing their own consumer mobile devices that demand access to corporate resources presents challenges to organizations," said Mr Redman. "However, by implementing a structured support system with varied support levels, IT organisations can shield business information and enforce policies about data movement between the device and the corporate network, while enabling users to adopt the device they deem most appropriate. Organisations will find it hard to achieve an efficient mobile-support system if all platforms are not managed the same way under enterprise requirements. Like PCs, mobile devices are forms of client access devices, and the policies for them should be similar in strength but optimised for mobile usage, to those governing PCs." 

Gartner said that mobile device proliferation is inevitable and the only way that IT staff can maintain control is by separating mobile computing devices into three distinct device classes: trusted standard devices provided by the company, tolerated devices and non-supported devices. In this scenario, users are given a predefined list of supported technologies in each class, along with a budget for the projected amount that each selection consumes. Users can optimise the technologies according to their requirements without exceeding the budget. Expense limits and spending caps by individuals bypass the need to rely on subjective interpretations of "reasonable use." 

"This is just the start for MDM. More data is being put on mobile devices, and organisations are fast developing their own applications to support their mobile users. As mobile devices continue to displace traditional PCs, enterprises will look to their existing MDM systems to support more devices and enterprise applications and data," said Mr Redman. "MDM vendors are moving beyond security, to support enterprise and third-party applications, data and content. In the next two years, we will continue to see MDM platforms broaden out and become more enterprise mobile system management platforms, not just for devices alone."

About Gartner Symposium/ITxpo

Gartner Symposium/ITxpo is the world's most important gathering of CIOs and senior IT executives. This event delivers independent and objective content with the authority and weight of the world's leading IT research and advisory organization, and provides access to the latest solutions from key technology providers. Gartner's annual Symposium/ITxpo events are key components of attendees' annual planning efforts. IT executives rely on Gartner Symposium/ITxpo to gain insight into how their organizations can use IT to address business challenges and improve operational efficiency. 

Additional information about Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2012 in Orlando, is available at www.gartner.com/symposium/us. Video replays of keynotes and sessions are available on Gartner Events on Demand at www.gartnerondemand.com.  
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgTwo-Thirds of Enterprises Will Adopt a Mobile Device Management Solution for Corporate Liable Users Through 2017Thu, 25 Oct 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Reveals Top Predictions for IT Organisations and Users for 2013 and Beyondhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/146/gartner_reveals_top_predictions_for_it_organisations_and_users_for_2013_and_beyond.htmlGartner, Inc. has revealed its top predictions for IT organisations and IT users for 2013 and beyond. Gartner analysts presented their findings during Gartner Symposium/ITxpo, being held in Orlando through 25 October.
Gartner's top predictions focus on economic risks, opportunities and innovations that will impel CIOs to move to the next generation of business-driven solutions. Selected from across Gartner's research areas as the most compelling and critical predictions, they address the trends and topics that underline the reduction of control that IT has over the forces that affect it. 

"The priorities of CEOs must be dealt with by CIOs who exist in a still-turbulent economy and increasingly uncertain technology future," said Daryl Plummer, managing vice president and Gartner fellow. "As consumerisation takes hold and the Nexus of Forces drives CEOs to certain expectations, CIOs must still provide reliability, serviceability and availability of systems and services. Their priorities must span multiple areas. As the world of IT moves forward, it is finding that it must coordinate activities in a much wider scope than it once controlled, and as a result, a loss of control echoes through several predictions we are making." 

Gartner's top predictions for IT Organisations include the following: 

Through 2015, 90% of enterprises will bypass broad-scale deployment of Windows 8.

Windows 8 is Microsoft's attempt to bring the touch interface to its flagship product to counter gains by Apple in rapid-growth markets. Microsoft had to make this change to modernise its offering, and its approach is to push IT Organisations to this new interface as quickly as possible. However, most organisations and their trusted management vendors are not yet prepared for this change, and Gartner predicts that organisations will want to wait for more stability before proceeding. While Microsoft as a technology company can make these changes at a more advanced pace, the preponderance of the customer base cannot move so quickly. The market will take time to mature, and most enterprises will sit on the sideline for now. 

By Year-End 2014, three of the top five mobile handset vendors will be Chinese.

Mobile phone penetration in emerging markets has resulted in a changing of the guard in terms of the leading vendors. The openness of Android creates new markets for OEMs that previously did not have the necessary software expertise and engineering capabilities. The market continues to consolidate around Android and iOS, with other ecosystems struggling to gain traction, and, with most vendors committed to Android, it has become difficult to differentiate. The result is that the traditional mobile phone players are getting squeezed, being unable to compete with Apple and Samsung at the high end and struggling to differentiate from aggressive new vendors, most notably Huawei and ZTE, which are using the same Android platform for their models. Chinese vendors have the opportunity to leverage their strong position in the domestic Chinese market for entry-level smartphones and expand to other regions, because this is not just an emerging-market phenomenon. 

By 2015, big data demand will reach 4.4 million jobs globally, but only one-third of those jobs will be filled.

The demand for big data is growing, and organisations will need to reassess their competencies and skills to respond to this opportunity. Jobs that are filled will result in real financial and competitive benefits for Organisations. An important aspect of the challenge in filling these jobs lies in the fact that organisations need people with new skills — data management, analytics and business expertise and non-traditional skills necessary for extracting the value of big data, as well as artists and designers for data visualisation. 

By 2014, European Union directives will drive legislation to protect jobs, reducing offshoring by 20 per cent through 2016.

An upward trend in unemployment has continued in the European Union during the ongoing financial crisis. With little expectation of a short-term recovery, Gartner expects to see the European Union introducing directives before the end of 2014 to protect local jobs. The impact of this protectionist legislation would be a net reduction of offshoring by 20 per cent through 2016. This does not mean that Organisations would abandon the use of global delivery models, but it would result in the rebalancing of where labour is located with such models. Opportunities would be created for firms to invest further in lower-cost parts of Europe, or in areas within their domestic location, where costs may be lower. 

By 2014, IT hiring in major Western markets will come predominantly from Asian-headquartered companies enjoying double-digit growth.

An increasing number of successful Asian companies — particularly from China and India — are enjoying double-digit growth rates and will substantially grow their geographic footprints, making significant investments in major Western markets through 2015. Consequently, these organisations will be responsible for major hiring of IT professionals to support their growth at a time when Western companies will still be coping with the impact of the economic crisis. Exacerbating the disparity between the hiring practices of Western and Asian organisations will be the increased use of industrialised IT solutions, which will further reduce the IT staffing needs of Western firms. 

By 2017, 40 per cent of enterprise contact information will have leaked into Facebook via employees' increased use of mobile device collaboration applications.

Facebook is one of the top five applications installed on smartphones and tablets, and many organisations are being pressured to permit interlinking with Facebook and similar products, because those products provide a high degree of leverage for new contacts. While many organisations have been legitimately concerned about the physical coexistence of consumer and enterprise applications on devices that interact with IT infrastructure, there has been little discussion about the underlying technologies that permit transfer of information between legitimate enterprise-controlled applications and consumer applications. These interactions are difficult to track, and the technologies to control the transfer are more difficult to build, deploy and manage. 

Through 2014, employee-owned devices will be compromised by malware at more than double the rate of corporate-owned devices.

Corporate networks will become more like college and university networks, which were the original "bring your own device" (BYOD) environments. Because colleges and universities lack control over students' devices, they focus on protecting their networks by enforcing policies that govern network access. Gartner said that businesses will adopt a similar approach and will block or restrict access for those devices that are not compliant with corporate policies. Businesses that adopt BYOD initiatives should establish clear policies that outline which employee-owned devices will be allowed and which will be banned. In the BYOD era, security professionals will need to diligently monitor vulnerability announcements and security incidents involving mobile devices and respond appropriately with policy updates. 

Through 2014, software spending resulting from the proliferation of smart operational technology will increase by 25 per cent.

Previously "dumb" operational devices or objects, like a vending machine, medical device, marine engine or parking meter, are now having software embedded in them, and sensors are being linked to the internet to create and receive data streams. This machine-to-machine communication has the potential to trigger significant new software costs for four reasons: (1) because of the amount of software like light databases or operating systems embedded within large numbers of operational devices; (2) because of the traditional software vendors starting to charge license fees, in certain circumstances, if the devices even indirectly hit their applications; (3) because operational technology vendors are developing IT-like platforms and getting away from hardware sales and into annuity software sales; (4) because the people buying and paying for this may not even be in IT, are not experts in software procurement, and may make expensive mistakes signing license agreements with hidden, or not so hidden, costs and risks. 

By 2015, 40 per cent of Global 1000 Organisations will use gamification as the primary mechanism to transform business operations.

Seventy per cent of business transformation efforts fail due to lack of engagement. Gamification addresses engagement, transparency of work, and connecting employees' actions to business outcomes. Companies apply feedback, measurement and incentives — the same techniques that game designers use, to keep players interested — to achieve the needed engagement for the transformation of business operations. Diverse industry segments are already finding gamification effective, and Gartner predicts that the worldwide market will grow from \$242 million in 2012 to \$2.8 billion in 2016, with enterprise gamification eclipsing consumer gamification in 2013. 

By 2016, wearable smart electronics in shoes, tattoos and accessories will emerge as a \$10 billion industry.

The majority of revenue from wearable smart electronics over the next four years will come from athletic shoes and fitness tracking, communications devices for the ear, and automatic insulin delivery for diabetics. Wearable smart electronics, such as fitness trackers, often come with data analysis applications or services that create useful insights for the wearer. Applications and services will create new value for consumers, especially when combined with personal preferences, location, biosensing and social information. CIOs must evaluate how the data from wearable electronics can be used to improve worker productivity, asset tracking and workflow. Wearable electronics will also provide more-detailed information to retailers for targeting advertisements and promotions. 

By 2014, market consolidation will displace up to 20 per cent of the top 100 IT services providers.

A Nexus of Forces, including cloud, big data, mobility and social media, along with continued global economic uncertainty, will accelerate the restructuring of the nearly \$1 trillion IT services market. By 2015, low-cost cloud services will cannibalise up to 15 per cent of top outsourcing players' revenue, and more than 20 per cent of large IT outsourcers not investing enough in industrialisation and value-added services will disappear through merger and acquisition. This will limit and endanger the typical offshore/nearshore approach run by dedicated IT services providers and create low-cost options onshore or facilitate a globalised approach to staffing. CIOs should re-evaluate the providers and types of providers used for IT services, with particular interest in cloud-enabled providers supporting information, mobile and social strategies. 

About Gartner Symposium/ITxpo

Gartner Symposium/ITxpo is the world's most important gathering of CIOs and senior IT executives. This event delivers independent and objective content with the authority and weight of the world's leading IT research and advisory Organisation, and provides access to the latest solutions from key technology providers. Gartner's annual Symposium/ITxpo events are key components of attendees' annual planning efforts. IT executives rely on Gartner Symposium/ITxpo to gain insight into how their Organisations can use IT to address business challenges and improve operational efficiency. 

Additional information about Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2012 in Orlando, is available at www.gartner.com/symposium/us. Video replays of keynotes and sessions are available on Gartner Events on Demand at www.gartnerondemand.com.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Reveals Top Predictions for IT Organisations and Users for 2013 and BeyondWed, 24 Oct 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Identifies the Top 10 Strategic Technology Trends for 2013http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/147/gartner_identifies_the_top_10_strategic_technology_trends_for_2013.htmlGartner, Inc. highlighted the top 10 technologies and trends that will be strategic for most organisations in 2013. Gartner analysts presented their findings during Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2012, being held in Orlando through 25 October. 

Gartner defines a strategic technology as one with the potential for significant impact on the business in the next three years. Factors that denote significant impact include a high potential for disruption to IT or the business, the need for a major dollar investment, or the risk of being late to adopt. 

A strategic technology may be an existing technology that has matured and/or become suitable for a wider range of uses. It may also be an emerging technology that offers an opportunity for strategic business advantage for early adopters or with potential for significant market disruption in the next five years. These technologies impact the organisation's long-term plans, programmes and initiatives. 

“We have identified the top 10 technologies that will be strategic for most organisations, and that IT leaders should factor into their strategic planning processes over the next two years,” said David Cearley, vice president and Gartner Fellow. “This does not necessarily mean organisations should adopt and invest in all of the listed technologies; however companies need to be making deliberate decisions about how they fit with their expected needs in the near future.” 

Mr Cearley said that these technologies are emerging amidst a nexus of converging forces - social, mobile, cloud and information. Although these forces are innovative and disruptive on their own, together they are revolutionising business and society, disrupting old business models and creating new leaders. As such, the Nexus of Forces is the basis of the technology platform of the future. 

The top 10 strategic technology trends for 2013 include: 

Mobile Device Battles

Gartner predicts that by 2013 mobile phones will overtake PCs as the most common web access device worldwide and that by 2015 over 80 per cent of the handsets sold in mature markets will be smartphones. However, only 20 per cent of those handsets are likely to be Windows phones. By 2015, media tablet shipments will reach around 50 per cent of laptop shipments and Windows 8 will likely be in third place behind Google’s Android and Apple iOS operating systems. Windows 8 is Microsoft’s big bet and Windows 8 platform styles should be evaluated to get a better idea of how they might perform in real-world environments as well as how users will respond. Consumerisation will mean organisations won't be able to force users to give up their iPads or prevent the use of Windows 8 to the extent consumers adopt consumer-targeted Windows 8 devices. Businesses will need to support a greater variety of form factors, reducing the ability to standardise PC and tablet hardware. The implications for IT is that the era of PC dominance with Windows as the single platform will be replaced with a post-PC era where Windows is just one of a variety of environments IT will need to support. 

Mobile Applications and HTML5

The market for tools to create consumer and enterprise facing apps is complex with well over 100 potential tools vendors. Currently, Gartner separates mobile development tools into several categories. For the next few years, no single tool will be optimal for all types of mobile application so expect to employ several. Six mobile architectures – native, special, hybrid, HTML 5, Message and No Client will remain popular. However, there will be a long term shift away from native apps to web apps as HTML5 becomes more capable. Nevertheless, native apps won't disappear, and will always offer the best user experiences and most sophisticated features. Developers will also need to develop new design skills to deliver touch-optimised mobile applications that operate across a range of devices in a coordinated fashion. 

Personal Cloud

The personal cloud will gradually replace the PC as the location where individuals keep their personal content, access their services and personal preferences and centre their digital lives. It will be the glue that connects the web of devices they choose to use during different aspects of their daily lives. The personal cloud will entail the unique collection of services, web destinations and connectivity that will become the home of their computing and communication activities. Users will see it as a portable, always-available place where they go for all their digital needs. In this world no one platform, form factor, technology or vendor will dominate and managed diversity and mobile device management will be an imperative. The personal cloud shifts the focus from the client device to cloud-based services delivered across devices. 

Enterprise App Stores

Organisations face a complex app store future as some vendors will limit their stores to specific devices and types of apps forcing the business to deal with multiple stores, multiple payment processes and multiple sets of licensing terms. By 2014, Gartner said that many organisations will deliver mobile applications to workers through private application stores. With enterprise app stores the role of IT shifts from that of a centralised planner to a market manager providing governance and brokerage services to users and potentially an ecosystem to support apptrepreneurs. 

The Internet of Things

The Internet of Things (IoT) is a concept that describes how the internet will expand as physical items such as consumer devices and physical assets are connected to the internet. Key elements of the IoT which are being embedded in a variety of mobile devices include embedded sensors, image recognition technologies and NFC payment. As a result, mobile no longer refers only to use of cellular handsets or tablets. Cellular technology is being embedded in many new types of devices including pharmaceutical containers and automobiles. Smartphones and other intelligent devices don't just use the cellular network, they communicate via NFC, Bluetooth, LE and Wi-Fi to a wide range of devices and peripherals, such as wristwatch displays, healthcare sensors, smart posters, and home entertainment systems. The IoT will enable a wide range of new applications and services while raising many new challenges. 

Hybrid IT and Cloud Computing

As staffs have been asked to do more with less, IT departments must play multiple roles in coordinating IT-related activities, and cloud computing is now pushing that change to another level. A recently conducted Gartner IT services survey revealed that the internal cloud services brokerage (CSB) role is emerging as IT organisations realise that they have a responsibility to help improve the provisioning and consumption of inherently distributed, heterogeneous and often complex cloud services for their internal users and external business partners. The internal CSB role represents a means for the IT organisation to retain and build influence inside its organisation and to become a value centre in the face of challenging new requirements relating to increasing adoption of cloud as an approach to IT consumption.
Strategic Big Data
Big Data is moving from a focus on individual projects to an influence on enterprises’ strategic information architecture. Dealing with data volume, variety, velocity and complexity is forcing changes to many traditional approaches. This realisation is leading organisations to abandon the concept of a single enterprise data warehouse containing all information needed for decisions. Instead they are moving towards multiple systems, including content management, data warehouses, data marts and specialised file systems tied together with data services and metadata, which will become the "logical" enterprise data warehouse. 

Actionable Analytics

Analytics is increasingly delivered to users at the point of action and in context. With the improvement of performance and costs, IT leaders can afford to perform analytics and simulation for every action taken in the business. The mobile client linked to cloud-based analytic engines and big data repositories potentially enables use of optimisation and simulation everywhere and every time. This new step provides simulation, prediction, optimisation and other analytics, to empower even more decision flexibility at the time and place of every business process action.  

In Memory Computing

In memory computing (IMC) can also provide transformational opportunities. The execution of certain-types of hours-long batch processes can be squeezed into minutes or even seconds allowing these processes to be provided in the form of real-time or near real-time services that can be delivered to internal or external users in the form of cloud services. Millions of events can be scanned in a matter of a few tens of millisecond to detect correlations and patterns pointing at emerging opportunities and threats "as things happen." The possibility of concurrently running transactional and analytical applications against the same dataset opens unexplored possibilities for business innovation. Numerous vendors will deliver in-memory-based solutions over the next two years driving this approach into mainstream use. 

Integrated Ecosystems

The market is undergoing a shift to more integrated systems and ecosystems and away from loosely coupled heterogeneous approaches. Driving this trend is the user desire for lower cost, simplicity, and more assured security. Driving the trend for vendors the ability to have more control of the solution stack and obtain greater margin in the sale as well as offer a complete solution stack in a controlled environment, but without the need to provide any actual hardware. The trend is manifested in three levels. Appliances combine hardware and software and software and services are packaged to address and infrastructure or application workload. Cloud-based marketplaces and brokerages facilitate purchase, consumption and/or use of capabilities from multiple vendors and may provide a foundation for ISV development and application runtime. In the mobile world, vendors including Apple, Google and Microsoft drive varying degrees of control across and end-to-end ecosystem extending the client through the apps. 

About Gartner Symposium/ITxpo

Gartner Symposium/ITxpo is the world's most important gathering of CIOs and senior IT executives. This event delivers independent and objective content with the authority and weight of the world's leading IT research and advisory organisation, and provides access to the latest solutions from key technology providers. Gartner's annual Symposium/ITxpo events are key components of attendees' annual planning efforts. IT executives rely on Gartner Symposium/ITxpo to gain insight into how their organisations can use IT to address business challenges and improve operational efficiency. 

Additional information about Gartner Symposium/ITxpo 2012 in Orlando, is available at www.gartner.com/symposium/us. Video replays of keynotes and sessions are available on Gartner Events on Demand at www.gartnerondemand.com.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Identifies the Top 10 Strategic Technology Trends for 2013Tue, 23 Oct 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Wafer Fab Equipment Spending to Decline 13.3 Per Cent in 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/144/worldwide_wafer_fab_equipment_spending_to_decline_13.3_per_cent_in_2012.htmlWorldwide wafer fab equipment (WFE) spending is on pace to total \$31.4 billion in 2012, a decline of 13.3 per cent from 2011 spending of \$36.2 billion, according to Gartner, Inc. While the market will improve in 2013, it will not return to positive growth, with WFE spending projected to total \$31.2 billion, a 0.8 per cent decline from 2012. In 2014 the market returns to growth, as it is projected to increase 15.3 per cent to surpass \$35.9 billion. 

"The outlook for semiconductor equipment markets has deteriorated as the macro economy has weakened," said Bob Johnson, research vice president at Gartner. "WFE started off the year strong, as foundries and other logic manufacturers ramped up sub-30-nm (nanometre) production. However, demand for new equipment logic production will soften as yields improve, leading to declining shipment volumes for the rest of the year." 

Wafer fab manufacturing capacity utilisation will decline into the low 80 per cent range by the end of 2012 before slowly increasing to about 87 per cent by the end of 2013. Leading-edge utilisation will return to the high 80 per cent range by the second half of 2012, and move into the low 90 per cent range through 2013, providing for a somewhat positive capital investment environment. 

"Although a period of inventory correction, which led to lowered production levels, appears to be over, overall market weakness is continuing to depress utilization levels," said Mr Johnson. "Increased demand, combined with less than mature yields at the leading edge, is creating shortages at the leading edge for logic, but that is not enough to bring total utilization levels up to desired levels. In the memory segment, some suppliers are even cutting production in an attempt to shore up weak market fundamentals." 

Gartner said that memory will continue to be weak through 2012, with strong declines in DRAM investments and a virtually flat NAND market. Looking beyond 2012, analysts foresee a modest growth pattern, with normal, but relatively benign, cyclical fluctuations as the industry returns to mid-single-digit growth in device revenue, and capital investment responds accordingly. 

Foundry capital spending has been revised downward for 2012 and 2013 due to an earlier yield improvement on 28 nm technology achieved by some foundries and a higher downside risk of wafer demand in the fourth quarter of 2012 and first quarter of 2013. However, foundry capital expenditure (capex) is revised upward for future years due to the more aggressive development schedule of extreme ultraviolet (EUV) and 450 mm.

Foundries will likely tighten their short-term capex when they experience a more than 10 per cent reduction of the fab utilisation rate later in 2012. Wafer demand will drop for several quarters due to the revised downward semiconductor device outlook and the earlier success on yield improvement of 28 nm low-power polysilicon silicon oxynitride (SiON) technology achieved by some key foundries, although the yield of 28 nm high-k metal gate (HKMG) remains below normal. 

Additional information is available in the Gartner report, "Forecast Analysis: Semiconductor Wafer Fab Manufacturing Equipment, Worldwide, 3Q12 Update." The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2175019.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Wafer Fab Equipment Spending to Decline 13.3 Per Cent in 2012Mon, 01 Oct 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide External Controller-Based Disk Storage Market Grew 6.7 Per Cent in the Second Quarter of 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/143/worldwide_external_controller_based_disk_storage_market_grew_6.7_per_cent_in_the_second_quarter_of_2012.htmlWorldwide external controller-based (ECB) disk storage vendor revenue totalled \$5.5 billion in the second quarter of 2012, a 6.7 per cent increase from revenue of \$5.1 billion in the second quarter of 2011, according to Gartner, Inc. The second quarter of 2012 was the 11th  consecutive quarter of revenue growth, but fell shy of Gartner's expectation for a 7.9 per cent year-over-year increase. 

"Although the hard-disk drive (HDD) supply issues created by the October 2011 Thailand flood was no longer an impediment on meeting user demand, the economy in certain regions had a debilitating impact on vendor revenue in the second quarter of 2012," said Roger Cox, research vice president at Gartner. "In particular, the dour EMEA economy dampened year-over-year vendor revenue growth to just 2.6 per cent against a forecast of 7.4 per cent, while the slowing Asia/Pacific economy held year-over-year vendor revenue growth to 9 per cent, 7.1 percentage points lower than Gartner's forecast. Only the North American region and Japan met or exceeded our expectations in the second quarter of 2012." 

Three vendors — EMC, Fujitsu and Oracle — produced year-over-year revenue gains higher than the industry average (see Table 1). EMC leveraged its optimised-to-fit product strategy to increase its leading ECB disk storage platform market share to 33.3 per cent. Fujitsu is benefiting from a rebound in Japan as well as in EMEA where its Fujitsu Technology Solutions subsidiary produced improved results selling the Fujitsu Eternus-branded storage products. Relying on increased sales of the ZFS Storage Appliance, Oracle increased its year-over-year market share for the first time since it closed the acquisition of Sun Microsystems in early 2010.

Worldwide ECB Disk Storage Vendor Revenue Estimates for 2Q12 (Millions of US Dollars)



Market Share


Market Share






























































Note 1: EMC revenue excludes OEM revenue from Dell and Fujitsu Technology Solutions.
Note 2: Hitachi/HDS revenue excludes OEM revenue from HP.
Note 3: NetApp revenue excludes ONTAP OEM revenue from IBM and Engenio OEM revenue.
Note 4: Fujitsu’s branded revenue does not include products sold under the EMC and NetApp brands.
Source: Gartner (September 2012)

Although Dell, HP and Hitachi/Hitachi Data Systems had positive year-on-year revenue growth, each fell short of the overall ECB disk storage market growth in the second quarter of 2012. With the separation from EMC behind it, Dell showed distinct strength with its Compellent and EqualLogic storage platforms. HP capitalised on its increased P10000 3PAR Storage System traction to offset declining EVA sales. As Hitachi/Hitachi Data Systems' modular ECB disk storage offering transitions to the new Hitachi Unified Storage (HUS) platform, Hitachi/Hitachi Data Systems relied largely on its high-end enterprise VSP to enable it to produce positive year-on-year revenue gains. With respect to the network attached storage (NAS) market segment, Dell, HP and Hitachi/Hitachi Data Systems have a weak presence, which hindered their respective ability to gain overall ECB disk storage market share. 

IBM and NetApp were the only two vendors to not achieve year-on-year revenue gains in the second quarter of 2012. Even though IBM's XIV and Storwize V7000 ECB disk storage platforms achieved a 28.2 per cent year-on-year revenue gain, they were unable to offset the deterioration in DS8000 and DS5000/DS3000 revenue. 

Of NetApp's three product families — FAS6000, FAS3000 and FAS2000 — only the FAS2000 series had a positive year-on-year revenue growth in the second quarter of 2012. The FAS6000 and FAS3000 fell off by 15.6 and 17.5 per cent, respectively, while the FAS2000 gained 16.5 per cent. Even though Asia/Pacific and Japan achieved gains of 18.8 and 19 per cent each, NetApp's revenue dropped more in the Americas than it did in EMEA. Mindful that the second calendar quarter covers two months of NetApp's first fiscal quarter, its weakest quarter, and that just one quarter is not a trend, Gartner said that NetApp is facing stronger competitive headwinds in small or midsize business (SMB), as well as the enterprise markets and that branded E-Series did not produce meaningful revenue.

Gartner ECB disk storage reports reflect revenue from new vendor-branded hardware only, as well as hardware revenue associated with financial leases and managed services. Optional and separately priced storage software revenue and storage area network infrastructure components and used ECB disk storage systems are excluded.

Additional information on the ECB disk storage market is available in Gartner's "Quarterly Statistics: Disk Array Storage, All Regions, All Countries, 2Q12 Update." The report includes vendor market share by data access method, price band, sales channel and operating-system segmentation. The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2143917.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide External Controller-Based Disk Storage Market Grew 6.7 Per Cent in the Second Quarter of 2012Fri, 07 Sep 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Server Market Revenue Declined 2.9 Per Cent; Server Shipments Grew 1.4 Per Cent in the Second Quarter of 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/142/worldwide_server_market_revenue_declined_2_9_per_cent__server_shipments_grew_1.4_per_cent_in_the_second_quarter_of_2012.htmlIn the second quarter of 2012, worldwide server shipments grew 1.4 per cent over the second quarter of 2011, while revenue declined 2.9 per cent year-on-year, according to Gartner, Inc.  

“The slight unit growth for the second quarter of 2012 was contrasted by a decline in revenue on a global level with geographic variations continuing to be shown based on the ongoing differences in economic conditions by region,” said Jeffrey Hewitt, research vice president at Gartner. “In terms of revenue growth, only Asia/Pacific and the United States produced growth for the quarter—all other regions declined.” 

“x86 servers continued to grow but at a moderated rate with 1.8 per cent growth in units for the quarter and a 5.6 per cent increase in revenue. RISC/Itanium Unix servers continued to fall globally for the period – a 14.9 per cent decline in shipments and a 17.9 per cent drop in vendor revenue compared to the same quarter last year. The ‘other’ CPU category, which is primarily mainframes, showed a decline of 3.0 per cent,” Mr Hewitt said. 

From the regional standpoint, the United States grew the most significantly in shipments with an 8.4 per cent increase. The United States also posted the highest vendor revenue growth at 6.5 per cent for the period.  

HP had the lead for the quarter in the worldwide server market based on revenue (download Tables below). The company posted worldwide server vendor revenue of \$3.7 billion for a total share of 29.1 per cent for the second quarter of 2012 HP’s ProLiant brand was the most significant revenue contributor to its server product lines at 85.4 per cent of its total server revenue for the second quarter.

In server shipments, HP remained the worldwide leader in the second quarter of 2012 (download Tables below) in spite of a shipment decline of 5.6 per cent from the second quarter of last year. This decline was driven primarily by drops in HP’s ProLiant and Integrity brands. 

In terms of x86-based server form factors, blade servers rose 1.1 per cent in shipments and 7.3 per cent in revenues for the quarter. The x86-based rack-optimized form factor fell 3.1 per cent in shipments and climbed 3.1 per cent in revenue for the second quarter of 2012.

In Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA), server shipments totalled more than 585,000 units in the second quarter of 2012, a decrease of 4.4 per cent from the equivalent period last year (download Tables below). Server revenue totalled \$3.3 billion in the second quarter of 2012, a decline of 11.6 per cent from the equivalent quarter last year (download Tables below). 

“The EMEA server market continues to struggle as a result of broader economic challenges, with the second quarter of 2012 marking the third consecutive quarter of decline in shipments and the fourth consecutive quarter of revenue decline,” said Adrian O’Connell, research director at Gartner. “Each of the three key sub regions saw revenue decline: Eastern Europe by 1.3 per cent, the Middle East and Africa by 0.5 per cent and Western Europe by 14.7 per cent. This weakness was evident in both technological and geographical segments.” 

The Other CPU segment showed the weakest result, with a 37.1 per cent year-on-year decline, the market's general weakness being compounded in this segment by a cyclical low in terms of the life cycle of products. The RISC/Itanium Unix segment was also very weak, with a 25.1 per cent decline, as migration away from Unix platforms continued. Despite the overall Unix weakness, IBM continued to do well, with its share of all RISC/Itanium Unix revenue increasing to nearly 53 per cent. The x86 segment, although less weak than the others, also declined, with revenue down by 2.9 per cent. 

As in the first quarter of 2012, Dell continued to be the only top-five vendor to achieve revenue growth, as each of the other four suffered revenue declines. As such, Dell increased its revenue share by two percentage points in the second quarter of 2012. HP, in first place, performed slightly better than the market, despite suffering declines in shipments and revenue. IBM, in second place, suffered a 3.1 percentage point loss of share. “It was the vendor most affected by the weakness in the product life cycle, but it will hope to reverse this trend with the introduction of new, high-end products in future quarters,” said Mr O’Connell. 

EMEA was not alone in having a difficult time this quarter, with Japan and Latin America also declining, and even Asia/Pacific achieving only modest growth. “The real challenge for vendors operating in EMEA is that this region lacks many of the long-term growth drivers that other regions enjoy, and the region's economic malaise is limiting the short-term outlook,” said Mr O’Connell. “New product introductions may help spur some improvement in demand as we move into the second half of the year, but the key issue for vendors remains one of execution in order to make the most of competitive opportunities.”

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Server Market Revenue Declined 2.9 Per Cent; Server Shipments Grew 1.4 Per Cent in the Second Quarter of 2012Fri, 31 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Six Core Principles to Tap the Power of Social Mediahttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/141/six_core_principles_to_tap_the_power_of_social_media.htmlMany business and IT leaders tasked with executing on social-media-based efforts do not place enough emphasis on the "social" aspect of community participation, according to Gartner, Inc. Although numerous organisations have achieved social media success, failure rates are very high because leaders and managers rely too heavily on social technology functionality and often miss the critical design concerns. 

"Far too many social media endeavours are failing because the managers leading the efforts lack knowledge of the fundamental principles of mass collaboration," said Anthony Bradley, group vice president at Gartner. "Business and IT leaders must understand the basic nature of mass collaboration and how to deliver on its unique value. Like never before, millions of people can simultaneously create content, share experiences, build relationships, and engage in other forms of productive work and meaningful activities." 

Mr Bradley said that business and IT leaders shouldn't assume that the social technologies automatically come with the needed mass collaboration built in. Mass collaboration must be designed and delivered as part of the social solution, and no social technology is great enough to save efforts that ignore or omit the fundamental principles of mass collaboration. 

"When these efforts are omitted, people don't view the social media environment as a place for them to meaningfully collaborate, and so adoption never really takes hold," Mr Bradley said. "Initial interest wanes quickly as community members realise that collaborating in the environment is too difficult. Participation lacks focus, and critical mass never materialises around a common cause." 

Gartner has identified six core design principles that distinguish social media from other approaches to communication and collaboration, and form the foundation for its unique mass-collaboration value proposition. Business leaders should apply these principles to shift away from a "provide and pray" approach to a motivate and engage strategy. These core design principles can be viewed on Flickr at http://bit.ly/Lu3Dud

      Participation: Getting Communities to Work for You
Successful social media solutions tap into the power of mass collaboration through user participation. Many organisations miss the participation principle and look at social media as another channel for corporate communications rather than an opportunity for mass collaboration. Instead, Gartner recommends that business leadership set active participation as a priority design goal, with everything else revolving around getting the community to contribute valuable content. Providing seed content to promote community contributions, and motivating content contribution through social incentive mechanisms — such as social status and gamification — are recommended to drive participation. 

      Collective: People Must Swarm to the Effort
With social media, participants "collect" around a unifying cause. People go to the content to contribute their piece to the whole. However, the most challenging effort with social media is to gain community adoption, and speed is critical. Swarming is almost completely dependent on the organisation’s purpose for mass collaboration. Purpose is the specific reason business leadership wants people to collaborate; this is what draws together a community and gets them to contribute. More importantly, purpose also identifies the "what’s in it for me" for the individual contributors. What’s unique about mass collaboration is that people are self-motivated to participate if the purpose is compelling enough to them personally. 

Gartner advises organisations to pursue a specific and well-defined purpose that is easily identifiable and meaningful to the target audience. It’s important to capitalise on physical world events, as well as online events, as part of a "tipping point plan" to rally people and catalyse a community. 

      Transparency: The Community Validates and Organises Content
A social media solution also provides transparency, in that participants are privy to one another's participation. It is in this transparency that the community improves content, unifies information, self-governs, self-corrects, evolves, creates emergence and otherwise propels its own advancement. This principle of transparency distinguishes social media from other forms of content sharing, such as web content management and traditional knowledge management systems. 

Gartner recommends empowering the community with a robust capability to view, use and provide feedback on the contributions of others: with functionality such as thumbs up and thumbs down, tagging, voting, star ratings, and social commentary. Employing transparency with social status and gamification mechanisms, such as leader boards, virtual currencies and badges, also helps to create incentives and recognise valuable contributions. 

      Independence: Provides the "Mass" in Mass Collaboration
Independence delivers anytime, anyplace and any-member collaboration, which means any participant can contribute completely independent of any other. To aid independence, Gartner advises organisations to consider the potential scale of the social media solution, and examine the design for anything that may impede anytime, anyplace and any-member collaboration. They should also eliminate, or at least minimise, any workflow, controls, administration and moderating, or other gating mechanisms that can create bottlenecks and negatively impact scale. 

      Persistence: Contributions Must Endure for Scaled Value
Social media captures participants' interactions and contributions in a persistent state for others to view, share and augment. This principle shows how social media differs from "same time" conversational interactions, such as telephone and videoconferencing, where the information exchanged isn't captured effectively. 

Organisations should make it easy for participants to capture content using evolving technologies, such as contextual information capture, to help collect more interaction content. They should examine how much persistence is desired, how much of the contribution to capture, how to manage it and how long to maintain it, whilst identifying content that is critical to the purpose of the social media effort. 

      Emergence: Communities Self-Direct for Greater Productivity
The behaviours in mass collaboration cannot be modelled, designed, optimised or controlled like those in traditional systems. They emerge over time through the interactions of community members. Emergence is what allows collaborative communities to come up with new ways of working or new solutions to seemingly intractable problems. 

Gartner advises organisations to focus on the ends and not the means, by providing the community with the time and flexibility to find its own way of achieving results. An organisation should observe social media behaviours, examine how productivity actually manifests itself through community interactions, then guide the community or make other organisational behaviour adjustments to accommodate new ways of working. 

Additional information is available in the report: "Master Six Core Principles to Tap the Massive Power of Social Media," which is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1860514.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgSix Core Principles to Tap the Power of Social MediaWed, 29 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Bring Your Own Device Programmes Herald the Most Radical Shift in Enterprise Client Computing Since the Introduction of the PChttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/139/bring_your_own_device_programmes_herald_the_most_radical_shift_in_enterprise_client_computing_since_the_introduction_of_the_pc.htmlThe rise of bring your own device (BYOD) programmes is the single most radical shift in the economics of client computing for business since PCs invaded the workplace, according to Gartner, Inc. Every business needs a clearly articulated position on BYOD, even if it chooses not to allow for it. 

BYOD is an alternative strategy that allows employees, business partners and other users to use personally selected and purchased client devices to execute enterprise applications and access data. For most organisations, the programme is currently limited to smartphones and tablets, but the strategy may also be used for PCs and may include subsidies for equipment or service fees. 

"With the wide range of capabilities brought by mobile devices, and the myriad ways in which business processes are being reinvented as a result, we are entering a time of tremendous change," said David Willis, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. "The market for mobile devices is booming and the basic device used in business compared to those used by consumers is converging. Simultaneously, advances in network performance allow the personal device to be married to powerful software that resides in the cloud." 

Mobile innovation is now driven more by consumer markets than business markets. Affordability is not only putting very powerful technology in the hands of consumers, but those consumers are also upgrading at a much faster rate. An organisation may better keep up with mobile technology advancements by aligning to the consumer, rather than the much slower pace of business technology adoption, with its long cycle of detailed requirements analysis, established refresh rates, and centralised procurement heritage. Consumers also enjoy equipment and domestic service pricing that often matches the best deals that an enterprise can get on behalf of its users. 

In a BYOD approach, users are permitted certain access rights to enterprise applications and information on personally owned devices, subject to user acceptance of enterprise security and management policies. The device is selected and purchased by the user, although IT may provide a list of acceptable devices for the user to purchase. In turn, IT provides partial or full support for device access, applications and data. The organisation may provide full, partial or no reimbursement for the device or service plan. 

"Just as we saw with home broadband in the past decade, the expectation that the company will supply full reimbursement for equipment and services will decline over time, and we will see the typical employer favour reimbursing only a portion of the monthly bill," said Mr Willis. "We also expect that as adoption grows and prices decline employers will reduce the amount they reimburse." 

While BYOD programmes can reduce costs, they typically do not. As businesses look to drive ever more capability to the mobile device, the costs of software, infrastructure, personnel support and related services will increase over time. Once companies start including file sharing, business applications and collaboration tools, the costs to provide mobile services go up dramatically. 

Gartner believes that IT's best strategy to deal with the rise of BYOD is to address it with a combination of policy, software, infrastructure controls and education in the near term; and with application management and appropriate cloud services in the longer term. Policies must be built in conjunction with legal and HR departments for the tax, labour, corporate liability and employee privacy implications. Gartner recommends that companies start with a standard policy that would apply anywhere, and create customised versions by country if necessary. 

"BYOD is not for every company, or every employee. There will be wide variances in BYOD adoption across the world — by geography, industry and corporate culture," said Mr Willis. "Most programmes are at the employee's discretion — they decide if they want to opt in. For the vast majority of companies it is not possible to force all users into a bring your own (BYO) programme without substantial financial investments — and considerable support from senior management." 

Despite the inherent challenges, Gartner believes that we are likely to see highly successful BYOD programmes in the coming years. Many businesses will expand beyond smartphones and tablets and embrace BYO for personal computers. Beyond PCs, it is likely that users will discover new uses for emerging devices not initially understood by IT planners, much like we saw with the iPad. 

"It won't stop with bring your own PC," said Mr Willis. "Bring your own IT is on the horizon. Once these new devices are in the mix, employees will be bringing their own applications, collaboration systems, and even social networks into businesses." 

Additional information is available in the Special Report "Bring Your Own Device: New Opportunities, New Challenges." The Special Report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/technology/research/ipad-media-tablet/bring-your-own-device.jsp.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBring Your Own Device Programmes Herald the Most Radical Shift in Enterprise Client Computing Since the Introduction of the PCTue, 28 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Big Data Makes Organisations Smarter, But Open Data Makes Them Richerhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/138/big_data_makes_organisations_smarter__but_open_data_makes_them_richer.htmlWhereas "big data" will make organisations smarter, open data will be far more consequential for increasing revenue and business value in today's highly competitive environments, according to Gartner, Inc. 

"Big data is a topic of growing interest for many business and IT leaders, and there is little doubt that it creates business value by enabling organisations to uncover previously unseen patterns and develop sharper insights about their businesses and environments," said David Newman, research vice president at Gartner. "However, for clients seeking competitive advantage through direct interactions with customers, partners and suppliers, open data is the solution. For example, more government agencies are now opening their data to the public Web to improve transparency, and more commercial organisations are using open data to get closer to customers, share costs with partners and generate revenue by monetising information assets." 

Gartner analysts believe an open data strategy should be a top priority for any organisation that uses the Web as a channel for delivering goods and services. Open data strategies support outside-in business practices that generate growth and innovation. Enterprise architects help their organisation connect independent open data projects by creating actionable deliverables and information-sharing practices that generate business-focused outcomes for achieving strategic customer growth and retention objectives. 

Gartner analysts said that any business that has a data warehouse should consider how it can use data as a strategic asset and revenue generator. Maturing technologies for data quality and data anonymisation can help mitigate regulatory restraints and risk factors. Open data APIs provide simple, Web-oriented means for data exchange, and linked data techniques are effective for generating big datasets. When considering the long-term benefits of an open data strategy, organisations should investigate the types of data exchange now emerging where information producers and consumers share data for profit or mutual gain. 

Emerging data marketplaces are also places for organisations to open their data — potentially turning their "data into dollars." The challenge is to keep the barriers to entry low to enable participation by different types of business and streamlined processes for adding and vetting data sources. Monetising data is a technological and operational challenge. If an organisation's goal is to unlock its data's full revenue potential, it needs to be able to reach all possible data buyers efficiently. 

"With tight budgets and continued economic uncertainty, organisations will need leaders who can craft breakthrough strategies that drive growth and innovation," said Mr Newman. "As change agents, enterprise architects can help their organisations become richer through strategies such as open data." 

Although openness is a pervasive and persistent issue in IT, there is very little agreement about exactly what "open" means. According to Gartner analysts, an informal definition of openness is a level playing field where everyone plays a game that can evolve. There is a positive relationship between the openness of information goods (for example, code, data, content and standards) and information services (for example, services that offer information goods, such as the Internet, Wikipedia, OpenStreetMap and GPS) and the size and diversity of the community sharing them. From the viewpoint of enterprise information architects, this is known as the information-sharing network effect: the business value of a data asset increases the more widely and easily it is shared. 

Open data APIs are a lightweight approach to data exchange. Their use is now considered a best practice for opening data and functionality to developers and other businesses. Organisations use APIs to generate new sources of revenue, spur innovation, increase transparency and improve brand equity. 

"The challenge for organisations is to determine how best to use APIs and how an open data strategy should align with business priorities," Mr Newman said. "This is where enterprise architects can help. While some internal IT functions may be using APIs to fulfil local or specific application needs, the enterprise architecture process harvests and elevates good works as first-class strategic priorities that create business-focused outcomes. As a strategic enabler, APIs are a powerful means with which to build an ecosystem, and a first step toward monetising data assets." 

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Open for Business: Learn to Profit by Open Data." The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1947015.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgBig Data Makes Organisations Smarter, But Open Data Makes Them RicherSat, 25 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Organisations Are More Likely to Use SaaS for Sensitive Data Than for Mission-Critical Datahttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/137/organisations_are_more_likely_to_use_saas_for_sensitive_data_than_for_mission_critical_data.htmlAvoiding the use of software as a service (SaaS) for critical or sensitive data remains a significant form of risk control for many organisations, according to Gartner, Inc. But those that do use SaaS for such data are more likely to use it for sensitive data than for mission-critical data. 

These findings are based on Gartner's latest annual survey of the state of risk management programmes globally, which questioned 425 respondents from IT risk management disciplines in the US, UK, Germany and Canada from December 2011 to January 2012.  
The survey results show that organisations take different approaches to risk management when confronted with a need or opportunity to share data with different types of external party. 

Assessment Practices for External Parties

Survey respondents were asked if they had processes in place to assess external party security, risk management, compliance, privacy and BCP/DR for four different situations. Respondents answered: “Do not allow use for sensitive data or processes" almost twice as often in the case of business partners (38 per cent) as for platform as a service (PaaS) and infrastructure as a service (IaaS) (20 per cent). 

Compared with PaaS/IaaS, organisations are about 30 per cent more likely to have a policy against putting sensitive data into SaaS (26 per cent), and about 45 per cent more likely to have a policy against putting it into outsourced data centres (29 per cent). 

"These results make sense, given that sharing data with a partner almost certainly means that one or more of its employees will be accessing the data, while in a SaaS scenario, the data is typically only accessible to the primary customer," said Jay Heiser, research vice president at Gartner. "This year we asked about both data availability and data confidentiality policies. Survey respondents indicated 10 per cent less willingness to place mission-critical data into a SaaS offering than to place sensitive data into it. They were even less willing to place mission-critical data into outsourced data centres, with over one-third of respondents saying that they do not allow it." 

Platform-as-a-Service/Infrastructure-as-a-Service Risk Assessment Practices

Only 57 per cent of IaaS/PaaS buyers are using a questionnaire to support their risk assessment, and unlike for SaaS, the questionnaire is more likely to be a proprietary one, unique to the buyer's organisation, and less likely to be based on standards. As in the case of SaaS, 26 per cent are also evaluating information from the provider. The most dramatic change over the past three years is the increased willingness to use IaaS and PaaS for sensitive processes. 

Outsourced Data Centre Risk Assessment Practices

Thirty-six per cent of respondents said they had a policy against putting mission-critical data into an outsourced data centre, making avoidance the most chosen mechanism for dealing with data centre risk. The level of response for this choice is significantly higher than for either of the other two service models. Twenty-nine per cent said this policy applied to SaaS, and only 22 per cent said it applied to IaaS/PaaS. 

"One of the biggest drivers is probably an expectation that the packaged service offerings, which typically claim to be based on cloud computing, are more reliable," said Mr Heiser. "While fault tolerance is a feature of many such offerings, we consider it premature to assume that mission-critical data is safer in a cloud than in a traditional data centre in which buyers usually make very specific choices about how data will be backed up." 

The most significant reduction in the use of risk assessment practices has been in the practice of sending company staff to evaluate a partner's controls on-site, which has dropped by over 40 per cent over three years. Use of standards-based questionnaires has increased, while the use of proprietary surveys has dropped by the same degree, leaving the prevalence of questionnaires virtually the same. 

Additional information is available in the report: "Survey Analysis: Assessment Practices for Cloud, SaaS and Partner Risks, 2012," which is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2000315.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgOrganisations Are More Likely to Use SaaS for Sensitive Data Than for Mission-Critical DataSat, 25 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
PC Market in Western Europe Declined 2.4 Per Cent in Second Quarter of 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/136/pc_market_in_western_europe_declined_2.4_per_cent_in_second_quarter_of_2012.htmlPC shipments in Western Europe totalled 13.6 million units in the second quarter of 2012, a 2.4 per cent decline compared with the equivalent period in 2011, according to Gartner, Inc. 

“Although we saw a slight uptake in mobile PC sales, the Western Europe PC market recorded weak overall PC shipments across all countries,” said Meike Escherich, principal analyst at Gartner. 

In Western Europe, mobile PC shipments grew 4 per cent, while desk-based PC shipments declined 12.8 per cent in the second quarter of 2012. The professional PC market declined 5.3 per cent, while the consumer PC market was almost flat, with 0.4 per cent growth. 

Despite losing market share, HP retained the No. 1 position in the Western Europe PC market in the second quarter of 2012 (see Table 1). Acer put in a strong performance, having resolved its inventory issues. Acer increased its market share by 2.7 percentage points, which helped it retain the No. 2 spot. Asus had the best performance among the top five vendors and moved up to No. 3. 



Market Share


Market Share

2Q12 Growth











































“Asus excelled at diversifying its product portfolio, which includes mobile PCs and desk-based PCs, and it is now expanding into Ultrabooks and tablets, all of which are marketed at attractive prices,” said Ms Escherich. Dell struggled to increase its PC shipments and dropped to No. 4. Its transformation from a PC supplier to a solution provider for professional markets is ongoing and has yet to result in an increase in market share. 

“Consumer spending on PCs has been stalled by the ongoing economic uncertainty. If demand, especially from consumers, remains weak there might be some old stock left in the channels ahead of the Windows 8 launch in October. This could lead to significant price cuts in September, and challenges may arise in selling new products into the channel in the third quarter of 2012,” said Ms Escherich.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgPC Market in Western Europe Declined 2.4 Per Cent in Second Quarter of 2012Thu, 09 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide IT Outsourcing Services Spending on Pace to Surpass \$251 Billion in 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/135/worldwide_it_outsourcing_services_spending_on_pace_to_surpass__251_billion_in_2012.htmlWorldwide spending for IT outsourcing (ITO) services is on pace to reach \$251.7 billion in 2012, a 2.1 per cent increase from 2011 spending of \$246.6 billion, according to the latest outlook by Gartner, Inc. 

The fastest-growing segment within the ITO market is cloud compute services, which is part of the cloud-based infrastructure as a service (IaaS) segment. Cloud compute services are expected to grow 48.7 per cent in 2012 to \$5.0 billion, up from \$3.4 billion in 2011. 

"Today, cloud compute services primarily provide automation of basic functions. As next-generation business applications come to market and existing applications are migrated to use automated operations and monitoring, increased value in terms of service consistency, agility and personnel reduction will be delivered", said Gregor Petri, research director at Gartner. "Continued privacy and compliance concerns may however negatively impact growth in some regions, especially if providers are slow in bringing localised solutions to market." 

Data centre outsourcing (DCO), a mature segment of the ITO market that represented 34.5 per cent of the market in 2011, will decline 1 per cent in 2012. "The data centre outsourcing market is at a major tipping point, where various data centre processing systems will gradually be replaced by new delivery models through 2016. These new services enable providers to address new categories of clients, extending DCO from traditional large organisations into small or midsize businesses," said Bryan Britz, research director at Gartner. 

The application outsourcing (AO) segment is expected to reach \$40.7 billion, a 2 per cent increase from 2011 spending of \$39.9 billion. This growth reflects organisations' needs to manage extensive legacy application environments and their commercial off-the-shelf packages that run the business. 

"Change is afoot in the AO market. The burdens of managing the legacy portfolio, along with the limitations of IT budgets, have shifted the enterprise buyers to be cautious and favour a more evolutionary approach to other application services, such as software as a service (SaaS)," said Mr Britz. "New applications will largely be packaged and/or SaaS-deployed in order to extend and modernize the portfolio in an incremental manner. While custom applications will remain 'core' for many organisations, the trend in the next few years to SaaS enablement in the cloud will reflect in the growth of the AO outlook." 

While there will be some impact from the ongoing business slowdown due to sovereign-debt issues in Europe and slowing exports in China, Gartner expects the ITO market in the emerging Asia/Pacific region to represent the highest growth of all regions. 

A challenging economic scenario that worsened in late 2011 continues to affect the government policies and end-user sentiment in many key European countries, resulting in a forecast for Western Europe ITO growth decline of 1.9 per cent in US dollars during 2012. Reinvigorated economic pressure is delaying the willingness of many commercial organisations to focus on enhancing competitiveness rather than cost reduction. In addition, the European public sector will continue to see a cautious budget environment throughout 2012. This will force many central and local government entities to concentrate on outsourcing initiatives aimed at reducing IT cost through IT efficiencies and rationalisation. 

Spending on ITO in the Asia/Pacific region will grow 1 per cent in US dollars in 2012 and exceed 2.5 per cent growth in 2013. With the exception of Japan, Australia, New Zealand, and to a lesser degree, Singapore and Hong Kong, the countries in Asia/Pacific are quite new in terms of outsourcing usage, understanding and sophistication. The growth is being driven by the large inflow of capital into Asia over the past three to five years, leading to the need among global and regional businesses to scale up their operations. 

In North America, Gartner expects that buyers will seek to transition more IT work to annuity-managed service relationships for cost take-out and IT costs. This will keep ITO growing through 2016. Organisations' reluctance to hire or make large capital purchases, as well as their pursuit of asset-light IT strategies, continues to push clients toward consuming externally provided services. 

Additional information is available in the report "Forecast Analysis: IT Outsourcing, Worldwide, 2010-2016, 2Q12 Update," which is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2092915.]]>
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Outsourcing Services Spending on Pace to Surpass \$251 Billion in 2012Tue, 07 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Refusing to Communicate by Social Media Will Be as Harmful to Companies as Ignoring Phone Calls or Emails Is Todayhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/134/refusing_to_communicate_by_social_media_will_be_as_harmful_to_companies_as_ignoring_phone_calls_or_emails_is_today.htmlAs familiarity with social media grows, customers' expectations about how organisations will use these channels are evolving, according to Gartner, Inc. By 2014, organisations that refuse to communicate with customers by social media will face the same level of wrath from customers as those that ignore today's basic expectation that they will respond to emails and phone calls. For organisations that use social media to promote their products, responding to inquiries via social media channels will be the new minimum level of response expected. 

“The dissatisfaction stemming from failure to respond via social channels can lead to up to a 15 per cent increase in churn rate for existing customers,” said Carol Rozwell, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. “It’s crucial that organisations implement approaches to handling social media now. The effort involved in addressing social media commentary is not good cause to ignore relevant comments or solvable issues.” 

However, not all comments on the social web are aimed directly at organisations. Gartner recommends that organisations develop a framework to deal with social media commentary on relevant topics. The framework must complement how an organisation deals with a direct enquiry received through social channels and should address whether a response is warranted, who should respond if it is, and what action is necessary following any response. 

To respond or not?

Social media leaders must develop a process for deciding whether to respond to public or client-prompted social engagements. A person or team needs to have the power to decide whether a comment is relevant and whether the issue presented is solvable, or whether there are positive dimensions to what is being said that should be recorded. 

It’s also important to accept that it’s impracticable and counterproductive to respond to everything. For example, if a comment is clearly inflammatory and unsolvable, it is usually best not to respond at all. However, if a person is an existing customer logging a harsh but legitimate complaint, the issue must be addressed publicly, promptly and within the same media it was made. 

“Generally the best practice is to acknowledge the issue on social media, but to move attempts to resolve the issue offline,” said Ms Rozwell. 

Who should respond?

Every organisation needs a set of rules to define who should deal with different kinds of comment, and a process for deciding how a response will be posted to social media. If no one has been identified to determine this set of rules, that is the first action to take. Then the designated social media leader or team must decide how to categorise comments. For example, some comments about a general issue may simply require monitoring and assessment before a general response is issued, whereas others may require an immediate and personal response and further monitoring. 

It’s not enough simply to decide which people responds to what — the act of responding must be made part of their day job or it will be overlooked. It can be challenging to promote this shift in mindset, and it could require changes to performance metrics and job roles. 

We’ve responded, now what?

Some organisations have implemented the first stages of a social media engagement process, but they make the mistake of treating engagements as ad hoc. While over half of organisations monitor social media, only 23 per cent collect and analyse data. This means that most organisations do not keep records of interactions occurring on social media and do not keep social profiles for people they have engaged with. 

“It’s important not only to keep records of individual conversations, but constantly to analyse the interactions to see what insights can be gleaned from them,” said Ms Rozwell. 

To ensure they are not discarding the valuable information being generated through social media, organisations must create processes for perpetuating customer engagements and for sharing social knowledge throughout the organisation. Developing a means for acting on social data will provide a competitive advantage by providing exceptional customer experience through increasingly significant social channels. 

“We urge organisations to do three things. Firstly, participate — it’s important that organisations don’t let a fear of someone saying something bad about them stop them from participating in social media,” said Ms Rozwell. “Secondly, don’t assume all comments require the same level of attention — develop an appropriate response for the different types of interaction your business faces. Thirdly, plan for an increase in social commentary and adapt communications practices to cope — this will require changes to job descriptions, performance metrics and business processes.”

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgRefusing to Communicate by Social Media Will Be as Harmful to Companies as Ignoring Phone Calls or Emails Is TodayWed, 01 Aug 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Consumers Will Spend \$2.1 Trillion on Technology Products and Services Worldwide in 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/133/consumers_will_spend__2.1_trillion_on_technology_products_and_services_worldwide_in_2012.htmlConsumers will spend \$2.1 trillion worldwide on digital information and entertainment products and services in 2012, according to Gartner, Inc. This amounts to a \$114 billion global increase compared with 2011, and spending will continue to grow at a faster rate than in the past, at around \$130 billion a year, to reach \$2.7 trillion by the end of 2016. 

The \$2.1 trillion consists of consumer spending on mobile phones, computing and entertainment, media and other smart devices, the services required to connect these devices to the appropriate network, and the software and media content that are consumed via these devices. 

"The three largest segments of the consumer technology market are, and will continue to be, mobile services, mobile phones and entertainment services," said Amanda Sabia, principal research analyst at Gartner. "There are two product classes, which in terms of absolute dollars are significantly smaller, but offer tremendous growth by 2016. These are mobile apps stores and e-text content. We fully expect consumers to more than triple their spending in these latter two categories by 2016." 

Mobile services are expected to generate 37 per cent of total worldwide consumer technology spending in 2012 — that is \$0.8 trillion — rising to almost \$1 trillion by 2016. Mobile phones will account for 10 per cent of total spending in 2012 — that is \$222 billion — rising to almost \$300 billion by 2016. Similarly, entertainment services — cable, satellite, IPTV and online gaming, will account for 10 per cent of total consumer spending on technology products and services in 2012, at \$210 billion, rising to almost \$290 billion in 2016. 

Gartner predicts that consumer spending on mobile apps stores and content will rise from \$18 billion in 2012 to \$61 billion by 2016, and that spending on e-text content (e-books, online news, magazines and information services) will rise from \$5 billion in 2012 to \$16 billion by 2016. 

“Our research consistently shows that consumers are willing to pay for content they deem “worth it”,” Ms Sabia said. “However, our research has also found that consumers are willing to tolerate an ad-supported business model in exchange for free functions and content such as personal cloud storage, social networking, information searching, email, IM, person-to-person (P2P) voice (Skype and mobile voice over IP [VoIP]), streaming/downloading video and musical content when accessing the Internet." 

The inter-relationships among the various segments are getting more critical. For example, new multidevice rate plans being announced by US mobile carriers are enabling consumers to get more from their devices. These persistent connections to more phones, tablets and mobile PCs will increase the value of entire ecosystem and will drive hardware sales. Partnerships among vendors in different segments are needed to build the bridges among the various platforms and deliver simpler solutions. 

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Market Trends: Worldwide Consumer Tech Spending." The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2058016.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgConsumers Will Spend \$2.1 Trillion on Technology Products and Services Worldwide in 2012Thu, 26 Jul 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide IT Spending On Pace to Surpass \$3.6 Trillion in 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/132/worldwide_it_spending_on_pace_to_surpass__3.6_trillion_in_2012.htmlWorldwide IT spending is on pace to reach \$3.6 trillion in 2012, a 3 per cent increase from 2011 spending of \$3.5 trillion, according to the latest outlook by Gartner, Inc. Gartner's 2012 IT spending outlook has been revised up slightly from the 2.5 per cent projection last quarter. 

Gartner's global IT spending forecast is relied upon by more than 75 per cent of the Global 500 companies in their key technology decisions. The market segments are analysed by more than 200 Gartner business and technology analysts who are located in all regions of the world. "While the challenges facing global economic growth persist — the eurozone crisis, weaker US recovery, a slowdown in China — the outlook has at least stabilised," said Richard Gordon, research vice president at Gartner. "There has been little change in either business confidence or consumer sentiment in the past quarter, so the short-term outlook is for continued caution in IT spending." 

However, there are some bright spots for IT providers. In contrast to the rather lackluster growth outlook for overall IT spending, Gartner expects enterprise spending on public cloud services to grow from \$91 billion worldwide in 2011 to \$109 billion in 2012. By 2016, enterprise public cloud services spending will reach \$207 billion. 

"Business process as a service (BPaaS) still accounts for the vast majority of cloud spending by organisations, but other areas such as platform as a service (PaaS), software as a service (SaaS) and infrastructure as a service (IaaS) are growing faster," Mr Gordon said. 

Worldwide IT services spending is forecast to reach \$864 billion in 2012, a 2.3 per cent increase from 2011 (see Table 1). Demand for consulting services is expected to remain high due to the complexity of environments for global business and technology leaders. Gartner analysts said consulting itself is becoming increasingly technology-based with the rise of analytics and big data, having deep implications on the future of consulting services.

The global telecom services market continues to be the largest IT spending market. Telecom services growth is expected to come not only from net connections, especially in emerging markets, but also in mature markets from the uptake of multiple connected devices, such as media tablets, gaming and other consumer electronics devices.





Growth (%)




Growth (%)




Growth (%)

Computing Hardware







Enterprise Software







IT Services







Telecom Equipment







Telecom Services







All IT








http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Spending On Pace to Surpass \$3.6 Trillion in 2012Tue, 10 Jul 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Consumers Will Store More Than a Third of Their Digital Content in the Cloud by 2016http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/131/consumers_will_store_more_than_a_third_of_their_digital_content_in_the_cloud_by_2016.htmlThe desire to share content and to access it on multiple devices will motivate consumers to start storing a third of their digital content in the cloud by 2016, according to Gartner, Inc. Gartner said that just 7 per cent of consumer content was stored in the cloud in 2011, but this will grow to 36 per cent in 2016. 

"Historically, consumers have generally stored content on their PCs, but as we enter the post-PC era, consumers are using multiple connected devices, the majority of which are equipped with cameras. This is leading to a massive increase in new user-generated content that requires storage," said Shalini Verma, principal research analyst at Gartner. "With the emergence of the personal cloud, this fast-growing consumer digital content will quickly get disaggregated from connected devices." 

The increased adoption of camera-equipped smartphones and tablets is allowing users to capture huge amounts of photos and videos. Gartner predicts that worldwide consumer digital storage needs will grow from 329 exabytes in 2011 to 4.1 zettabytes in 2016. This includes digital content stored in PCs, smartphones, tablets, hard-disk drives (HDDs), network attached storage (NAS) and cloud repositories. 

The bulk of the cloud storage needs of consumers in the near term will be met by social media sites such as Facebook, which offer free storage space for uploading photos and videos for social sharing. Ms Verma said that while online backup services are the most well-known cloud storage providers, their total storage allocated to consumers and "prosumers" is small relative to that maintained by social media sites. 

Average storage per household will grow from 464 gigabytes in 2011 to 3.3 terabytes in 2016. In 2012, Gartner believes that the adoption of camera-equipped tablets and smartphones will drive consumer storage needs. In the first half of 2012, a shortage in supply of HDDs as a result of the floods in Thailand provided an impetus for cloud storage adoption, leading to an unusual overall growth rate between 2011 and 2012. 

Consumers are expected to first try the basic package that is offered free by online backup companies. These services will be offered as apps on tablets, smartphones and broadband-connected TV because of partnerships between original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and online storage and sync companies. Cloud service providers (CSPs) will also increasingly offer cloud storage. The use of cloud online storage and sync services will provide the foundational experience for consumers to start using cloud storage as part of the personal cloud. 

On-premises storage will remain the main repository of consumer digital content, although Gartner predicts that its share will progressively drop from 93 per cent in 2011 to 64 per cent in 2016 as the direct-to-cloud model becomes more mainstream. Cloud storage will grow at an aggressive pace during this period. A majority of this growth will come from North America and Western Europe. In the Asia/Pacific region, Japan and South Korea will witness the highest growth in cloud storage, where CSPs have been offering online storage and sync services for some years. 

“Local storage will become further integrated with home networking, presenting opportunities for local storage providers to partner with home networking and automation service providers,” said Ms Verma. “Cloud storage will grow with the emergence of the personal cloud, which in turn will simplify the direct-to-cloud model, allowing users to directly store user-generated content in the cloud. As storage becomes a part of the personal cloud, it will become further commoditised. Therefore, online storage and sync companies need to have a strategic rethink about their future approach.”

Additional information is available in the Gartner report “Forecast: Consumer Digital Storage Needs, 2010-2016.” The report is available on Gartner’s web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1953315 

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgConsumers Will Store More Than a Third of Their Digital Content in the Cloud by 2016Mon, 25 Jun 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Identifies Organisational Implications of the Rise of Mobile Deviceshttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/130/gartner_identifies_organisational_implications_of_the_rise_of_mobile_devices.htmlCIOs and IT leaders must address three key implications of the “post-PC” era, as workforces and consumers increasingly access IT applications and content through mobile devices, according to Gartner, Inc. 

“The release of the iPhone five years ago marked a shift towards a mobile-dominated future,” said David Mitchell Smith, research vice president and Gartner Fellow. “With phones and tablets becoming a platform for the delivery of applications and information, and not simply a communications tool, the era of running applications solely on desktop and notebook PCs is rapidly being superseded by a fast-moving, diverse era of ecosystems that span consumer electronics, business computing, fixed-location clients and mobile clients.” 

Gartner analysts identify three key implications of this shift and offer advice to help IT leaders and application development professionals prepare. 

IT organisations must rapidly evolve mobile applications and interfaces to meet sharp increases in demand across B2B, B2E and B2C channels

“This shift in computing to mobile devices, and the ongoing trends of consumerisation and 'bring your own device', mean that IT leaders and application development teams need to take a multichannel approach to applications across business-to-business [B2B], business-to-employee [B2E] and business-to-consumer [B2E] channels. Too many IT departments and end users still assume that only desktop applications are needed,” said Mr Smith. 

Gartner recommends:

  • Performing a mobile-only, mobile-first or legacy assessment during application development.
  • Identifying specific demand for mobile applications in B2E, B2C and B2B sectors during the next 18 months.
  • Implementing an architectural and tool framework for future context-aware apps. 
Application developers need to retool as mobile-centric design replaces desktop-centric design for user interfaces
“The exploding interest in, and use of, mobile devices across consumer and business markets means that mobile interfaces are setting expectations for the usability, appearance and behaviour of future systems and applications,” said Mr Smith. “The leading edge of this change is the touch-and-gesture interface that is fundamental to mobile devices, but beyond this both audio and video channels are being used to expand this new user interface [UI]. Spoken commands drive searches and application actions, while the emerging video channel is leading to facial recognition and in-air gestures.” 

Gartner recommends:

  • Tracking advances in new UI techniques (such as touch, audio, video, gestures, search, social and context) and creating a road map for short-term, medium-term and long-term potential.
  • Factoring in ensemble interactions where applications integrate the experience across multiple devices into application architectures.
  • Building applications with simple, focused capabilities and interactions, but also creating links across applications for coordinated operation.
Organisations need to reallocate resources as mobile advertising projects targeting smartphones and tablets will outnumber native PC projects by four to one by 2015
“When building UIs for multiple screen sizes and operating systems, new tools are needed to make applications function correctly on different devices. There’s no automatic way to do this — it takes engineering skills to design the right outputs,” said Mr Smith. 

Gartner recommends:

  • Making tactical investments in mobile application development tools.
  • Enhancing (automated) testing and support plans.
  • Using HTML5 as the lowest common denominator cross-device and cross-vendor UI model, though you should not expect HTML to address all needs. 

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Mobile Applications and Interfaces: New Approaches for a Multichannel Future,” which is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1920114.


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Identifies Organisational Implications of the Rise of Mobile DevicesSun, 17 Jun 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner Identifies Five Tactics to Protect IT Investment Fundinghttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/129/gartner_identifies_five_tactics_to_protect_it_investment_funding.htmlAlmost every CIO identifies reducing operational expenditure and increasing the amount spent on IT investments as a top priority. However, many fail to manage properly the operational costs of IT investment in new programmes, which can erode investment funding, according to Gartner, Inc. 

"Organisations that overspend on operational activity have little money left to invest in new projects. Without reinvestment, organisations cannot restructure and optimise their operational spending," said Stewart Buchanan, research vice president at Gartner. "This results in rising non-discretionary costs, which in turn result in further underinvestment, lack of competitiveness, failing client service and loss of revenue. This makes future spending even less affordable and even less avoidable. Programme and project managers need to break their organisation out of this spiral of terminal decline." 

To help CIOs and IT professionals avoid this spiral, Gartner has identified five tactics to help manage IT investment in new programmes. 
  • Diagnose the investment challenges your organisation faces and change governance to improve the way they are managed.
The cost of a new project's implementation, and the ongoing operational expenditure derived from it, are often treated separately. It's imperative to link project and operational spending together and not manage them in silos. If the increase in operating costs from new projects is not sustainable, it can drain IT budgets and reduce the scope for future investments, leading to a downward spiral.
  • Keep a log of nasty surprises your organisation has faced in budget management. Plan ways to detect and avoid similar events in future.
 Hidden costs can be most dangerous. In many organisations, particularly in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, it is now mandatory to forecast future operating costs in project plans. However, over optimism is still widespread when it comes to planning. Common misjudgements in planning new projects include: underestimating support costs because a new kind of service has never been managed before; dependency on sole suppliers, which then raise costs; failure to account for demand shifts. 
  • Create a single portfolio view of assets, services and project spending.
Link project and operational spending management by removing silos. One way may be to require service managers and project managers to work together on business case approval. When working on business case approvals, ensure that new operating expenditures are identified through a total cost of ownership analysis. It is also important to create a process that funds new operational expenditure resulting from projects — some companies already provide a budget for operational spending as part of their project costs.

  • Plan asset and service lifecycles to identify when investment is needed.
New projects and the assets or services they create are often seen as being very valuable to organisations. However, this value tends to depreciate, and this process does not stop at zero because IT assets and services usually cost money to support, maintain and retire. For example, many IT assets or services contain data that must remain readable to ensure legal and regulatory compliance. Whether the decision is to replace, refresh or retire these assets or services, it can involve unforeseen expenditure that can eat away at IT budgets. Without proper lifecycle planning the organisation may be unaware of cost implications and fail to plan for them. The result is that money badly needed for strategic projects may end up being used to "take out the trash." 
  • Plan for success by agreeing how wider deployments will be paid for (for example, through chargeback, contingency funding or further projects).
Often IT is expected to deliver "more with less", and achieve exponential increases in computing power. However, many IT organisations are at a point where it is time to deliver "less with less", if there remains a business goal to continue reducing IT spending. The success of a project can have the effect of increasing demand. Therefore, it is just as important to manage demand for a service or asset as it is to manage the project itself. Otherwise, efficiencies and savings can be wiped out and funding for future projects jeopardised.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner Identifies Five Tactics to Protect IT Investment FundingWed, 13 Jun 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide External Controller-Based Disk Storage Market Grew 8 Per Cent in First Quarter of 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/128/worldwide_external_controller_based_disk_storage_market_grew_8_per_cent_in_first_quarter_of_2012.htmlWorldwide external controller-based (ECB) disk storage vendor revenue totalled \$5.4 billion in the first quarter of 2012, an 8 per cent increase from revenue of \$5 billion in the first quarter of 2011, according to Gartner, Inc. The first quarter of 2012 was the 10th consecutive quarter of revenue growth, and its results met Gartner's expectations of an 8 per cent year-over-year increase. 

"Revenue by host interface protocol and regional geography varied from Gartner's 4Q11 forecast update," said Roger Cox, research vice president at Gartner. "Block-access host interface notably associated with SAN infrastructures came in at 4 per cent year-over-year growth in vendor revenue against a forecast of 5.2 per cent, while file-access beat the Gartner forecast with 22.9 per cent year-over-year growth, four percentage points higher than Gartner's forecast." 

While there may have been occasions when the ECB disk storage vendors were unable to secure a specific hard-disk drive (HDD) capacity, the issues presented by the October 2011 Thailand flood are largely behind them. HDD pricing for ECB disk storage systems remains above preflood levels on a per-terabyte basis. 

With a 2.4 per cent market share increase in the first quarter of 2012, EMC continued to dominate the market. Observing that 21.9 per cent of its total ECB disk storage revenue came from recent acquisitions (Data Domain, Avamar and Isilon), EMC was No. 1 in the worldwide ECB disk storage market (download Table 1 below this page).

Both NetApp and Dell also gained share in the first quarter of 2012. Dell's ECB disk storage acquisition strategy is beginning to pay off for it, with 73.5 per cent of its ECB disk storage revenue being produced by its EqualLogic PS series and by the Dell Compellent Storage Center platform. Relying on the proven value propositions of its core Data ONTAP technology, NetApp was one of three vendors to achieve share gains in the first quarter of 2012. 

Hitachi/HDS increased its VSP platform revenue by 24.5 per cent in the first quarter of 2012 compared with the same period a year earlier, increasing its high-end enterprise (aka monolithic frame-based) market share by 6.3 percentage points. With a 42.9 per cent year-over-year increase in revenue, Oracle's ZFS storage appliance was just one of two vendors to gain share in the network attached storage (NAS) market in the first quarter. Although it lost 0.7 percentage points of market share, IBM increased its percentage of internally developed ECB disk storage platforms to 70.4 per cent of its total first-quarter 2012 revenue, up 9 percentage points over the first quarter of 2011. HP's 3PAR, which grew 137.4 per cent year-over-year, was HP's lone first-quarter 2012 highlight as EVA, P4000 LeftHand, and the P2000 MSA series continued to decline. 

With 17.1 and 14.1 year-over-year vendor revenue growth, the Latin America and North America regions did exceptionally well compared with Gartner forecast expectations, while the Asia/Pacific region, at only 4.1 per cent year-over-year growth, and Japan, with a 12.3 per cent decline, fell far short.

Gartner ECB disk storage reports reflect revenue from new vendor-branded hardware only, as well as hardware revenue associated with financial leases and managed services. Optional and separately priced storage software revenue and storage area network infrastructure components and used ECB disk storage systems are excluded. 

Additional information on the ECB disk storage market is available in Gartner's "Quarterly Statistics: Disk Array Storage, All Regions, All Countries, 1Q12 Update." The report includes vendor market share by data access method, price band, sales channel and operating-system segmentation. The report is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2035115.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide External Controller-Based Disk Storage Market Grew 8 Per Cent in First Quarter of 2012Thu, 07 Jun 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Monitoring Employee Behaviour in Digital Environments is Risinghttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/127/monitoring_employee_behaviour_in_digital_environments_is_rising.htmlMonitoring employee behaviour in digital environments is on the rise, with 60 per cent of corporations expected to implement formal programs for monitoring external social media for security breaches and incidents by 2015, according to Gartner, Inc. Many organisations already engage in social media monitoring as part of brand management and marketing, but less than 10 per cent of organisations currently use these same techniques as part of their security monitoring programme.  

“The growth in monitoring employee behaviour in digital environments is increasingly enabled by new technology and services,” said Andrew Walls, research vice president of Gartner. “Surveillance of individuals, however, can both mitigate and create risk, which must be managed carefully to comply with ethical and legal standards.”  

To prevent, detect and remediate security incidents, IT security organisations have traditionally focused attention on the monitoring of internal infrastructure. The impact of IT consumerisation, cloud services and social media renders this traditional approach inadequate for guiding decisions regarding the security of enterprise information and work processes.  

“Security monitoring and surveillance must follow enterprise information assets and work processes into whichever technical environments are used by employees to execute work,” said Mr Walls. “Given that employees with legitimate access to enterprise information assets are involved in most security violations, security monitoring must focus on employee actions and behaviour wherever the employees pursue business-related interactions on digital systems. In other words, the development of effective security intelligence and control depends on the ability to capture and analyse user actions that take place inside and outside of the enterprise IT environment.”  

The popularity of consumer cloud services, such as Facebook, YouTube and LinkedIn, provides new targets for security monitoring, but surveillance of user activity in these services generates additional ethical and legal risks. There are times when the information available can assist in risk mitigation for an organisation, such as employees posting videos of inappropriate activities within corporate facilities. However, there are other times when accessing the information can generate serious liabilities, such as a manager reviewing an employee's Facebook profile to determine the employee's religion or sexual orientation in violation of equal employment opportunity and privacy regulations.

“The conflicts involved were highlighted through recent examples of a small number of organisations requesting Facebook login information from job candidates,” said Mr Walls. “Although that particular practice will gradually fade, employers will continue to pursue greater visibility of social media conversations held by employees, customers and the general public when the topics are of interest to the corporation.”  

A wide range of products and services have emerged to support these actions and many PR organisations provide social media monitoring as a standard client service. Security organisations are beginning to see value in the capture and analysis of social media content, not just for internal security surveillance, but also to enable detection of shifting threats that impinge on the organisation. This might be physical threats to facilities and personnel revealed through postings concerning civil unrest or it may be threats of logical attacks by hacktivists. Early detection of shifting risks enables the organisation to vary its security posture to match and minimise negative impacts.  

“The problem lies in the ability of surveillance tools and methods to produce large volumes of irrelevant information,” said Mr Walls. “This personal information can be exposed accidentally or become the target of voyeuristic behaviour by security staff.”  

There are a number of important issues that also need to be considered. While automated, covert monitoring of computer use by staff suspected of serious policy violations can produce hard evidence of inappropriate or illegal behaviours, and guide management response, it might also violate privacy laws. In addition, user awareness of focused monitoring can be a deterrent for illicit behaviour, but surveillance activities may be seen as a violation of legislation, regulations, policies or cultural expectations. There are also various laws in multiple countries that restrict the legality of interception of communications or covert monitoring of human activity.  

Additional information is available in the report: "Conduct Digital Surveillance Ethically and Legally: 2012 Update," which is available on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1965315.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgMonitoring Employee Behaviour in Digital Environments is RisingTue, 29 May 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Mobile Payment Transaction Value to Surpass \$171.5 Billionhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/126/worldwide_mobile_payment_transaction_value_to_surpass__171.5_billion.htmlWorldwide mobile payment transaction values will surpass \$171.5 billion in 2012, a 61.9 percent increase from 2011 values of \$105.9 billion, according to Gartner, Inc. The number of mobile payment users will reach 212.2 million in 2012, up from 160.5 million in 2011.  

"We expect global mobile transaction volume and value to average 42 percent annual growth between 2011 and 2016, and we are forecasting a market worth \$617 billion with 448 million users by 2016," said Sandy Shen, research director at Gartner. "This will bring opportunities for service and solution providers who will need to cater to the local demand patterns to customize their offerings."  

The mobile payments market will experience fragmented services and solutions for the next two years. Technology providers will have to cater their solutions to the local market that will be using different access technologies, business models and partners, and under different regulatory conditions.  

"There will be a few global players that have the scale and resources to serve large customers and the mass market whose requirements can be readily satisfied by standard solutions," Ms. Shen said. "However, there will always be segments that cannot be sufficiently served by the global players. The demand of these segments can only be satisfied by specialized or local players who can better understand the segment and have specific solutions to meet the unique challenges.  

SMS remains the dominant access technology in developing markets because of the constraints of mobile devices and the ubiquity of SMS. Web/WAP is the preferred access technology in North America and Western Europe where mobile Internet is commonly available and activated on user devices. Gartner expects Web/WAP access to account for about 88 percent of total transactions in North America and about 80 percent in Western Europe by 2016. Near Field Communication (NFC) transactions will remain relatively low through 2015, although growth will start to pick up from 2016.  

"NFC payment involves a change in user behavior and requires collaboration among stakeholders that includes banks, mobile carriers, card networks and merchants," said Ms. Shen. "It takes time for both to happen, so we don't expect NFC payments to come into the mass market before 2015. In the meantime, ticketing, rather than retail payment, will drive NFC transactions."

Merchandise purchases will drive transactions in North America and Western Europe. These will include e-commerce purchases where users buy online, as well as in-store purchases. Major e-tailers such as Amazon and eBay have developed strong mobile storefronts and have seen significant growth from the mobile channel. For in-store purchases, Starbucks' Card Mobile app is now being rolled out nationwide in the U.S., following a successful pilot program, and Gartner expects a large number of merchants to introduce their own mobile payment services, trying to emulate Starbucks' success.  

In developing markets, money transfer and airtime top-ups will account for most transaction volume, and money transfers will account for the largest portion of the transaction value because of the demand for secure and efficient ways of storing and transferring money.

Ticketing/parking also appeals across many markets because it can improve efficiency in transacting, as well as offering user convenience. In developing markets, such as Africa and South Asia, users can buy bus and railway tickets using a mobile payment service so that they can secure tickets earlier where tickets are often in short supply.  

Gartner projects that Eastern Europe will see the highest user growth between 2011 and 2016, albeit from a smaller user base. Asia/Pacific tops all regions in the number of users, followed by Africa. This also contributes to high transaction volume, where the two regions combined will account for more than 60 percent of the global mobile payments volume in 2016. Africa tops all regions in transaction value throughout the forecast period, benefiting from a higher proportion of money transfer transactions that have higher value per transaction than other use cases. North America is the third-largest region by value in 2016 and is twice the value of Western Europe.  

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Forecast: Mobile Payment, Worldwide, 2009-2016." The report is available on Gartner's website at http://www.gartner.com/resId=2010515.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Mobile Payment Transaction Value to Surpass \$171.5 BillionTue, 29 May 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide IT Outsourcing Market Grew 7.8 Per Cent in 2011http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/125/worldwide_it_outsourcing_market_grew_7.8_per_cent_in_2011.htmlWorldwide IT outsourcing (ITO) revenue totalled \$246.6 billion in 2011, a 7.8 per cent increase from 2010 revenue of \$228.7 billion, according to Gartner, Inc. Indian-based IT services providers and providers rooted in cloud-based services delivered the highest growth rates in 2011. 

"Revenue cannibalisation resulting from client adoption of industrialised, and often cloud-based, services risks muting the growth opportunities for the ITO providers that are heavily weighted in infrastructure outsourcing," said Bryan Britz, research director at Gartner. "Strategies will vary as clients are likely to pursue hybrid cloud strategies requiring providers to deliver some asset-light and some asset-heavy offerings — which will result in varying growth trajectories among competitors over the next several years." 

IBM maintained the No. 1 position, as its revenue grew 7.8 per cent, and its revenue accounted for 10.9 per cent of ITO revenue (see Table 1). IBM was the No. 1 ranked provider in all regions. HP grew below the market growth rate, but retained the No. 2 worldwide market share position with 6.1 per cent market share. Fujitsu, helped by currency gains, overtook CSC for the No. 3 worldwide market share position in 2011.

Forty-three providers booked 2011 revenues of \$1 billion or more. This group of providers collectively grew by 9.5 per cent during 2011. After excluding India-based IT services providers, cloud-centric providers, and providers that made sizable acquisitions during the year, the remaining group of large ITO providers grew by only 6.5 per cent during 2011.

Table 1
Worldwide Top 5 ITO Providers by Revenue Market Share, 2011 (Millions of Dollars) 


http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide IT Outsourcing Market Grew 7.8 Per Cent in 2011Mon, 21 May 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Worldwide Application Infrastructure and Middleware Market Revenue Grew 10 Per Cent in 2011http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/124/worldwide_application_infrastructure_and_middleware_market_revenue_grew_10_per_cent_in_2011.htmlThe worldwide application infrastructure and middleware (AIM) software revenue market* totalled \$19.3 billion in 2011, a 9.9 per cent increase from 2010, according to Gartner, Inc. In 2010, worldwide AIM revenue grew 7.3 per cent and reached \$17.6 billion. 
"Application infrastructure and middleware projects increasingly span on-premises, cloud and external business partners,” said Fabrizio Biscotti, research director at Gartner. ”The impacts of using multiple delivery models, increased reliance on governance technologies, and convergence of application and data integration requirements are driving organisations to sustain significant investment in AIM technologies and skills.” 

”Cloud computing is increasingly becoming mainstream and gaining traction in the market. Middleware vendors should leverage their expertise to offer competitive cloud services in addition to on-premises software products,” said Mr. Biscotti. “Although the transition from on-premises to cloud computing will take an extended period of time, the demand for hybrid use of platform technologies is present now, and is projected to grow rapidly during the next two to four years. End users can judge the long-term viability of a platform as a service (PaaS) provider in part by its ability to attract independent software vendors (ISVs) and other partners into its ecosystem.” 

IBM retained its leadership position, as it increased its market share to 32.1 per cent (see Table 1). Despite difficult market conditions, the top five vendors showed solid growth. This growth was driven through acquisitions and organic growth. 

Table 1

Worldwide Vendor Revenue Estimates for Total AIM Software, 2011 (Millions of US Dollars)

Share (%)
Share (%)
Growth (%)
Software AG646.73.3601.03.47.6

Several segments showed a double-digit growth rate including application servers, where the performance of application PaaS vendors has been strong. Service oriented architecture (SOA) governance technologies, portal products and user interaction tools also performed well. 

“Business process management (BPM) suites continued to grow at a sustained pace as some providers are evolving their offerings into next-generation application infrastructure platforms that Gartner defines as iBPMSs. These platforms address the growing need to account for social interactions, mobility and decision management in the process management context,” said Mr Biscotti.  

“North America and Western Europe are the largest regional markets, followed by mature Asia/Pacific countries. Emerging regions have grown fastest due to solid performance in Latin America and Asia/Pacific,” said Asheesh Raina, principal research analyst at Gartner. 
As companies in Asia/Pacific continue to embrace IT to improve productivity and drive growth - AIM technologies witnessed high sustainable growth that was complimented by the favourable economic conditions. Almost all AIM segments experienced growth in Asia/Pacific, but “appliances-AIM” grew fastest albeit from a lower revenue base. The primary drivers have been domestic demand, growing maturity of users and incremental enhancements in AIM technology. 

“Despite the weak economy, particularly in the world’s largest economies, there are no signs that the growth we have seen in the AIM market for several years is faltering,” said Mr Raina. “On the contrary, the need for cost containment and increased efficiency are pushing organisations to adopt solutions that can solve specific business problems. This explains the market influx of specialists in areas such as low- latency messaging (LLM), managed file transfer (MFT), complex event processing (CEP) and in-memory data grids.” 

Additional information is available in the Gartner report "Market Share Analysis: Application Infrastructure and Middleware Software, Worldwide, 2011." The report is on Gartner's web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1992415.
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgWorldwide Application Infrastructure and Middleware Market Revenue Grew 10 Per Cent in 2011Tue, 01 May 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Customer Experience Enters Top 10 CIO Technology Priorities for 2012http://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/123/customer_experience_enters_top_10_cio_technology_priorities_for_2012.htmlCIOs ranked customer relationship management (CRM) as their No. 8 technology priority for 2012, according to a global survey of CIOs by Gartner, Inc.'s Executive Programs. CRM moved up from the No. 18-ranked technology in 2011.
Additionally, Gartner’s 2012 CEO Survey found that CEOs cited CRM as their most important area of investment to improve their business over the next five years.
“The focus on the customer is increasingly important for business leaders, despite times of continued economic uncertainty and government austerity,” said Jim Davies, research director at Gartner. “Effective leaders use technology to strengthen the customer experience regardless of the economic environment, and they see customers as the key factor in helping their business deliver growth and operational efficiency in 2012. They also understand that a new strategy is needed to embrace social and media trends.”
“In 2012, CRM executives are faced with the challenge of taking ‘social’ more seriously — not as ‘just another channel,’ but as a whole new way of doing business,” said Ed Thompson, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner.
Gartner predicts that by 2014, refusing to communicate with customers via social channels will be as harmful to the relationship as ignoring their emails or phone calls is today.
“Our discussions with service providers and end users indicate that CRM services are shifting from a focus on point solution deployment centered on application suites, to a ‘customer experience’ that brings together customer information, analytics, workflows, mobility and social CRM disciplines into a richer, multichannel access to capture the entire customer journey,” Mr. Thompson said.
Gartner said worldwide CRM software revenue reached \$12 billion in 2011, a 13.5 percent increase from 2010, and it is forecast to grow 7 percent in 2012. Gartner analysts added that a growing percentage of this revenue is accrued through software as a service (SaaS) and cloud computing.In 2011, SaaS accounted for 32 percent of the CRM software market and is expected to grow 16 percent in 2012.
As competition intensifies, service providers will either have to grow their own CRM practice to incorporate cloud computing, social CRM, digital media and mobility – or they will have to form partnerships with specialist vendors. Service providers that are still focusing on traditional on-premises CRM solutions today will gradually lose out to the competition during the next one to two years.
“We recommend organizations view 2012 as a year to revisit their CRM strategy. The potentially disruptive impact of cloud, big data, social and mobile cannot be overlooked,” said Mr. Davies.
Gartner analysts will further discuss the development of customer experience and service, mobile and social CRM at the Gartner Customer Strategies & Technologies Summit 2012, held from June 11 to 12 in London, U.K. For further information about Summit, please visit www.gartner.com/eu/crm.  
http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgCustomer Experience Enters Top 10 CIO Technology Priorities for 2012Tue, 24 Apr 2012 00:00:00 +0200
Gartner CEO Survey Shows 2012 is the Year of Living Hesitantlyhttp://www.executive-people.nl/executive_people/5/122/gartner_ceo_survey_shows_2012_is_the_year_of_living_hesitantly.html
2012 is the year of living hesitantly, as 85 per cent of CEOs surveyed said they believe their organisations will be impacted by an economic downturn in 2012, according to Gartner, Inc.
The Gartner CEO and senior business executive survey of more than 220 CEOs in user organisations from more than 25 countries was conducted in November and December of 2011. Qualified organisations were those with annual revenue of \$500 million or more. The survey results show that many CEOs believe that an economic downturn will impact their companies in 2012. Although concerns are less severe in Asia/Pacific and North America than in Europe and Africa, it is the dominant point of view within each of the three geographies.
“Costs are now the second biggest priority area, the highest ranking in our surveys since 2009,” said Mark Raskino, vice president and Gartner fellow. “Yet, CEOs seem determined to maintain a growth posture as the No. 1 priority for now, and geographic expansion is the primary growth approach.”
While the economy is certainly a concern for chief executives, the survey results showed by a ratio of more than two to one that CEOs said they will increase IT investment in 2012, rather than cut it.
“The intention to invest in technology is comparatively healthy,” said Jorge Lopez, vice president and distinguished analyst at Gartner. “The newer trends, such as mobile and cloud, are rising to the foreground of CEO’s attention. However, CRM remains CEOs’ favourite IT capability because marketing is a never-ending competitive quest for customer retention.”
Gartner analysts said the difficulty with investing in newer technologies for strategic outcomes is that organisations need the right kinds of leadership and change management. Many business leaders learned the hard way in the 1990s and 2000s that simply buying and installing technology doesn’t deliver results if it’s not carefully directed and delivered in conjunction with coordinated changes to policies, processes, organisation, roles and culture.
“More purposeful, structured innovation management could be one way to make technology investments pay off,” Mr Raskino said. “We see strong CEO intention toward improving it in most sectors, but not in financial services — where, perhaps, regulatory compliance is simply overwhelming all other strategic change thinking.”
Ninety per cent of CEOs can name a company they admire for its use of IT in gaining a competitive advantage, but when restricted to their own industry, a quarter cannot. Apple easily eclipsed everyone as the most admired company for its use of IT, as it accounted for 39 per cent of the responses. Google was second with 11 per cent share, followed by Amazon at 5.8 per cent.
The survey results showed that CEOs are advancing innovation management, but many face a digital business strategy gap. This year, Gartner probed investment attitudes toward innovation management and leadership attribution. Overall, innovation management is advancing with few CEOs cutting innovation, and approximately half the CEOs saying they are investing more. However, a quarter indicated that they still don't address it as an explicit discipline. When Gartner asked who leads innovation in their firms, approximately one-third of the CEOs selected themselves. After that, a wide variety of executive and senior management leaders were named, however CIOs were rarely identified, and CFOs were never identified.
“Any CEO who believes that he or she is the innovation leader of the firm must retain a close direct working relationship with the CIO in this age of rapid business digitisation, or risk being blindsided,” Mr Lopez said. “CIOs must improve IT-related competitor intelligence, and use that information to build a productive relationship with the person the CEO sees as the leader of innovation.”
Most CEOs know what new information they need now and in the future, so their CIOs must keep pace. In this year's survey, Gartner asked the: "If there was one additional piece of information you could use, what would it be?" Nearly all the CEOs had a specific answer close at hand. Most were in the areas of customer and sales information or competitor information. Gartner also asked CEOs what new kinds of information will disrupt their industries during the next five years. About half the CEOs could not give a good answer; however, the other half provided a wide range of ideas, demonstrating that thinking about the new kinds of information that technology will make available is a potential source of competitive advantage between firms.
“CIOs and CEOs should discuss with each other what new information would help them manage the business better through uncertain economic times,” Mr Raskino said. “We know most companies have weak management formalism over information strategy and governance; however, information variety, complexity and volume are rising exponentially. Muddling through without discipline will soon start to leave major companies vulnerable to new entrant competition. CIOs should spearhead the development of an information strategy for their firms, concentrating, in particular, on new kinds of information that might lead to industry disruptions and transformations.”
The survey results showed most CEOs still regard their CIOs as itinerant specialists. The role needs development attention. The CFO was, by far, the most cited close strategy advisor to the CEO in the survey, while CIOs were rarely mentioned. In an age of such digital disruption to business, many CIO roles remain underinvested. Most CEOs thought the best next step for their CIOs would be to do the same job in the same industry or in another industry. Few thought they would move on to a business leadership role.
“CEOs should re-examine the role the CIO plays today in business innovation and strategy,” Mr Lopez said. “As the Information Age progresses, the risk of being blindsided by new forms of digital competition is rising.”
Additional information is available in the Gartner report “CEO Survey 2012: The Year of Living Hesitantly”. The report is available on Gartner’s web site at http://www.gartner.com/resId=1957515.

http://www.executive-people.nl/ENGINE/FILES/EXECUTIVE_PEOPLE/WEBSITE/UPLOAD/IMAGE/gartner/logogartner.jpgGartner CEO Survey Shows 2012 is the Year of Living HesitantlyMon, 16 Apr 2012 00:00:00 +0200